eel oe mh Te dan a ite tO Carte ane in ea ee are nw ~ Zo ig all = _ ih? é < 4 \ %1 7S \ Vy = uN ! ¥ ~ at A | 2 ‘ i! oid ds > Min | \! Ly Oo Jay i j “"O aaah Sue SS, , rr CANTERBURY COLLEGE (University of New Zealand). RECORDS OF THE CANTERBURY MUSEUM Vol. I. PUBLISHED BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF GOVERNORS. EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Curator. 224169 CHRISTCHURCH, NEW ZEALAND. 1907-1912. CHRISTCHURCH PREsS Co, LTD., PRINTERS. CHRISTCHURCH. N.Z. No. No. CONTENTS. 1, PUBLISHED 25ru AprRin, 1907. A Basic List of the Fishes of New Zealand, by the Curator .. 3 Index to Genera .. F5 2s 405 or ae ei .2, PUBLISHED 137TH JULY, 1909. Scientific Results of the New Zealand Government Trawling Expedition, 1907— Introduction, Edgar R. Waite. . ts ae Bee 5 Algz, Robt. M, Laing ne ome lel Annelida and Sipunculoidea, W. Be Bonhain — es _Echinoderma, W. B. Benham .. ae a Se 83 Mollusca, Part I., Henry Suter ee ae ro Lily Pisces, Part I., Edgar R. Waite Sh : may S| Plates L-X XIII. Text figures and Chart. . 3, PUBLISHED 247TH JUNE, 1911]. Scientific Results of the New Zealand Government Trawling Expedition, 1907— Pisces, Part II., and Outcome of the Expedition, Edgar R. Waite .. a ae Bee bal Mollusea, Part II., Henry Seis is ae erate Crustacea, Charles Chilton of m. sare 28D Plates XXLV.—LVIII. and Text figures. 4, PUBLISHED 28TH DECEMBER, 1912. Additions and Corrections to the Basic List of the Fishes of New Zealand, by the Curator .. : a Notes on three notable New Zealand Whi: She. by the Cur ne 323 Description of the Maori Tomb, by the Curator and A. Hamilton... ee e ar ne so ott, Plates LIX.—LXIX. CANTERBURY MuSEUM. | oe Mae VOLS ikon: Le: et 28 5. AG SSO? 7 aniiQOrT 2 alamemes 48:0 | 49°3 | 21 a ALO 8. 8 DOG tee oe 46-0 48-1 10 es IN. 2 99-4 | 52:0 | 52:0-| 49-4 | 24 aie Calm - Pa em 48-0 | 49:3 | 50 iveainng | E. T 7! 80-52) | 52:0), |) SOs) vee 38 ag N.W 1 | 30-42 | 50:0 | 48-0 | 49-25 | 10 Aug. 12 E.S.E 1 2999 | 54:0 | 50-0 | 50-28 | 28 Seda Fs N.W 2 29-72 | 48:0 | 49-0 | 50:23 | 14 nate! | S.W 5 29°6 B60) |), 54-0) |e eee nD ihe, NeW. 1 907 | 86°04. arama 24 sco (2 ails | a 29°71, (6°01 @5O-Oieng 68 “ah AO geal has 2 30°0 | 58-0 | 57:0 | 580 | 105 peste HaSeWa) |S 8 2075! 3) B60.) 170 | 57-0 | 57 ACCOMMODATION. Owing to the absorption of all suitable space on board by the net and trawling appliances, my gear had to be placed on deck. On two occasions I lost heavy collecting-tanks well charged with selected specimens, for they broke away from the lashings and were cast over- board. d1 With the object of providing accommodation for me, Mr. Ayson very considerately cleared a space in the net-store, below deck ; but, in the absence of suitable rackwork fixtures, the liveliness of the vessel rendered the situation impossible and even dangerous. Accidents happening while attempting to convey bottles, &c., up or down an iron ladder, normally vertical, and resulting in broken bottles and scattered contents, to say nothing of bruised limbs, decided me to resume my occupation on deck. ITINERARY OF THE CRUISE. The vessel left Wellington on the 5th June, 1907, and on the day following called at Lyttelton, where I went aboard. We made a southerly course, but, meeting with heavy seas, anchored in Half-moon Bay, Stewart Island, on the evening of the 8th. Several whales were passed on the way, and shoals of penguins (probably Catarrhactes pachyrhynchus and C. chrysocome) were encountered. We left shelter on several occasions, returning successively to Port Adventure and Paterson’s Inlet, but the sea was too rough to permit us to do more than take soundings, and it was not until the llth June that the trawl was first lowered. On the 15th, when fifty miles east of Wreck Reef, we passed suddenly over a shelf, the sound- ings within two miles deepening from 65 to 183 fathoms. As the trawl-warps were nearly run out, we put about, and, steaming nearly two miles, hauled in 67 fathoms. We finally left Stewart Island (Paterson’s Inlet) on the 15th June in a snowstorm, and experienced tremendous seas to Ruapuke Is- land, thence to the Bluff. On the 18th a course was shaped along the south-east coast of the South Island, hauls being made daily to the 22nd June, and on the 24th and 25th, on which latter date we entered Otago Heads. On the 19th June the first trial was made with the deep-sea dredge, twenty-four miles south-east of Long Point, in 120 fathoms (Sta- tion A), with satisfactory result. When trawling this section, numbers of mollymawks (Diomedea melanophrys and D. chlororhynchus) were in close attendance, feeding at the side of the vessel, and devouring the food thrown to them. They are capable of swallowing a full-sized red-cod (Physiculus bachus) whole. When one of the birds had the “ field” to itself it would pick the fish to pieces as it floated on the water, but, if another bird approached, the fish was quickly gulped down. On the 24th June the dredge was lowered twelve miles south-east of Cape Saunders, in 100 fathoms (Station B), and samples of the bottom obtained. At Dunedin Mr. Ayson sought medical advice, and as a result most unwillingly relinquished his active connection with the expedi- tion, to the regret of all on board. On the last day of June we left Port Chalmers, with Mr. Thomas Anderton, Director of the Portobello Marine Fish Hatchery, in charge, 52 and during the anchorage in Blueskin Bay fishing-lines were put over. When the bait was below the sinker we got examples of dog- fish (Squalus fernandinus)* only: when above, red-cod (Physiculus bachus). The latter bore parasitic copepods in their gill-cavities. Dr. Chilton has identified them as Chondracanthus lotelle G. M. Thom- son, From the Ist to the 12th of July, the 7th excepted, hauls were made daily, fifty stations being charted to date, by which time we had worked the ground northward to Lyttelton Harbour. On this section I got eggs of Cephaloscyllium laticeps, previously unknown, and noted that almost every adult Pinna taken had its crustacean commensal, Pinnotheres. Here also happened the incident with the blind eel, detailed in the account of H’ptatretus forsterv. On the night of the 9th July we encountered a southerly gale, and I was twice tossed out of my bunk. When morning broke I found nearly all my gear on deck adrift; one large tank had vanished overboard, others were smashed, and the deck was littered with specimens not carried over the bulwarks or washed through the scuppers. Details of all the fishes taken at the various stations had been carefuily chronicled. Accompanying labels being solely relied upon in respect to the in- vertebrates, it is more than probable that the zoologists who are kindly examining the lower orders of animals taken will find some confusion in the records. Only one haul (Station 45) was made on the 10th, under shelter of the northern coast of Banks Peninsula. On the following day the dredge was lowered in 100 fathoms, sixty miles to the eastward (Station C). Twelve hauls (Stations 52-63) were made between the 15th July (on which date we sailed from Lyttelton) and the 19th (whereon Wel- lngton was reached). At Stations 55 and 56 thick sticky green mud or clay was en- countered, twenty to twenty-four miles east of Motunau Island. At the 55th station we were operating the port net, and on reaching the 40-fathoms line the whole of the “ belly ” and cod end were dragged out. The starboard net, a new one, was next used, and put over in deeper water—55 fathoms—but when 58 fathoms was reached serious trouble ensued. When the net was hauled to the surface it was found to contain an enormous weight of sticky clay, and, without warning, the whole net went to pieces, little but the head and ground ropes being left attached to the otter-boards. The otters themselves had been half-buried in the clay, masses of which still adhered to them. This dangerous area should be carefully surveyed and charted for the benefit of trawlers. Owing to a variety of circumstances, the waters to the north- ward of Wellington: w were not investigated at this stage. We left the * Mr. Tate Regan considers (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 8, ii, 1908, p. 46) that the New Zealand form, identified with 8. acanthias, is referable to this southern species. 53 capital on the 20th July, and reached Napier on the 22nd, after a very rough passage, which occupied eighteen hours longer than was anti- cipated. During this experience I lost a collecting-tank and its con- tents, and had one of my photographic cameras destroyed. While at Napier on this and the subsequent visit I was the guest of Messrs. J. J. Niven and Butcher, owners of the trawler, and take this opportunity of recording my appreciation of the kind manner in which they received me. I am also indebted to Mr. Niven for providing me with a small collection of fishes trawled in the vicinity of Hawke’s Bay, principally pleuronectids. These will be useful when the family is under examina- tion. Napier was left on the 25th July, and on the afternoon of the 28th we anchored in Waitangi Bay, Chatham Islands. During our stay Stations 64 to 70 were charted, but time was principally spent in line-fishing, it being intended to secure a large quantity of fish for the Wellington market—an expectation amply fulfilled. Large catches of hapuku (Polyprion prognathus) and blue-cod (Parapercis colias) were made from the boats, and moki (Latris ciliaris), terakihi (Cheilodactylus macropterus), and other fishes were taken in set-nets. Pitt Island was also visited, and similarly satisfactory catches were made, the blue-cod attaining a weight of 9lb. Some of the island fishermen were engaged to assist in filling the cold-chamber. The lines were set with three hooks each, and it was a common occurrence to haul up three fishes at once, generally blue-cod. Though I obtained the heaviest fish (62 lb.) taken during our visit, a member of the crew secured three smaller hapuku on his'line at one time. On all other occasions a blue-cod had taken the third hook. Enormous bags of swimming-crabs (Platyonichus bipustulatus) and crayfish (Jasus edwardsi) were taken in Petre and Hanson Bays. Mr. Reuben Cannon, of Whangaroa, described to me a large red fish, numbers of which had been cast on to Topenga Bay, on the northern coast of Chatham Island, and from his description I had not the slightest doubt that he referred to the opah (Lampris retsius). As there was a chance of specimens or their remains being still on the beach, Mr. Cannon kindly furnished me with a horse, and himself acted as guide, the route traversed being across dangerous bogs and treacherous watercourses. Our quest was unsuccessful, and after a ride of eighteen miles we reached Mr. Cannon’s house, where I became his guest for the night, riding to Port Hutt next morning. Since returning to Christchurch I have seen a photograph of the fish, taken by Mr. Cannon’s brother, and it represents, as I had suspected, the opah. It is interesting to learn that several examples of this rare fish had been on the beach at the same time. Some individuals of the cattle on the island develop a taste for seaweed, and prefer it to grass. We saw several feeding on the shore, all miserably thin, which, Mr. Cannon informs me, is a characteristic 54 of cattle taking to this strange diet, and from which they cannot be weaned, Leaving the island on the 7th August, Wellington was reached on the 10th, and on the 12th we commenced our northern cruise. On the evening of the following day some lantern-fishes (myctophids) were washed aboard. Parasitic copepods taken from red-cod obtained at Station 75 are identified by Dr. Chilton with Lernea lotelle G. M. Thomson. The dredge, lowered in 105 fathoms, twenty miles north- east of Flat Point (Station D), was hauled aboard full of green mud. On our passage to Napier, reached on the 16th August, we were almost continuously accompanied by porpoises. A school would sight us a mile or more distant, and head straight for the vessel, when the individuals would zigzag from side to side across the bows, revelling in the foam which our passage produced. (Plate VI, fig. 2). + We shot a couple of the mammals with a military rifle, and put the ship about to where the ruddy water showed they had been killed, but the bodies had sunk. Our engineer later harpooned one of the porpoises, and we hauled it on deck. An examination showed it to be Lagenorhynchus obscurus Gray. Our captain, who is famihar with the coast, told me that he has never seen the species far from land, and that it is known to the local sailors as the “ sand-porpoise.” Having made a dozen hauls since the 12th we reached Napier on the 16th August, leaving again on the 19th. Rough weather inter- fered with our programme, and sections of the coast were skipped in the hope that calmer conditions would prevail on return from Auck- land. The Bay of Plenty therefore received most attention, and here we trawled several species not before taken. Large hauls of schnapper (Pagrosomus auratus) were made, and so great was their buoyancy when drawn from deep water that they not only brought the net and its contents to the surface, but, in addition, supported the weight of Mr. Alward, our chief engineer, who jumped boldly on to the net. It was some time before the fish slipped away from under his feet sufficiently to sink him to the chest, and in this situation I photographed him (Plate VI, fig. 1). Had a plank been placed across the net, I am confident that three men would have been supported. Terakihi were also buoyant, but in this respect no fish equalled the ling (Genypterus blacodes), taken chiefly at our southern stations. Normally full-bodied, when the air-bladder and tissues were distended it resembled an elongated barrel, and comparatively few were required in the net to bring the whole to the surface. At Station 96 (24th August) we trawled the greatest weight of fish taken : the bag, estimated to weigh nearly 2 tons, consisted almost entirely of schnapper and terakihi. On the following day, while near White Island, the marine volcano, the feed-pump broke down, and we headed for Auckland, arriving on the 26th August. Here I parted company with the “ Nora Niven ” and returned to Christchurch via New Plym _ th. 55 The trawler made a few more hauls on her return to Wellington, and some fishes were preserved for me by Mr. Anderton. These prove to be of considerable interest, and will be dealt with in their proper position in the systematic portion of the report. As above indicated, ninety-six hauls were made to the time Auck- land was reached, and the following table shows the relative frequency of the trials at the different depths enumerated :— { | | | | Fathoms .. | 0-10 | 11-20 | 21-30 | 31-40 | 41-50 | 51-60 | 61-70 ais » s. | a 32 45 | 28 | Dill 13 | 8 — Sw —— = Th ——— = — | a = = —— = = —— Fathoms e712 80 81-90 91-100 | 101 and over. Hauls.. arr 6 3 2 | 2 COLLECTION AND EXAMINATION OF RESULTS. Being my own special care, and the only members of the marine fauna with which the expedition was officially concerned, the fishes naturally received the greatest attention. I am satisfied that of all the fishes brought on deck, not a single species escaped record at any of the ninety-six stations with which I was associated. Had better provision been made for the retention of the smaller specimens and species, many more would certainly have to be recorded. This is no mere opinion, for on several occasions I skimmed off the surface of the water, by means of a hand-net, small fishes which, had escaped through the meshes and were not repre- sented in the collection emptied on the deck. One little fish obtained in this way was the only specimen of the species taken during the cruise. When the net was being gathered together at the vessel’s side, preparatory to being hoisted on deck, my usual occupation was the wielding of the hand-net, for the trawl was frequently surrounded by small fishes which had escaped through its large meshes. Considerable time was absorbed in examining the mass and passing under review every individual fish obtaimed ; then a selection had to be made for future study, and put aside for preparation and preserva- tion. It is not my present object to write of the economic results of the expedition ; such will doubtless be dealt with in the official reports. Lest, however, my silence be construed as unfavourable, I may say that { am much impressed with the plenitude of edible fishes to be ob- tained from certain areas. It was not possible to attempt any serious enumeration of the invertebrata, the larger and, to me, familiar forms only being tre- corded ; for the zest, as many were collected as possible, and preserved for the benefit of specialists in the several groups. 56 It is possible that when the invertebrata are studied some in- teresting species may be found, but it will be understood that the material I have been able to place in other hands is but a portion of that trawled, and, of course, a mere tithe of what could have been taken had suitable appliances been provided, and had the necessary assistance been available. I know of no other profession in which study and time are so freely and gratuitously rendered, for pure love of research, as that of the biologist, and my best thanks are due, and are hereby gratefully tendered, to those who have so kindly assisted me with reports on their respective subjects. The full list of contributors is as follows :— Algee—R. M. Laing, M.A., B.Sc. Annelida Siphunculoidea - Professor W. B. Benham, M.A., D.Sc., F.R.S. Echinoderma Mollusca, &¢.—Henry Suter. Nudibranchia—Sir Charles Eliot, K.C.M.G., LL.D. Cephalopoda—W. E. Hoyle, M.A., D.Sc. Crustacea—Professor Charles Chilton, M.A., D.Sc., M.B., C.M., F.L.S. Pisces—Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S. OFFICIAL REPORT. On the 23rd April, 1908, after the foregoing had been passed in for publication, I received, by courtesy of Mr. Ayson, a copy of the official report, doubtless issued a few days previously.* This, though styled an “interim report,” is very detailed and exhaustive as far as trawling is concerned, and contains interesting data, some few particulars of which may be referred to here. The total weight of marketable fish brought to port by the trawler during the three-months cruise was 46,750 lb. 2,743 blue-cod (Para- percis colias) were taken at the Chatham Islands on hand-lnes. Mr. Anderton (who supplied the report on the operations at the Chatham Islands) writes, “It was a sight to see the boats returning after a couple of hours’ fishing, loaded to the gunwale with blue-cod. Four Pitt-Islanders caught 230 of the largest blue-cod I have ever seen in less than an hour and a half’s fishing off the north-west corner of Pitt Island. Six of the crew caught 606 blue-cod and 103 large hapuku (Polyprion prognathus) in seven hours off Whangaroa, and on another occasion caught 860 blue-cod in three hours and a half. Almost all the men were inexperienced in the art of blue-cod fishing, making the catch all the more remarkable. It is extremely probable that the Chatham Islands will in the near future become one of the most important sources of our fish-supply.” I fully agree with Mr. Ander- * Ayson. Interim Report, Experimental Trawling, 1907. 57 ton’s remarks, and consider that with the great demand for blue-cod in New Zealand and Australia, and the prodigious supply to be won around the Chathams and neighbouring islets, a very profitable industry could be maintained. Further, it might be hoped that the establishment of such an industry would materially reduce the price of fish, which in New Zealand is an expensive !uxury, and not, as it should be in our island community, a cheap and common article of wholesome food. One of the appendices to the report tabulates the number of each kind of marketable fish taken in the trawl. In point of quantity the following are the most important: Of schnapper (Pagrosomus auratus), taken only off the North Island, 8,540 were obtained, the vast majority being secured in the Bay of Plenty. One haul (Station 96) yielded 1,178, another (Station. 106) 1,200, and at three hauls (Stations 102— 104) 2,250 were netted. These five hauls also produced the largest relative quantity of terakihi (Cheilodactylus macropterus), the figures respectively being 720, 1,000, and 1,650. Though taken most nume- rously in the Bay of Plenty, this species was very generally obtained during the whole cruise, and is without doubt the most ubiquitous food-fish on the New Zealand coast: the total number of examples prepared for market being 8,273. Red-cod (Physiculus bachus) were more uniformly taken at the southern trials, the largest nettings being 750 (Station 10), 484 (Station 11), 204 (Station 20), 217 (Sta- tion 21), 270 (Station 27), and 300 (Station 39), all southward of Canterbury Bight. Thence catches were meagre until hauls were made south of Hawke’s Bay, when 200 examples were taken at each of two hauls (Stations 77 and 81). They were, however, the only important takes off the North Island. The total number secured during the cruise was 3,535. Though not counted as an edible species, it will be of interest to mention that the elephant-fish (Callorhynchus callorynchus) formed no inconsiderable portion of a few of the hauls. At Station 45, off Lyttelton, the trawl was estimated to contain + ton weight. At an- other haul (Station 51), in the same vicinity, 200 examples were secured, and 150 and 306 were successively taken off Otago Heads (Stations 14 and 15). These were, however, the only occasions on which the numbers taken were considered detrimental. The appendix giving “ A List of the Various Species of Fish taken in the Trawl-net, and the Stations where they were obtained,” calls for some notice, and I much regret that this was not submitted to me before publication. Both common and scientific names are furnished, but it would have been well had the latter been omitted, for the gravity attending their use has not been understood, and several serious errors exist. Passmg by many misspellings, which are, how- ever, evident, and will serve only to cast doubt on the correctness of the application of the names as a whole, one or two cases of serious import may be cited. 58 Seriola lalandii is recorded from no less than thirty-two stations, but, as a matter of fact, this species was not once taken in the trawl. The records, on the whole, refer to Promethichthys prometheus, but several of them apply to Thyrsites atun also. These mistakes are capable of explanation, and it will be well for me to correct them here, lest they pass into purely scientific hterature. Seeing that my name appears in the report, it might be too readily assumed that the identifications had the authority incidental to my association. Seriola lalandit is the name attached to the kingfish in the report, but the common name is applied to two distinct fishes by New Zealand fisher- men. Generally speaking, the kingfish of the South Island is Pro- methichthys prometheus, that of the North Island Serzola lalandii. The error above alluded to results from the dual use of a popular name, and should serve as an object-lesson to those who, regarding scientific names as pedantic, do not understand the necessity of natural objects being exactly defined and correctly named. The southern kingfish is a near relative of the barracouta (Thyr- sites atun), and is of similar appearance. These two fishes were commonly confounded on board. Small examples of the former were almost invariably recorded as barracouta, until I drew attention to an immediate means of identification in the very different contour of the lateral lines in the respective species. The gurnards are included under the name Trigla kumu, but the majority of the records apply to species of Lepidotrigla: these are smaller forms, not to be compared, commercially, with the larger Chelidonichthys (Trigla) kumu. The record is thus mis- leading. I might mention other discrepancies, but, as my object is to indi- cate the grave errors which are bound to result in the absence of scientific knowledge, rather than to be hypercritical, I will refer to one other matter only. This, however, is of extreme interest to the ich- thyologist and the student of the geographical distribution of species. I pomt to the records under the name “Shark”: in one table this appears under Stations 47, 85, and 91, and in another table under Stations 46, 75, 80, and 91. The occurrences last noticed are recorded under the name Heterodontus philippi. Had these records been made at stations subsequent to my severance with the expedition, they would, in the absence of specimens, have been liable to acceptance. Fortunately, all occur within the period of my association; I am therefore able to say that the Port Jackson shark (Heterodontus) was not taken; moreover, no species was secured at any of the stations mentioned which could by any chance whatever be mistaken {for Heterodontus. It is not improbable that the genus may occur in our northern waters; it has, in fact, been recorded from New Zealand—a record, however, open to doubt. This record of H. philippi is based on two specimens in the British Museum, presented by Professor Owen, and stated to be from New Zealand. It was accepted by Hutton, 59 who, however, wrote,* “I have seen no specimens.” The species was subsequently eliminated, as mentioned by Gill, and has not been reinstated in the New Zealand lists. In a recent private letter Mr. Tate Regan remarks, “ We have reputed examples in our (British Museum) collection.” These are possibly the ones which formed the basis of the original record. From the foregoing it will be gathered that had the specimens taken by the “ Nora Niven” been Hetero- dontus philippi, as reported, the circumstance would have been of very great interest indeed. It would appear that, in some cases at least, scientific names have been fitted haphazard to the species, and I may be allowed to doubt if any specimens have been subjected to that careful and thorough examination which should precede the application of a scientific name. Such action is, of course, the result of ignorance of the neces- sity of scientific accuracy, and is not here attributed either to mere carelessness or design. In closing this cursory, though, as I have indicated, necessary review of the official report, I may further mention that there is con- siderable discrepancy between the records and those taken by myself. Much of the official data was collected in a more or less hasty manner, unavoidable amid the pressure of other duties, and often from the bridge itself. Those intrusted with the compilation will, I believe, freely concede the accuracy of my observations, made by a trained zoologist, with the fishes actually in hand. EXTENSION OF CHARTER. A second cruise was commenced on the 9th September, and ex- tended to the 3rd December, 1907. Mr. Ayson’s reportt thereon was kindly forwarded to me on the 30th September, 1908, by the Hon. the Minister of Marine, and, though this report is outside the scope of the present publication, it may be briefly referred to. I shall, however, confine my remarks to the “ List of the Various Species of Fish taken in the Trawl-net,” as this is the only portion affecting the scientific record. No specimens appear to have been preserved. The “kingfish (Seriola lalandi)” is recorded from sixty-five stations, and though it is possible, seeing that the cruise was a northern one, that this is correct, it must be borne in mind, as before stated, that the species recorded as S. lalandw for the period of the first charter was Promethichthys prometheus. The “gurnard (Trigla kumu)” is recorded from 104 stations, but there is not the slightest doubt that, as on the previous occasion, the majority of the records apply to some species of Lepidotrigla. * Hutton. Cat. Fish. N.Z., 1872, p. 80. + Ayson. Report, Experimental Trawling, 1908. 60 The “shark (Heterodontus philippi)” again appears, and is: re- corded from seventy-eight stations. A reference to my previous note on this subject will show that the record is without doubt an erroneous one. Mr. Ayson writes, “ Mr. Waite’s official duties prevented him from accompanying this cruise ; and it is a matter for regret that no marine biologist accompanied the expedition, as it afforded an exceptional opportunity for collecting specimens and studying marine life along a great range of the coast-line of New Zealand.” PARTICULARS OF STATIONS. Information supplied under “ Locality ” is approximate only, and refers to the position of the vessel when the trawl was “ shot.” Accu- rate bearings will be given in the official report, and this, when pub- lished, should be consulted by those interested. | = ‘ s Date. Locality. epee Nature of Bottom. a 1907. 1 |June 11 | 25m. east of Port Adventure, | 54-55 | Soft sand. | Stewart Island 2 ,. 12 | 10m. north-east of Port Adventure | 37-41 | Soft sand. 3 ,, 12 | 234m. north-east of Wreck Reef .. | 40-41 | Soft sand. + », 12 | 214m. north-east of Wreck Reef .. | 50-54 | Soft sand. 5 ,» 13 | 50m. east of Wreck Reef .. | 65, 183,| Soft sand. 67 6 , 18 | Off mainland, 5m. south (Waipapa 26-24 Fine sand. Point) | 7 , 19 | 5m. south of Chasland’s.. .. | 43-43 | Fine sand. 8 ,, 19 | 16m. south of White Head .. | 60-58 | Fine to coarse sand. 9 > 20 | 5m. off Nugget Point .. . | 50-15 | Sand and mud. 10 ., 20 | 3m. off Coal Point, Molyneux Bay.. | 15-10 | Sandy mud. ‘ 4m. off Coal Point, Molyneux Bay.. | 10-10 | Sand and mud. 12 » 21 | Molyneux Bay, 6m. north-west of 20-46 | Sand. | Nuggets 13 ,, 22 | Off Cook’s Saddle, Molyneux Bay.. | 27-25 | Pebbles. 14 ,» 22 | East of Green Island, 6m. 25-30 | Pebbles and gravel. 15 » 24 | 8m. east-south-east of Otago Heads 44-38 | Coarse sand. 16 ,, 24 | 9m. south-east of Otago Heads .. | 38-18 | Coarse sand. 17 ,, 25 | 8m. north-east of Cape Saunders .. | 55-102) Sand. 18 ,, 25.) 8m. east-north-east of Otago Heads | 53-26 | Coarse sand. 19 ,, 25 | 14m. north of Otago Heads .. | 60-70 | Coarse sand. 20 | July 1 | 6m. east of Jones’s Head .. | 20-22 | Fine black sand. 21 » 1 | 8m. east of Shag Point .. .. | 23-27 | Fine sand. 22 , 1 | 15}m. east of Shag Point .. | 30-40 | Fine sand. 23 , 1 | 4m. south-east of Moeraki .. | 24-13 | Shell and sand. 24 , 2 | 5m. east-north-east of Moeraki .. 20 Fine sand. 25 » 2 | 9m. east-by-north of Look-out, Bluff | 18-19 | Sand and shell. 26 , 2 | 194m. south of Oamaru. 40-43 | Fine sand. 27 2 | 12m. east of Oamaru... .. | 23-26 | Fine sand and shell. 28 LD as 6m. east of Oamaru 2 .. | 19-22 | Sand. 29 » 3 | 10m. east and north of Oamaru .. | 25-30 | Shell gravel. | 61 = Tate Locality. lathoms. Nature of Bottom. m Re, a7 sail \ ~ 30 | July 3 18m. east-north-east of Oamaru .. | 35-35 | Ooze. 31 » 3 | 8m. east of Waitaki River 24-212) Shell sand. 32 » 4 | 34m. east-by-north of Waiho River | 13-9 | Stones. 33 » 4 | 9m. south and east of Jack’s Point | 17-16 | Fine sand and mud. 34 » 4 | 7m. south-east of Jack’s Point 16-21 | Fine shell sand. 35 » 4) 12m. south-east and east of Jack’s | 21-29 | Mud. Point 36 » 9 | 26m. east of Jack’s Point 35-42 | Mud. 37 >» 9 | 37m. east of Timaru 38-44 | Black mud. 38 >» 9 | 48m. east of Timaru 58-75 | Black mud. 39 » 6 | 26m. east of Timaru 28-31 | Sand and shell. 40 > 6 | 10m. east-north-east of Timaru 16-94 | Black mud. 41 » 8 | 12m. north-east of Timaru . 13-16 | Black sand. 42 > 9 | 3lm. north-east of Timaru 21-24 | Gravel. 43 » 9 | 32m. south-west of Akaroa 29-30 | Sand and shell. 44 » 9 | 23m. south-west of Akaroa 30-24 | Sand and shell. 45 », 10 | 24m. north and east of Long Look- | 10-14 | Sand and shell. out 46 » 11 | 44m. north-east of Sail Rocks 24-35 | Mud. 47 , ll | 16m. north-east and east of Sail | 39-44 | Sand and shell. Rocks 48 -» 11 | 21m. north-east of Sail Rocks 44-46 | Sand and shell. 49 », 12 | 28m. north-east of Godley Head .. | 50-40 | Fine sand. 50 », 12 | 29m. north-east of Godley Head .. | 40-28 | Sand and mud. 51 », 12 | 23m. north-east of Godley Head .. | 28-18 | Soft mud. 52 » 15 9m. north and east of Godley Head | 14-17 | Soft mud. 53 » 16 | 22m. north-north-east of Godley | 16-21 | Fine black sand. Head 54 » 16 | 27m. north-east of Godley Head .. | 21-27 | Fine sand and mud. 55 », 16 | 24m. east-by-south of Motunau Isld. | 38-40 | Soft mud. 56 », 16 | 20m. east of Motunau Island 55-58 Mud and clay. 57 ,. 17 | 4m. east-south-east of Wairau R. 26-43 | Gravel and shell. 58 » 18) 11m. north-north-east of Cape | 38-35 | Soft sand and shell. Campbell 59 18 | 9m. north-north-east of Cape Camp- | 35-25 | Gravel and shell. bell 60 ,, 18 | 5m. east of White Bluff 25-20 | Fine sand and shell. 61 » 19 | 3m. north of White Bluff 10-15 | Sand and mud. 62 ,, 19 | 5m. north-north-east of Wairau River) 15-30 | Black sand. 63 ; 19 | 13m. south-by-west of Wellington | 58-75 | Gravel and shell. Harbour 64 » 29 | 2m. north-west of Waitangi 16-24 | Sand and shell. 65 » 29 | 3m. south-east of Port Hutt 24-33 | Yellow sand. 66 » 29 | 5m. west of Clatchie Point 33-42 | Fine yellow sand. 67 ,, 29 | 5m. north-west of Durham Point.. | 42-50 | Yellow sand. 68 » 29 | 34m. north-west of Somes Point . 45 | Coarse sand and shell. 69 | Aug. 1 | Hanson Bay, Chatham Islands 16-25 | Sand and shell. 70 » 1 | Hanson Bay, 8m. north-east of Cape | 33-45 | Fine sand. Fournier 7! ,, 12 | 24m. south-west of Pencarrow Head| 28-38 | Rock. 72 » 13 | Palliser Bay 14-13 | Fine sand. 73 » 13 | Palliser Bay 11-15 | Fine sand. 74 » 13 | Palliser Bay 20-29 | Fine sand. 62 . TES CRG tik eee 6/1 i : 3 Date Locality. Coe iecar Nature of Bottom. i) | — | | | 75 | Aug. 13 | Palliser Bay | 29-35 | Mud. 76 | ,» 14 | 3m. east and south of € ‘astle Point 28-19 | Fine sand. vhf » 14 | 4m. north-east and east of Aohanga | 23-20 | Sand and mud. River | 78 » 15 | 44m. north-east of Cape Turnagain | 24-18 | Fine sand. 79 » 15 | Porangahau Bay 9 | Fouled. 80 ,» 15 | Porangahau Bay .. | 16-17 | Fine sand. 81 ,, 16 | 24m. north-east of ares Televi . | 16-21 | Fine sand. 82 ,, 16 | 6m. south of Cape Kidnappers 21 | Fine sand. 83 ,, 19 | 12m. north-east of Cape Kidnappers | 68-78 | Soft mud. 84 ;, 19 | 25m. north-east of Cape Kidnappers | 82-76 | Soft mud. 85 . 20 | 54m. north-east of Table Cape 42-42 Soft sand and mud. 86 », 20 | 1lm. south-east of Nick’s Head .. | 22-24 | Sand and shell. 87 ., 20 | 8m. south-east of Nick’s Head 24-23 | Sand and mud. 88 » 22 | 9m. west of Cape Runaway .. |105-105| Sand and mud. 89 » 22 | 12m. west-south-west of Cape Run- 94-66 | Sand, shell, mud. away | 90 » 22 | 14m. west-south-west of Cape Run- | 66-58 | Mud. away 91 ,, 22 | 4m. east and south of Wakana Point | 58-55 Hard mud. 92 ,, 23 | 5m. north-west of Kaha Point 57-55 | Hard mud. 93 ,, 23 | 9m. north-west of Kaha Point 55-43 Sand and mud. 94 ,, 24 | 20m. east-south-east of White Isld. | 38-34 _ Sand and mud. 95 ,, 24 | 20m. east-north-east of Whale Isld. | 34-25 Sand and mud. 96 ,, 24 | 17m. east-north-east of Whale Isld. | 25-16 | Sand and mud. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Pratn i: The steam trawler ** Nora Niven.” Puate II. Model of Trawl-net and Otter-boards. The model from which the photograph was taken was made by Captain C. A. Nielsen, the trawling-master. The ground rope, which sweeps the floor of the ocean, is seen to be greatly bowed, but the head line is stretched by the otter- boards, so that when the fishes are disturbed by the lower rope they are well: covered by the net as it moves forward. Within the small or cod end are two pockets which open backwards, so that if attempting to return to the mouth of the net the fishes are entrapped. The cod-end is tied with a special knot in order that it may be readily opened when suspended over the deck of the trawler. Puate IIT The Otter-board. Fig. 1. The otter-boards, of which portion of the after one only is seen, have been hauled up from the bottom, and are being secured to the “ gallows.” The net is being gathered inboard, and one man is taking a dogfish out of the meshes. Fig. 2. The drawing represents an otter-board of the model before referred to; the chains are adjustable so that the boards may be set to the correct angle. In the drawing, the towing-warp (on the left) is shown parallel to the board; but when in use all four chains are tight, and the board, as it stands nearly upright, is deflected, thus offering the necessary resistance to the water to stretch the mouth of the net. The right side, or “ wing,” of the net is attached to the shackles shown above and below, the left wing being similarly fixed to the other otter- board. Prats IV. « Fig. 1. The winches. Each otter-board has its own warp and winding-drum. The winches can be driven forwards, backwards, or stopped independently, so that when the otter-boards near the surface of the water each can be separately got inboard. The net can be shot at either side of the vessel as convenient. Fig. 2. The net at the surface, buoyed by the expansion of the gases within the fishes themselves. The circular mass in the backeround is the cod-end, while the two lines of fishes in the foreground represent the examples caught in the: pockets. ie ipstites the net. > en just as the cod-end was see and the enormous cntch was” fal to the deck. . Bir, Swimming crabs and crayfish taken at the Chatham Islands. = ade at the islands produced enormous bags of these crustaceans, and, as sult, sacksful of crayfish were handed to the Maories and Morioris, who ais ES} Prater VI. Pig. 1. So great is the buoyancy of a large haul of schnapper when ‘dma ‘om deep water that the mass is capable of supporting for some time the weight — ¥ ae: of a man. An illustration of this fact is afforded by the picture as detailed ie is - the text. en Fig. 2. A few individuals of a shoal of porpoises (Lagenorhynchus obscurus — \ ; ay) which accompanied the trawler. They were photographed from above, — the prow of the vessel, the white mass being foam thrown up by the bow. k Scr. lies. TRAWL. Exp.] Prats I. +e { \ [From a photograph Prate II. photo, Sparkes, J. (Ww Scr. Res. TRawu. Exp.] Prate IIT. |Edgar R. Waite, photo. : Scr. Res. TRAwn. Exp.] Prats IV. (Eigar R. Waite, photo. Scr. Res. TRawt. Expr. | PLATE VY. Edgar R. Waite, photo. Scr. Res. TRAwni. Exp.] Prate VI. [Edgar R. Waite, photo. *DOtag oReninsula —3f eee island aterson Inlet Sa, ae Te) ie C. Runawa: rr \ BAY OF PLE, ty e CHRISTCHURCH® | eS SOUT Y ‘\ & ¢ CANTERQYR Y BIGHT : TIMARU ISLAND \ ae 2a/— 26 \ OAMARU a x a 7 aj a Mr yy ah, 4 a resi a ae ed el ee ee ~ Gas bien VE 7 i ae . Asli Goze By Rost. M. Larne, M.A., B.Sc. THESE are the first seaweeds that have been dredged at greater depths than 10 fathoms off the New Zealand coast, and they are on that account of considerable interest. It is well known that the depth to which marine alg descend depends upon the amount of light received, and that those which can grow in the deepest shade near the surface are those which penetrate to the greatest depths. It is a mistake to suppose that new and rarer forms will be found as we collect at greater depths. This may be true to a limited extent in depths between low-tide mark and 5 or 10 fathoms, but, as the follow. ing list shows, it is not true of greater depths. All the species in it are common or comparatively common plants on the coast a little below low-tide mark. Seaweeds are rarely found deeper than 50 fathoms. Kjellman, however, obtained Ptilota pectinata off Spitzbergen in 150 fathoms ; and there are several other cases recorded of seaweeds being obtained at greater depths than 100 fathoms. It will be observed that the greatest depth recorded in the accom- panying list is from 68 to 78 fathoms. The fact that the trawling was done in midwinter doubtless accounts to some extent for the small number of species, CAULERPACE. CauLERPA, Lamouroux, 1809. Caulerpa Brownii Endlicher. Caulerpa Brown Endlicher, Gen. Plant. Suppl., 1837-45 ; Van Bosse, Monographie des Caulerpes, 1893, p. 306. Caulerpa furcifolia Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., i, 1855, p. 260. Stat on 83, Chatham Islands. (Australia, Tasmania, New Zealand.) * Pending the revisal of the rules for the nomenclature of the algex, the species in this list are assigned to the author that first placed them in their present genus. 66 DICTYOTACE. Zonaria, J. Agardh, 1841. Zonaria Turneriana J. Agardh. Zonaria interrupta J. Agardh, Sp. Alg., 1, 1848, p. 111; Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., ui, 1855, p. 218. Zonaria Turneriana J. Agardh, Till. Alg. Syst., i, 1872, p. 48. Chatham Islands. (Australasia, South Africa, Madagascar.) GLossopHORA, J. AGARDH, 1880. Glossophora Harveyi J. Agardh. Dictyota Kunthu J. Agardh, Sp. Alg., i, 1848, p. 94; Hook f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., 1, 1855, p. 219. Glossophora Harveyi J. Agardh, Till. Alg. Syst., i, 1872, p. 48. Chatham Islands. (New Zealand, Chatham Islands.) , DESMARESTIACEA. DersMARESTIA, Lamouroux, 1813. Desmarestia ligulata Lamouroux. Fucus ligulatus Turn., Hist., 1, 1809, p. 74. Desmarestia ligulata Lamour., Ess. s. Thalassiophytes, 1813, p. 25; Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., 1, 1855, p. 217. Station 9. (Australasia, Chil, Fuegia, South Africa, North Atlantic, North Pacific.) , LAMINARIACEA. Macrocystis, C. Agardh, 1823. Macrocystis pyrifera C. Agardh. Fucus pyriferus Turn., Hist., 1, 1809, p. 104. Macrocystis pyrifera C. Agardh, Revision des Alg. Macrocystis, 1835. Station 2. Macrocystis is not often found growing in the elittoral zone, but generally forms a belt close to the coast. (Throughout the Southern Ocean, and along the west coast of North America, as far north as Alaska.) 67 Eckionta, Hornemann, 1828. Ecklonia Richardiana J. Agardh. Ecklonia Richardiana J. Agardh, Sp. Alg., 1, 1848, p. 147. Ecklonia radiata, var. y richardiana, Hook. f. and Hary., Fl. Nov. Zel., i, 1855, p. 217. Station 6. (The common form on the coast, and possibly confined to New Zealand.) D’Urvitt=a, Bory, 1826. D’Urvillza utilis Bory. D Urvillea utilis Bory, Voy. au Pole Sud, Botan. 1, 1845, p. 35. Station 1. It may be doubted whether the specimen was growing at the depth at which the trawl was open, 54-55 fathoms. Only a fragment was brought up by the trawl, and, as it has no air-cells, it is denser than water. D’Urvillea, though sometimes detached from rocks and found floating, is a plant of the intertidal region. Taking these facts into consideration, and the fact that the specimen is considerably decomposed, it seems more reasonable to imagine that this is a piece which has drifted off shore, and perhaps been dropped from a larger floating mass above the spot where it was picked up by the trawl. The absence of air-cells probably shows that it is a fragment broken off from the region of the stem. (If the rules of the Vienna Congress are adopted for cryptogams, the specific name will have to be changed to antarctica, as it was originally described by Chamisso as Fucus antarcticus.) #] (New Zealand, as far south as Campbell Island, Chili, Fuegia, Falklands, Kerguelen Land.) Marernartia, A. Richard, 1832. Marginaria Boryana A. Richard. Marginaria Boryana A. Richard, Voy. de l Astrolabe, Botan. 1, 1832, p: 9. Stations 2, 6. The specimen from Station 2 is without bladders, though otherwise well developed. This is a very interesting modification, probably due to the increased pressure at the depth (32-41 fathoms) at which the plant was growing. I do not remember to have seen a similar modification elsewhere recorded. (New Zealand.) 68 CERAMIACE. Baia, Harvey, 1843. Ballia callitricha Montagne. Ballia callitricha, Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., ii, 1855, p. 257. Spacelaria callitricha C. Agardh, Sp. Alg., ii, 1820-27, p. 23. Ballia hombroniana Mont., in Voy. au Pole Sud, Botan., ii, 1845, p. 94. Ballia brunonia Harv., Fl. Antarct., i, 1845, pp. 78 and 182. Stations 2, 83, Chatham Islands. Some small sterile specimens from Station 2 are epiphytic on the base of Marginaria. (All south-temperate and subantarctic seas.) Euptitota, Kiitzing, 1847. Euptilota formosissima Kiitzing. Euptilota formosissima Kiitzing, Bot. Zeitg., 1847, p. 36. Ptilota formosissima Mont., Voy. au Pole Sud, Botan. i, p. 97 ; Hook. f, and Harv., Fl. N.Z., ii, 1855, p. 257. Station 6. (Chatham Islands, New Zealand.) GriFFiITHsiA, C. Agardh, 1817. Griffithsia Sonderiana J. Agardh. Griffithsia setacea Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., ii, 1855, p. 258. Griffithsia Sonderiana J. Agardh, Epicr. Florid., 1876, p. 62. Chatham Islands. (New Zealand.) RHODYMENIACEA. Piocamium, Lyngbye. Plocamium dispermum Harvey. Plocamium dispermum Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., ii, 1855, p. 246. Station 9. A fragment of Plocamiuwm, probably the same species, was dredged at Station 83. (New Zealand.) Plocamium brachiocarpum Kiitzing. Plocamium brachiocarpum Kiitzing, Sp. Alg., 1849, p. 885. Plocamium coccineum (partim) Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., ii, 1855, p. 246. Chatham Islands. (New Zealand.) 69 HymenociapiaA, J. Agardh. Hymenocladia lanceolata J. Agardh, 1852. Hymenocladia lanceolata J. Agardh, Act. Holm., 1870 (v. also Epicr. Florid., 1876, p. 314). Station 6. : The specimen is well developed, and is remarkable in that it con- tains both cystocarps and tetraspores. (New Zealand.) EpyMeniA, Kiitzing, 1849. Epymenia Wilsonis Sonder. Epymenia Wilsonis Sond., in Linnea, 1853, p. 516. Epymenia obtusa Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., 11, 1855, p. 249 (0. also J. Ag., Analecta Algol. 1, 1892, p. 92). Station 9. (New Zealand, Chatham Islands, Australia.) SPHAROCOCCOIDE. ‘Curpi#A, Harvey (Ann. Nat. Hist., Vol. 15). Curdiza coriacea J. Agardh. Curdiea coriacea J. Agardh, Epicr. Florid., 1876, p. 401. Rhodymenia (?) coriacea Hooker and Harvey, London Journal, iv, p. 545. ‘Gracilaria coriacea Hook. f. and Harv., Fl. N.Z., 1, 1855, p. 243. Station 6. A fragment of Curdiea, from the Chathams, probably also belongs to this species. (New Zealand.) GIGARTINACE. CALLOPHYLLIS, Kiitzing, 1843. Callophyllis calliblepharoides J. Agardh. Callophyllis calliblepharoides J. Ag., Epicr. Florid., 1876, p. 231. Station 6. (New Zealand, Chatham Islands.) GELIDE. PrerociapiA, J. Agardh, 1851. Pterocladia lucida J. Agardh. Pterocladia lucida, J. Ag., Spec. Alg., ii, Part 2, 1851, p. 483. Fucus lucidus Brown, in Turn. Hist., iv, 1819, p. 98. 70 Stations 79 and 83. (New Zealand, West and South-west Australia.) DELESSERL#. NITOPHYLLUM, Greville. Nitophyllum sp. Stations 79 and 83, Fragments, scarcely to be determined. Nitophyllum harveyanum (?) J. Agardh. Nitophyllum harveyanum J. Agardh, Epicr. Florid., 1876, p. 462. Nitophyllum palmatum, var. pinnatifidum, Hook. f. and Hary., Fl. N.Z., ii, 1855, p. 240. The New Zealand species of Nitophyllum are little known and badly defined, and I refer with hesitation some fragments from the Chatham Islands to this species. (New Zealand.) RHODOMELACE., Ruopomera, C, Agardh, 1820-27. Rhodomela Traversiana J, Agardh. Rhodomela Traversiana J. Agardh, De Alg. Nov. Zel., Mar., 1877, p- 28 (v. also Laing, List of New Zealand Seaweeds, No. 320, Trans. ° N.Z. Inst., xxxiv, 1901, p. 352). Station 6. (New Zealand.) LENORMANDIA, Sonder, 1845. Lenormandia angustifolia J. Agardh. Lenormandia angustifolia J. Agardh, De Alg. Nov. Zel., Mar., 1877, p. 30. Chatham Islands. (New Zealand.) ANNELIDA AND SIPUNCULOIDEA. By W. B. Brenuam, D.Sc., F.R.S., University of Otago. ANNELIDA POLYCHAITA. Figs. 1-5. THE collection of annelids is a small one, containing only twenty-two species, of which only three were not represented in my own collec- tion. These are Sthenelais semitecta, a comparatively rare species ; nuphis tenuisetis, which has not been recorded since the type was obtained by the “ Challenger ” off the East Cape; and Goniada eximia, which is of special interest, as it is a South American and Magellan form, not hitherto obtaimed from the neighbourhood of New Zealand. The identification of the series of worms was rendered compara- tively easy owing to the fact that I have been for the last eight years or so accumulating in the Otago University Museum annelids from all parts of the coast visited by me, or by my correspondents in other parts of New Zealand ; so that it contains nearly all the species which have been recorded from our coastal waters. I had proposed to de- scribe them, but, a few years ago, on hearmg from Professor Ehlers, of Géttingen, that he was engaged in the examination of the Poly- cheta of the “ Valdivia” and other expeditions, I forwarded a set of species to him for description, and he has published two illus- trated memoirs on our New Zealand annelids. I have also forwarded to the British Museum representatives of a considerable number of our species. In the present report I have added notes on geographical distribution in the case of those species which have been recorded outside the New Zealand area. It is to be regretted that no polychetes were obtained at Station 88, where a depth of 105 fathoms was reached, nor from other spots off the east coast of the North Island, since the few that appear to have been got off Cape Kidnappers, at a depth of 68-78 fathoms, are very interesting forms. Family APHRODITID. ApHropita, Linneeus, 1758. Aphrodita talpa Quatrefages. Aphrodita talpa Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. d. Anneles, 1, 1865, p. 196, pl. vi, figs. 2-4. ; Stations 7, 30. 12 Localities—South of Chasland’s, 43 fathoms, fine sand; off Oamaru, 35 fathoms, ooze. Aphrodita terre-regine Haswell. Aphrodita terre-regine Haswell, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vu, 1883, ps 2cL. Station 30. Locality —Off Oamaru, 35 fathoms, ooze. Originally described from New South Wales. Puysa.iponotus, Ehlers, 1904. Physalidonotus squamosus Quatrefages. Aphrodita squamosa Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. d. Anneles, 1, 1865, p. 201. Lepidonotus giganteus Kirk, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi, 1879, p. 400; Ben- ham and Thomson, P.Z.S., 1900, p. 974, pls. lx, Ixi, Ixu. Physalidonotus squamosus Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., in Abhandl. K. Gesellsch. Wiss., Gottingen (N.S8.), i, 1904, p. LO. Stations 26, 30, 44. Localities —South of Oamaru, 40-43 fathoms, fine sand; E.N.E. of Oamaru, 35 fathoms, ooze; 8.W. Akaroa, 24-30 fathoms, sand and shell. This gigantic polynoid is fairly common round our coasts. It is apparently nearly related to two Japanese species described by J. P. Moore in 1903. Leprponotus, Leach, s. str. Kinberg, 1857. Lepidonotus polychroma Schmarda. Lepidonotus polychroma Schmarda, Neue Wirbellose Thiere, 1 (ii), 1861, p. 153; pl. xxxvi, fig. 307; Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p- 7, pl. i, figs. 1-6. Locality —Chatham Island. It is common under stones all round our coast. STHENELAIS, Kinberg, 1857. Sthenelais semitecta Ehlers. Sthenelais semitecta Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 10, pl. 1 figs. 10-12, pl. 1 figs. 1-4. Stations 83 (? or 30). Locality.—Probably N.E. of Cape Kidnappers,* 21 fathoms, fine sand. It seems to be a rare worm. It has also been obtained at Lyttelton by Mr. H. Suter. *In a bottle containing this and several other worms were two labels— one “83,” the other “30.”” On several occasions I have obtained material dredged off Oamaru, and have not seen the species: hence I conclude that these worms were obtained at Station 83. 13 Family AMPHINOMID. CHLoEIA, Savigny, 1820. Chloeia inermis Quatrefages. Chloeia nermis Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. d. Anneles, i, 1865, p. 389. Locality.—Stewart Island, “‘ cast ashore after a storm”; two individuals. I have also specimens from Wellington and Otago, also thrown ashore. Family PHYLLODOCID. CaRoBIA, Quatrefages, 1865 (Marenzeller rev. 1874). Carobia ochracea Ehlers. Carobia ochracea Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 15, pl. u, figs. 5-7. Station 83 or 30. Locality—Cape Kidnappers* (or off Oamaru). Family LYCORID. Nerets, Cuvier, 1817. Nereis australis Schmarda. Heteronereis australis Schmarda, Neue Wirbell. Thiere, i (ii), 1861, p. 101, pl. xxxi, fig. 242. Nereis australis Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 26, pl. i, figs. 16-20, and pl. iv, figs. 1, 2; and u, 1907, p. 11. Locality —Chatham Islands. It is common, and has not been recorded elsewhere than on the coast of New Zealand. Nereis vallata Grube. Nereis vallata Grube, Annulata Oerstediana, 1857, p. 159. Nereis maculata Schmarda, loc. cit., 1861, 102. Nereis latipalpa Schmarda, loc. cit., 104. Nereis pacifica Schmarda, loc. cit., 107. Nereis brevicirris Grube, Annel. Reise “ Novara,” 1867, p. 19, pl. ii. fig. 2. Nereis mictodonta Marenzeller, Sudjapan. Annel., 1879, p. 10, pl. ii, fig. 2. Nereis vallata Ehlers, Die Polycheten d. magell. u. chilen Strandes, 1901, p. 110; Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 26., and 11, 1907, p. 11. Locality—Chatham Islands. This is quite the commonest nereid ound in mud under stones along our coast. It occurs also on the coasts of Chili and of South Japan. * See footnote on previous page. 2—Trawling. 74 Nereis amblyodonta Schmarda. Nereilepas amblyodonta Schmarda, loc. cit., 1861, p. 106, pl. xxxi, fig. 245. Perinereis nove-hollandie Kinberg, Annulata Nova, Ofvers K. Vet. Akad. Foérhandl., 1865, p. 175, pl. xx, fig. 9. Nereis amblyodonta Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 29, and ui, 1907, pat: Locality.—Chatham Islands. It is a large handsome form, of a dark-green colour; not uncommon on our coast. It was originally described from Port Jackson. Family KEUNICID/. Eunice, Cuvier, 1807. Eunice australis Quatrefages. Eunice australis Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. d. Anneles, 1, 1865, p. 321. Eunice paucibranchis Grube, Bericht Schlessisch. Gesellsch., 1866, p. 64, and the same, 1877, p. 56. Eunice leuconuchalis Benham, Report on Experimental Trawling, 1900, p. 21. Eunice australis Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 30, and u, 1907, 5 2. : Station 12. Locality.—Molyneux Bay. It has been obtained from other parts of the coast, and Grube reports it from Samoa. Eunice antennata Savigny. Leodice antennata Savigny, Systeme des Annelides, 1820, p. 50, pl. v, fet, Eunice gaimardi Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. des Anneles, 1, 1865, p. 321. Eunice antennata Crossland, P.Z.S., 1904, 1, p. 312, pl. xxu, figs. 1-7. Eunice antennata Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., ii, 1907, p. 12. Stations 26, 30. Localiti°s.—Off Oamaru, 35-43 fathoms, ooze and fine sand. One would scarcely have expected that this species would be found off the shores both of Africa and of New Zealand, but it has been obtained off the coast of Ceylon, and is widely distributed in the Pacific. Eunice aphroditois Pallas. Nereis aphroditois Pallas, Nova Acta Acad. Sci. Inst. Petersburg, 1, 1788, p. 229. 75 Leodice gigantea Savigny, Systéme des Annelides, 1820, p. 49. Eunice macrobranchia Schmarda, loc. cit., 1861, p. 130, pl. xxxii, fig. 258. Eriphyle capensis Kinberg, Ofvers K. Vet. Akad. Forh., 1864, p. 385. Eunace gigantea Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. des Annel., i, 1865, p. 311. Eunice aphroditois Ehlers, Die Boérstenwiirmer, 1868, p: 306; Mc- Intosh, “Challenger” Reports, xu, Annel. Polycheta, p. 282, 1885; Gravier, Nouv. Arch. du Mus. Paris, 1900, p. 224; McIn- tosh, Polychzta of South Africa (Marine Investigations .f South Africa), m1, 1903, p. 42; Crossland, P.Z.S., 1904, 1, p. 288; Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel. 1, 1907, p. 12. Stations 22, 83, 95. The specimens are in fragments. Although I identify it with this iarge species, which is already recorded from our shores, the specimen differs in coloration from that usually described, for these specimens are pale-brown (in formalin), with very dark purplish-brown spots and splashes of irregular form, size, and arrangement, not only on the dorsal surface, but, in less numbers and of smaller size, on the ventral surface; nor is there the characteristic white band on the fourth segment. But in all structural characters it agrees with Pallas’s species, which has a very wide distribution. Localities —EKast of Shag Point, 30-40 fathoms, fine sand; E.N.E. of Whale Island (North Island), 25-34 fathoms, sand and mud. Onupuis, Audouin and Milne-Edwards, 1833. Onuphis tenuisetis McIntosh. Nothria tenuisetis McIntosh, “‘ Challenger’ Reports, xu, 1885, p. 307, pl. xl, figs. 8, 9, pl. xxia, figs. 24-26. Station 83 2 It is with some hesitation that I refer the worm described below to this species, from which, indeed, it differs in one character. But, as the species was obtained off the East Cape and nowhere else, it is not improbable that the difference is of little importance; so I will give a full account of the external features of the present worm. I have come to the same conclusion as Dr. Willey, and am unable to find any justification for the retention of Johnston’s genus Northia —or, as Malmgren and McIntosh prefer to write it, Nothria. The worm inhabits a thick-walled tube composed of fine grey mud. A complete individual measures 74mm. in length, with 170 seg- ments, and 5 mm. across the parapodia. 2*—Trawling. 76 The anterior third of the worm has a thick body-wall, very pale brown in colour, but posteriorly the wall becomes thin, colourless, and transparent. The prostomium, frontal tentacles, palps, and margins of the mouth, as well as the mid-dorsal region of the first four segments of the body, are tinged with a pale rose-purple. The five dorsal prostomial tentacles are smooth, ard have a well- marked ringed base; the three middle tentacles are of nearly equal size, reaching, when pressed back, to the twentieth segment or further. The laterals are much shorter, touching only the fifth chetigerous segment. Black pigment-masses are visible within the bases of the three middle ones, which may be eyes. The short nuchal tentacles (peristomial cirri) are only about half as long as the lateral tentacles. The first, or peristomial, segment is short, but the succeeding five are long, each having a length equal to about one-third of its width ; then the segments soon decrease in length, so that at the ninth they are only one-sixth of the width (but at the same time the width has increased) ; further back they become still shorter. The first six parapodia are long, widely separated, and the anterior ones are directed somewhat forwards. They measure about half the width of the body. Further back, and rather abruptly, as the seg- ments become shorter, the parapodia become compressed, and lie close together; they also decrease much in length. Thus the first cheetigerous segment has a body only 2mm. across, whilst the dis- tance from tip to tip of the feet is 5mm. At about the fifteenth segment the total breadth remains the same, but now the body itself is 4 mm. in diameter. Fig. 1. The first parapodium (enlarged): c, the two hooks below the bundle of chetez; dc, the dorsal cirrus; J, the lip-process of the chetophore ; ve, the ventral cirrus. The first parapodium carries a long dorsal cirrus, a long slender lip-process, and a long ventral cirrus, which does not reach the tip of the lip-process. There are but few cheetz in this foot; they are fine, simple, and pointed, with a few (8 or 4) stout, yellow, hooded, and hooked bristles, below the terminal hook of which there are numerous shorter denticulations of unequal size. The distal portion of the bristle, some distance from the apex, is semi-articulated at a nearly transverse line. (Fig. 5.) tt Fig:. 2.. The fourth parapodium, on Fig. 3.. A parapodium from the mid- the same scale as Fig. 1. ,. body,,on the same scale. Letters as in Fig. 1. _ The fourth foot is similar in form, and has two similar chete. After the sixth foot the ventral cirrus becomes shorter and is reduced to a scale or pad. ; But further back the foot exhibits several differences: the dorsal cirrus is smaller; the ventral is represented by a slight pad; the whole foot is less prominent. Below the bundle of cheetz are two stout hooks, stouter than those of the earlier parapodia: they have’ a shorter but wider hood, and the distal region is not articulated ; the tip is curved and bears two prongs, the upper being much smaller than the lower, which is bifid. I did not note exactly where the change in the form of the bristles occurs, but it exists: already in the fifteenth foot. (Fig. 4.) Fig. 4. One of the stout hooks of Fig. 5. A characteristic, hook. from the mid-body. the anterior parapodia. These bristles, both of the anterior and posterior feet, agree closely with those described and figured by McIntosh for Onuphis (Nothria) tenuisetis. The gills commence on the second foot and extend throughout the body. The first consists of a single slender filament springing 78 from the base of the dorsal cirrus, and nearly equalling it in length, though of less thickness. On the third foot the gill bifurcates, and on the fourth it consists of three filaments, and now overtops the cirrus ; by the ninth foot there are four filaments, and the cirrus has gradually decreased in size. Further back, on the twelfth foot, the maximum number of five filaments is attained, and this is retained for a few segments, but then is reduced to four. In the anterior half of the body the gill then consists of four filaments, and then the number gradually decreases. The gills on the first 20-25 segments are large, and stand upright over the back; they gradually decrease in length, and by the fortieth foot project outwards over the foot. The Tube presents two regions—(a) a thick-walled, mud-coated portion, which no doubt projects into the water; and (b) a thin, membranous portion, which is probably imbedded in the sea-floor. Most of the tubes were broken off below the mud region; but in a complete one, measuring 103 mm., this upper region accounts for 25 mm., and has an external diameter of 6 mm., and the wall is about 1 mm. thick. It consists of a fine grey sandy mud, lined by a thin membrane presenting horizontal streaks of brown colour. Further down the mud ceases, and the membrane gradually loses the brown streaks, becomes colourless and transparent. Examined under a microscope, the membrane is seen to be made up of fibrillee in hori- zontal, vertical, and oblique directions. Externally this tube is exactly lke that of Dasychone serrati- branchis, but in the sabellid the lining-membrane is much thinner— indeed, in the upper mud-covered region it does not exist, for on scraping away the mud nothing is left. But further from the mouth of the tube it makes its appearance as a colourless, smooth, and structureless lining. Locality.—Probably off Cape Kidnappers.* Remarks.—1 have identified this worm with McIntosh’s species on the following grounds: (1) O. tenwisetis was obtained off the East Cape; (2) the pecuharity of the anterior bristles, emphasized by McIntosh, is repeated in my specimens; (3) the general agreement of the parapodia. On the other hand, evident differences are pre- sented by the form and extent of the gills, for in the type they do not commence till the tenth segment, do not become bifid till the twentieth, and never attain the complexity seen in our individuals, for they soon reassume the simple form they have in the earlier seg- ments—even before the fortieth foot is reached. * This is one of the specimens in the bottle which contained two station- numbers; and I attribute it to 83, because it has not been hitherto recorded from the Oamaru region, whereas the species was originally obtained south of the East Cape by the ‘‘ Challenger.” 79 The question arises, How far is the condition of the gills a specific character: do they increase in their extent of distribution along the body, and in complexity of structure, with age ? It appears that in this case, if I am right in my identification, the size of the worm is not a factor, for the individual described by Mc- Intosh was 105 mm. in length, while the present worms do not exceed 74 mm. It is only in recent years that zoologists have paid any atten- tion to the matter. Thus, Crossland,* in discussing the variability of characters, usually regarded as being of specific value, says of Marphysa mossambica, “The gills begin on different segments in different specimens, increase in size and complexity quite irregularly, and vary in the maximum number of filaments they bear.” This opinion agrees with that at which I have arrived as a result of the studying of our native polychetes. And it appears that McIntosh + himself is more inclined to lay stress on this anatomical feature than formerly, for, in speaking of a species of Onuphis from the Gulf of St. Lawrence, he says that it “may be O. holobranchiata Maren- zeller; appears to approach O. grube: Marenzeller, a form which comes near Nothria tenuisetis, especially in the structure of the bristles, though there are certain differences, such as the origin of the branchie.”’ I may mention that in O. holobranchiata the gills commence on the first foot and remain single throughout the body. The species, too, has quite a different tube. LuMBRICONEREIS (Blainville), Grube, 1851. Lumbriconereis sphzrocephala Schmarda. Lumbriconereis spherocephala Schmarda, Neue Wirbell. Thiere, i (11), 1861, p. 116; Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 33, pl. v, figs. 3-11. Stations 12, 14. This is pretty common in muddy shores round the coast of New Zealand, and has been obtained from the Chatham Islands. Localities —Molyneux Bay, 20-46 fathoms, sand; off Otago Peninsula, 25-27 fathoms, pebbles. : Family GLYCERIDA. GLYcERA, Savigny, 1820. Glycera ovigera Schmarda. Glycera ovigera Schmarda, Neue Wirbell. Thiere, 1 (ii), 1861, p. 295, pl. xxx, fig. 239; Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 37. * Crossland, P.Z.S., 1903, ii, p. 120. + McIntosh, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7), xii, 1903, p. 152. 80 Stations 12, 14, 26, 30, 89. Localities—Molyneux Bay, 20-46 fathoms, sand; Green Island (Otago), 25-30 fathoms, pebbles and gravel; south of Oamaru, 40-43 fathoms, fine sand; E.N.E. of Oamaru, 35 fathoms, ooze; off Cape Runaway (from the stomach of Zeus faber). This worm is quite common from Stewart Island to Auckland. Family GONIADIDA. Gontapa, Audouin and Edwards, 1853. Goniada eximia Khlers. Goniada eximia Ehlers, Die Polycheten d. magell. u. chilen Strandes, 1901p. 157) plisce: figs. 117: Station 83 (or 30). Locality—Either off Cape Kidnappers, 68-78 fathoms, soft mud, or off Oamaru. The specimen differs slightly from Ehler’s account of those obtained off Tierra del Fuego, in that, instead of only four angulated micro- gnaths on each side of the base of the everted pharynx, I find about twenty. It has been suggested by Ehlers that the number may de- pend upon age, as some of his specimens had none at all. And I do not feel justified in making a new species on such a small difference... Family TEREBELLID. Lanice, Malmgren, 1865. Lanice conchilega Pallas. Nereis conchilega Pallas, Miscell. Zool., 1766, p. 131, pl. ix, figs. 14-22. Terebella conchilega Savigny, Syst. des Annel., 1820, p. 85, pl. 1, fig. 3; Johnston, Catalogue of Worms, Brit. Mus., 1865, p. 235; Quatre- fages, Hist. Nat. d. Annel., 11, 1865, p. 255, pl. xix, fig. 2. Lanice conchilega Malmgren, Nordiska Hafs Annulater, 1866, p. 380 ; St. Joseph, Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.), Ser. 7, xvii, 1894, p. 211 (where a complete list of references will be found); Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel. (11), 1907, p. 27. Station 12. Locality.—Molyneux Bay, 20-46 fathoms, sand. This worm, identified by Ehlers, from specimens forwarded to him by me, as the common terebellid of European shores, is not uncommon on sandy beaches in New Zealand. 81 Family SABELLIDA. BrancuiomMa (Kolliker), Claparede, 1868. Branchiomma suspiciens Ehlers. Branchiomma suspiciens Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 62, pl. ix, figs. 1-6. A bunch of the characteristic parchment-like horn-coloured tubes, with the animals within, was sent to me, but without indication of the station. It is, however, common round our coasts. DasycHONE, Sars, 1862. Dasychone serratibranchis Grube. Dasychone serratibranchis Grube, Annulata Semperiana, 1878, p. 262, pl. xiv, fig. 7; Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel. (11), 1907, p. 28. Station 12. Locality —P ort Molyneux, 20-46 fathoms, sand. . The species was originally described from the Philippines.. I have specimens from Auckland Harbour. . Family SERPULIDA. GALEOLARIA, Lamarck, 1801. Galeolaria hystrix Mérch. Galeolaria hystrix Moérch, Revisio Critica Serpulidarum, Naturhist. Tidskr., 3 R., 1 Bd., 1863. ; Eupomatus boltoni Baird, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), vii, 1864, p. 12, pl. i fig. 2, pl. ii fig. 10. Vermilia rosea Quatrefages, Hist. Nat. d. Annel., 1, 1865, p. 532, pl. xx, figs. 10,11; Haswell, Proc. Limn. Soc. N.S.W., 1x, 1885, p. 667, pl. xxxui, figs. 2-5. ‘Galeolaria rosea Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel., 1904, p. 70. Galeolaria hystrix Ehlers, Neuseel. Annel. 11, 1907, p. 29. Station 44. A single tube with the animal was received by me from south-west of Akaroa, 24-30 fathoms, sand and shell. It is very common on rocks round our coast. ; Family CHA TOPTERIDA. (?) SpPlocHzToPTERUS, Sars, 1859. Stations 12. 26. Numerous slender, transparent, horn-coloured, parchment-like tubes, which I refer provisionally to this genus; but, as the animal is imperfectly preserved, I refrain from attempting to identify it more accurately. 82 SIPUNCULOIDEA, Family SIPUNCULIDA. PuascoLosoma, Leuckart. Phascolosoma nove-zealandie Benham. Phascolosoma nove-zealandicee Benham, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxvui, 1905, p. 301, pls. xv and xvi. Station 30. Locality. E.N.E. of Oamaru, 35 fathoms, ooze. The type was obtained from the stomach of the smooth-hound (Mustelus antarcticus), which had been trawled off the coast of Otago, no doubt in the neighbourhood of this station. Puyscosoma, Selenka, 1897. Physcosoma annulatum Hutton. Phascolosoma annulata Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xu, 1879, p. 278. Physcosoma annulatum Benham, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxvi, 1904, p. 173, pl. vii, figs. 1-10. Three specimens. No locality given. It is widely distributed round our coasts. 83 ECHINODERMA. By W. B. Benuam, D.Sc., F.R.S., University of Otago. Plates VII-XI.* Mr. Waite was good enough to place the echinoderms in my hands for identification, which at first seemed likely to be no serious task, for this Museum has a good collection of native representatives of the group, while the useful lists and notes and descriptive papers by Mr. Farquharson served to simplify the task. One of the first species that I happened to examine was the so- called Salmacis globator, in reality an Echinus, an account of which I have recently published. The discovery that this little Hchinus had for nearly thirty years been masquerading under a name to which it had no shadow of right put me on my guard as to the possibilities of other errors having crept into identifications made in early days of zoological research in New Zealand. Again, I soon found that the generic names of some of our best-known starfishes have in recent years received new interpretations, necessitating the removal of the species to other genera, and that old genera have been broken up as an outcome of new knowledge. I was thus soon involved in the tedious task of searching the “ Zoological Record” for the last twenty years—that is, the period that has elapsed since the publication of the report of the “ Challenger” —and during this period several important expeditions have been undertaken by American and European scientific men to all parts of the ocean, which has resulted in a great accession of new material, and has led to repeated revision of the work of earlier naturalists. Unfortunately, the reports of these expeditions are not available in the libraries in New Zealand, hence I have had to rely on the meagre information contained in such text-books as Bronn’s “ Thier-reichs,”’ the “ Zoological Record,” and a few memoirs to which I happen to have access; so that, under the circumstances, it is quite possible that I have fallen into new errors. For example, relying on the “ Thier-reichs ” and on Yves-Delages’ “ Zoologie Concrete” as being trustworthy guides in systematic work, I placed Hchinus albocinctus in Mortensen’s genus Pseudechinus ; but I have since become aware * For explanation of plates see p. 115. 84 that his method of work, and the grounds for the rearrangement of the genera, are considered by such authorities as Agassiz and Loriol as. injudicious and unscientific. The task of the systematist in a land without modern books or scientific periodicals is a difficult one, but the work has to be done; we have to do our best, and offer our apologies if inaccuracies creep in. I have to thank Mr. Farquharson for much help and advice con- tained in letters in reply to my queries, and for the loan of foreign memoirs. Although the collection is not very extensive, it adds a few genera to our list, and some species new to science. A total of twenty-six genera and thirty-one species is recorded. Of thirteen species of asterids, belonging to ten genera, there are three genera which have not hitherto been recorded from our area— viz., Odontaster, Mediaster, and Luadia. Of ophiurids there are six genera, each represented by one species ; of which one genus (Astrotoma) has not previously been obtained from so southern a latitude. The echinids are represented by seven species, belonging to five genera, of which one genus (Porocidaris) is new to the New Zealand fauna. Of the five species of holothurians, representing as many genera, one species of Molpadia appears to be new to science. Amongst the most interesting finds is Odontaster grayi, hitherto recorded only from the neighbourhood of Tierra del Fuego—another instance of the subantarctic nature of much of our marine fauna. The occurrence of a species of Medvaster, closely allied to but not identical with M. arcuatus, from the Japanese seas, adds another link with the fauna of that region of the Pacific, which is illustrated by the gephyrean Hchiurus nove-zealandie, by the hemichordate Dolichoglossus otagoensis, and by certain annelids. But species of the genus Mediaster also occur in the eastern Pacific off the west coast of the American continent, from Vera Cruz, Cocos Island, and Aca- pulco. The occurrence, then, of a species in the western Pacific marks an important extension of the range of the genus. Astrotoma waitei is another interesting connection between the species found in the Banda Sea and Sulu Archipelago on the one hand, and that found in the Strait of Magellan on the other; while the pre- sence of Porocidaris elegans, hitherto recorded from the neighbourhood of Sydney and the Philippines, represents still another element in our fauna—the tropical one. Of the holothurians, two deep-water forms occur, of which Mol- padia marenzellert had hitherto only been obtained by the “ Challenger ” from our seas. Some confusion in the records resulted from accidents happening on board the trawler, during heavy weather, as explained by Mr. Waite in the ‘“ Introduction.” ig) ot LIST OF SPECIES OBTAINED. Class) A ST Bon OoDil A. Order PHANEROZONIA. Family AsTROPECTINID#. Psilaster, Sladen, 1885. P. acuminatus Sladen. . Luidia, Forbes, 1839. L., sp. incert. Family ARCHASTERID&.* Odontaster, Verrill, 1880. O. grayi Bell. Asterodon, Perrier, 1891. A. miliaris Gray. Family PENTAGONASTERID. Pentagonaster, Gray, 1840. P. pulchellus Gray. P. abnormalis Gray. Mediaster, Stimpson, 1862. M. sladeni sp. nov. Family ASTERINID A, Asterina, Nardo, 1834. A. regularis Verrill. Order CRYPTOZONIA. Family STicHASTERID &. Stichaster, Muller and Troschel, 1840. S. polyplax Muller and Troschel. S. insignis Farquhar. Family EcHInAsTERIDA, Echinaster, Muller and Troschel, 1840, E. farquhari sp. nov. * T have followed Bell, Hamann, Delages, in placing these two genera in this family instead of in the next. 86 Family ASTERIDA. Asterias, Linneus, 1766. A. calamaria Gray. A. mollis Hutton. ‘Chass. J0 POLI anao.D Bas Order STREPTOPHIURIDA. Family OPHIOMXYID&. Ophiomyxa, Muller and Troschel, 1842. O. australis Lutken. Order CLADOPHIURIDA. Family ASTRONYCIDA. Astrotoma, Lyman, 1875. A. waitet sp. nov. Order ZYGOPHIURIDA. Family AMPHIURID&. Amphiura, Forbes, 1842. A. nore sp. nov. Ophionereis, Lutken, 1859. QO. schayert Muller and Troschel. Ophiactis, Lutken, 1856. O. nomentis Farquhar. Family OPHIODERMATID&. Pectinura, Forbes, 1842. P. maculata Verrill. Cl as'st, Si: EiyNeOr Paras Sub-class REGULARIA. Order CIDARIDA. Family CrpaRiIp&. Goniocidaris, Desor, 1846. G. umbraculum Hutton. Porocidaris, Desor, 1854. P. elegans Agassiz. 87 Order DIADEMOIDA. Family Ecurip&, Echinus, Linneus, 1758. FE. angulosus (2) Leske. E. albocinctus Hutton. E. huttont Benham. Sub-class IRREGULARIA. Order CLYPEASTRIDA. Family CLYPEASTRID#. Arachnoides, Agassiz, 1841. A. placenta Linneus. Order SPATANGIDA. Family SPATANGIDA. Echinocardium, Gray, 1845. E. australe Gray. Class HOLOTHUROIDEA. Order ACTINOPODA. Family CucUMARIDA. Phyllophorus, Grube, 1840. P. longidentis Hutton. Family MotpapIp&. Caudina, Stimpson, 1853. C. chilensis J. Miller. Molpadia, Cuvier, 1817. M. marenzelleri Theel. M. dendyi sp. nov. Order PARACTINOPODA. Family SyNAPTIDz. Chirodota, Eschscholtz, 1829. C. gigas Dendy. DESCRIPTION OF THE SPECIES. Psilaster acuminatus Sladen? Psilaster acuminatus Sladen, ‘‘ Challenger”? Report, Asteroidea, xxx, 1889, p. 225. Station 7. Four specimens were obtained, the largest of which measures R. = 70mm., r. = 15mm., breadth of arm at base 16mm. The ratio of r. to R. is rather less than 1 to 4°6. The colour of the dried specimens is pinkish-brown on the upper surface. Of these four, one was obtained off the south coast of the South Island, at a depth of 43 fathoms; the three others had no number attached, but were no doubt obtained off the east coast of the South Island. [In addition, I have a specimen in the Otago University Museum which shows the characteristic adpressed inframarginal spines better than the above, for it is uninjured. ] Localities.—South of South Island [also (O.U.M.) west coast of North Island: and (‘ Challenger’), near western entrance. to Cook Strait].* ee Luidia, sp. Plate X, figs. 4, -5. Station 89. Two arms, or portions of arms, were amongst the material dredged off Cape Runaway, on the east coast of the North Island, from a depth of 66-94 fathoms. The long, slender, tapermg form of the arms recalls the figure of L. africana Sladen [35, -p. 256], which, however, comes from the Atlantic. I refrain from giving a name to these fragments, but will put on record the description, which may lead to the identification of the species by others who have access to more literature than is available here. The arm is 35 mm. in length and 6 mm. across the broader end, tapering to a point. The abactinal surface is densely covered with small paxilli con- «sisting of rough, thorny spines; each plate bears a central rather larger one surrounded by a circle of nearly horizontally disposed spines. * T enclose in square brackets New Zealand localities in addition to those at which they were obtained during this expedition. ‘‘O.U.M.” means that a specimen is in the Otago University Museum, and “ F.” that Mr. Farquhar has recorded it. + The figures within square brackets refer to the bibliography at the end of the paper. 89 The margin of the arm presents only a single row of marginals (identified as inframarginal in this genus); each bears two spines, long and white, which are differently arranged on alternate plates. One series of plates bears a spine close to the upper (abactinal) margin, and a second one of nearly the same length about half-way down the lateral face; on the alternate plates, however, the upper spine arises at a spot about one-quarter of the height of the plate, and the second, which is shorter, near the lower (actinal) margin. So that, looked at lengthwise, the arm has four rows of spines; they are fine-pointed, circular in section, the upper ones being slightly larger than the other, and measure 4 mm.—.e., they are nearly as long as the width of the arm. The species appears to be characterized by this alternate arrangement of the spines. In addition, the marginals bear numerous very short delicate spinules in two vertical rows before and behind the large spines : they are covered by a pale reddish-brown skin. I see no pedicel- larie. The adambulacrals carry two spines: one short, geniculate, springs from within the groove, and a larger one from the actinal surface, about 2mm. in length, or half that of the marginal spines. From around its base spring a few short spmes as on the marginals. There is thus a resemblance to L. longispina Sladen (p. 254). Odontaster grayi Bell. Calliderma grayi Bell, P.Z.S., 1881, p. 95. Gnasthaster grayt Sladen, “ Challenger’ Report, xxx, 1889, p. 750. Odontaster grayi Bell, P.Z.S., 1893, p. 261; Ludwig, Zeit. f. Wiss. Zool., Ixxxii, 1905, p. 44. A single individual was obtained. Unfortunately, no station- number was attached when it reached me, but I suspect it was ob- tained off the coast of Otago. The colour is uniform pale-brown. In size it is just double that described by Bell in 1881, having R. 30, r. 16; and the ratio is therefore—r. : R. = 1 : 1°87. In form it is more distinctly a five-rayed star than Bell’s figure, and resembles Ludwig’s figure of O. penicillatus [29, pl. v, fig. 4]; but in the two specific characters on which Ludwig lays stress—viz., (1) the proportion of R. to r., and (2) the number of marginals—my specimen agrees with O. grayz. There are ten supramarginals on each side of the arm, the terminals being quite small; so that, with the interbrachial, there are twenty-one from tip to tip of the neighbouring arms. Most of the granules on these plates have been rubbed off, so the condition of those along the contiguous edges of the plates is not satisfactorily determinable; but the few that remain allow one to recognise that the suture would be readily seen—a feature which, according to Ludwig, is more or less characteristic of O. »venicil- latus, though he lays less stress on this character than on the two referred to above. 90 The abactinal plates on the arms exhibit a differentiation into median slightly larger plates, and lateral or intermediate plates. The abactinals cease at the level of the last three or four marginals, so that these are in contact across the arm (which, Ludwig states, is never the case in O. penicillatus). I have in the Otago Museum a specimen which was obtained in 1900, which in form is more nearly pentagonal than that represented in Bell’s figure, and more like Ludwig’s figure (pl. v, fig. 6). In it the marginals are in a better state of preservation than in the “ Nora Niven” specimen, and the marginal tubercles have distinctly this pemcilatus arrangement—z.e., a smooth groove is visible between contiguous marginals: the tubercles do not interdigitate over this groove. The abactinal plates are continued, in three arms, to the apex ; in the other two arms the last pair of marginals meet dorsally. The measurements in this specimen are R. 33, r. 21; and r.: R. = 1:1:57. The last feature is characteristic of O. grayt, and the existence of only eight marginals on each side is confirmatory, though the other two characters might point to penicillatus. Locality. East of Otago Heads, 20-40 fathoms (O.U.M.).] Remarks.—This little starfish 1s readily distinguished from Asterodon miliaris, apart from its smaller size, by the distinctly spinous character of the plates, and by the single glassy-tipped dental spine at each angle of the mouth. The occurrence of this species in our waters is an extremely inter- esting geographical fact, as hitherto it has only been found in the Magellan Straits, off Tierra del Fuego, and at the Falkland Islands, in a depth of from 10 to 105 fathoms. Asterodon miliaris, Gray. Astrogonium rugosum Hutton, 1872. Gnathaster miliaris Farquhar, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxix, 1906, p. 126, In this paper Farquhar gives the earlier synonymy. Stations 15, 16, 22, 26, 29. I had, independently of Mr. Farquhar, arrived at the conclusion that Hutton’s A. rugoswm is identical with Gray’s species, as a result of an examination of the type in the Dominion Museum, which Mr. Hamilton, the Director, was good enough to lend me for the pur- pose in March, 1907. In placing it in the Archasteride instead of the Pentagonasteride I follow Bell, Bronn, Delage, and others. In deciding on its title to be placed in the genus Asterodon I am influenced by the following considerations: This family contains several sub-families, of which the Gnathasterine consist of starfishes with well-developed oral angles, which may bear one or two dental spines, glassy-tipped and aborally directed. There are, according to Delage, five genera: Asterodon, Perrier ; Odontaster, Verrill ; Acodontaster, Verrill; Gontodon, Perrier ; oi and Hoplaster, Perrier. The last may be omitted from the discussion ; and both Bell [6] and Ludwig [29] regard Acodontaster as having no generic value. It is with some diffidence that I place our species in Perrier’s genus Asterodon, for I have only Hamann’s brief diagnosis [21] and Ludwig’s figure of Asterodon singularis to enable me to arrive at this conclusion. Bell [6] quotes from Perrier’s (1891) diagnosis of Asterodon, from which it appears that some species may have one dental spine on each angle, and some species two such spines; and he regards Odontaster, Gnathaster, and Asterodon as synonymous, the former having priority of nine years. But in 1894 Perrier established the genus Goniodon for the New Zealand G. dilatatus, which appears from the diagnosis in Bronn, &c., to differ from Asterodon and Odont- aster only in the great dilatation of the marginals before their sudden decrease in size at the tip of the arm; but, as Loriol showed (1895), there are two dental spines at each oral angle. Ludwig (1905, p. 42) uses Odontaster for all those forms which possess only a single dental spine, and thus includes Verrill’s Acodontaster and Sladen’s Gnathaster as synonymous. In the same memoir Ludwig gives an excellent photogravure of the lower surface of Asterodon singularis, from which it appears that this genus has two dental spines: our species has these two spines, as Farquhar noted in 1897. Hence we may, as it appears, place our miliaris either in Asterodon or Goniodon ;* but in order to include it in the latter genus it would be necessary to emend the diagnosis: I therefore prefer to adopt the other alternative. And, so far as I can judge, Goniodon is not worthy of generic distinction from Asterodon; but into that matter I am insufficiently equipped to enter. Although Asterodon miliaris is quite abundant off our coasts, yet it has never received an adequate description, and the difficulty of placing it has arisen from the fact that Gray’s type is so badly damaged in the neighbourhood of the mouth that Bell (1893, p. 262) was unable to. ascertain whether it is armed with five or ten dental spines. | have sent specimens to the British Museum, so that we may look for- ward to an authoritative pronouncement as to its generic position in the near future. General Description. The general shape is known from Gray’s figure. Form, a 5-rayed star, with large disc, short arms, and rounded concave interbrachial areas. The colour is a yellowish-brown. The abactinal plates have rounded platforms covered with small, short, rounded tubercles ; the plates are slightly separated from one another by papular areas. Those plates along the median line of the rays are slightly larger than the rest, though this difference is more marked in some specimens than in others. This median row extends to the tip, and is Se aie woth. faces in Anat. Anz., 1908, P- 358, states Ae “ aa! is in- validated by its earlier use iD a molluse”’; and proposes Diplodontias, with D. dilatatus as type. 92 from the supramarginals, except the last three or four, by intermediate plates, of which there are at the base of the arms 4 or 5 longitudinal rows, or, in large specimens, even 6 or 7 such plates. The madreporite, which varies in size and shape, is situated about 4 r. from the centre. The marginals are covered with small, short, rounded tubercles similar to those on the abactinal plates. In each interbrachial area is an unpaired marginal plate, rather larger, as seen from above, than its immediate neighbours. The marginals are approximately of equal size throughout the length of the row, but very gradually decrease towards the tip. The number of supramarginals varies with the size; the inframarginals agree in number with them. In the largest (R. = 76) there are 32 marginals from the tip of one arm to the tip of the next. In the smallest specimen measured (R. = 58) there are 24. The actinal plates are in contact, there being no papule; they are more or less polygonal in outline, and bear tubercles of the same cha- racter as the abactinals. The number of plates in the interbrachial area varies with the size from 7 to 10 between the oral angle-piece and the inframarginal. The adambulacrals carry 6 spines in 3 pairs (sometimes a fourth pair is present near the mouth) : these are stout, cylindrical, or some- what prismatic, with rounded ends; the innermost are the largest, and arch over the groove like the rafters of a roof; the outermost are shortest. These last are longer than the tubercles of the disc, and so stand up above the general level of the lower surface. The oral angle bears a couple of long, cylindrical, glassy-tipped dental spines, directed aborally, and in all the specimens lie prone on the parent plate (see Farquhar, 1897, pl. xiv, fig. 6). Localities —Off the east coast of the South Island, between Otago Heads and Oamaru ; depths, from 18-44 fathoms. It is confined to New Zealand, and apparently to the east coast and Cook Strait. [Far- quhar has also noted it from Tasman Bay, Hawke’s Bay, Cape Fare- well; and specimens from Stewart Island are in the O.U. Museum. ] Variability. It is somewhat variable in shape, owing to the greater or less amount of interbrachial excavation, so that the relative diameter of ray and disc varies; some individuals, also, are much flatter than others. The variations affect the following structures :— (a.) The proportion of R. to r. (7.e., of the length of the arm or ray to the length of the interbrachial region of the disc) is + 2:1. In dried specimens it is usually less than 2; in alcoholic specimens: more than 2. In a series of five dried ones the lowest proportion is R.:r.—1:7:1, and ‘the highest is 2°06: 1. In alcoholic specimens, of which four were measured, the lowest is R.:r. = 2:1, and the highest is 2°29:1. This comparison also indicates that, in drying, the arms shrink more than do the interbrachial areas, which is the. 93 reverse of what one would expect. The absolute diameters in milli- meters range from R. 58, r. 30, to R. 72, r.. 37, dry ; and, in alcohol, R. 66, r. 33, to R. 76, 7.34. This variation results in slight differences in outline, the arms being longer or shorter, and the interbrachial less or more excavated. (b.) The arms are sometimes narrow at the base, sometimes broader ; in some cases more pointed, in others more rounded at the apex. (c.) The number of supramarginal plates increases with the size : in the smallest (R. = 58) there are 10 supramarginals on each side of an arm, omitting the odd interbrachial plate; the highest number is 16, in a specimen in which R. = 76 mm. (d.) The madreporite is in some but little larger than-a neighbouring abactinal plate ; in other cases, more than twice the size: it may be: circular, or wregularly pentagonal. In the largest individual it mea- sures 10 mm. in diameter. Pentagonaster pulchellus Gray. Astrogonium pulchellum Sladen, 1889. Farquhar, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S:W., xxiii, 1898, p. 310.* Station 29. A single specimen was obtained off Oamaru. R. 40, r. 25 (which is smaller than some other specimens in this Museum, one of which has R. 50, r. 30). It has the swollen marginals at the ends of the arms, typical of the species, the tip of the arm measuring 15 mm. across. The abactinal plates are flat, except along the middle of each arm, where each is slightly convex. Although this species has usually been referred to the genus Astro- gonium Miiller and Troschel (1842), yet, as Verrill (1899) pointed out, Gray (1840) had already placed the species in the genus Pentagonaster, of which it stands as the geno-type. This species is described and figured by Gray [20, p. 11, pl. viii, fig. 3.] Localities. —Off Oamaru, at a depth of .25-30 fathoms, shell gravel. [Foveaux Strait, Cook Strait, Chatham Islands (F.).] Pentagonaster abnormalis Gray. Astrogonium abnormale, auct. Farquhar, loc. cv., 1898, p. 310, for synonymy. Plate VIII, fig. 5. Stations 15, 16, 22 This is a common species off the east coast, of Otago, for, in addition to > the ten specimens, obtained by the ' ‘Nora Niven’ between Otago: ‘3 Ristond of te Pah. each species its full synonymy a references. it will suffice to refer to this paper of Mr. Farquhav’s. 94 Heads and Oamaru, at depths of 18 to 44 fathoms, a considerable number were obtained by me in 1899 during trips in s.s. “ Doto” and “ Plucky ” in the same locality. [Also, Nelson, Wellington (F.) ; Pegasus Bay, and Stewart Island (O.U.M.).] It was first recorded from New Zealand by Hutton (1872), who refers to a form in the Dominion Museum, Wellington, which differs from P. pulchellus in having the apical plates of the arm “ very little swollen.” He called it “ var. B.” Farquhar (1895, p. 200) refers to the same specimen, and gives a description of another one obtained by a fisherman at the Bluff. In 1897 he suggested (p. 195) the pos- sibility that this “var. B.” is the “ Astrogoniwm abnormale” de- scribed and figured by Gray [20, pl. viii, figs. J, 2], the locality of which was unknown. Farquhar [16], in his List of New Zealand Echinoderms, definitely identifies it with Gray’s species. ai Lhe species presents a good deal of variation, which affects (a) the number of supramarginal plates, (b) the character of the abactinal plates, which are sometimes quite flat, at other times distinctly convex and even mammilliform, especially along the median line of the rays ; (c) but the most interesting variation is that which is presented by the supramarginal plates at the apex of the arm, for in some instances these are sufficiently enlarged as to approach the condition which characterizes P. pulchellus, and which alone distinguishes that species from P. abnormalis. From an examination of a series of about twenty individuals, I am inclined to think that the rarer P. pulchellus is merely a very ab- normal variation of the common P. abnormalis, but for the present I leave this open, for there is a distinct gap in my series between the most swollen plates of P. abnormalis and those of P. pulchellus. Mediaster sladeni, sp. nov. Plate VII, figs. 1-5. Station 29. A single specimen, dried; pale buff-brown. The general outline is not unlike that of A. miliaris. Measurements: R. 75, r. 35. r:R = 1: 2:14. The upper surface is formed of round-topped subcircular plates bearing numerous rounded tubercles, the plates being separated by papular areas. The large disc plates support a marginal series or circle of sixteen to eighteen more or less prismatic tubercles of unequal thickness, surrounding a circle of eight or ten similar but smaller ones, and, centrally, one, two, or three others, according to whether the plate itself is circular or oval in shape. These plates are continued on to the rays, where they are rather smaller than on the disc; and as the tip is approached the tubercles become shorter, and the tabule more convex, so as to appear almost hemispherical. 95 PLATE VII. ae 2, O %, “UO cto erie SROSeS eee Set ons Bose y ye 96 The supramarginals, of which there are 50 from the tip of one arm to the tip of the next (or twenty-five on each side of an arm), diminish in breadth as the apex is approached, but less markedly so than in M. arcuatus Sladen. The breadth now exceeds the leneth. | Valvate pedicellariz are few, but in fair number irregularly scat- tered on the abactinal surface. The madreporite is rather large, about 23 times the diameter of the neighbouring plates ; is six- rayed ; and lies near the centre of the disc, from which it is separated by its own diameter, whilst it is about six of its diameters from’ the margin. The marginals are covered with low rounded tubercles, of which — those on the edges of the plates are rather larger (not smaller as in M. arcuatus) than those on the face. A few large valvate pedicellarize occur on the supramarginals, varying in number on the five “ sides” of the starfish (7.e., between tip and tip of the two | : on two sides, none; on the third side. 1; on the fourth side, 3; on the fifth side, 5. The inframarginals alternate with the supramarginals, except the odd interbrachial plate, and sometimes the one on each side of it. I see no pedicel- larize on these plates. The adambulacrals carry 4 longitudinal rows of stout, prismatic, round-topped spines; the innermost row, overhanging the groove, consists of 4 or 5 spines: if the former, one is much stouter than the other three. They stand closely side by side, looking like a thick- toothed comb, and have brown tips. The second row contains 3 or 4, the third only 3 spines. The 3 or 4 of the outermost row are, as usual, much smaller than the preceding, and only a little larger than those on the actinal plates. Sometimes this row is irregular, so that an imperfect fifth row is apparently present. The angle of the mouth bears on the margin about 16 to 18 stout prismatic spines, similar to and of the same length as the mnermost adambulacrals, directed towards the centre. On the actinal surface of each of the angle-pieces is a row of 6 or 7 similar but rather smaller spines, like those of the second row but slightly stouter; and also a few small tubercles are present. The actinal plates are continued from the interbrachial areas along the arm to the level of the fifth or fourth marginal from the tip. All these plates are similar to those on the upper surface, and I see no pedicellariz. Locality.—Off Oamaru, on shell gravel, at a depth of 25-30 fathoms. Remarks.—The leading difference between this starfish and Aster- odon miliaris, to which it bears a considerable superficial resemblance, is in the character of the oral armature ; for, in place of the two ‘re- flexed dental spines at each oral angle, this species bears a number of small spines similar to those of the adambulacrals. I have had’ access only to Siaden’s description of MM. arcuatus, of which a single individual was during the “ Challenger” expedi- 97 tion obtained from the Japan Sea. From it mine differs chiefly in numerical proportions—(a) size, (b) number of adambulacral spines, (c) number of oral spines, (d) number of spines on the abactinal plates, (e) number of marginals, &c. Several other species have since been described, from the eastern shores of the Pacific, but I am unable to make any comparisons with them. Asterina regularis, Verrill. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 312, for synonymy. : Specimens were obtained at several stations. It is by far the commonest of the littoral starfishes on, at any rate, the South Island, and Mr. Farquhar has published some interesting notes on it [15]. Localities.—Coast of Otago [and generally round the South Island, and Wellington]. Stichaster polyplax Muller and Troschel. Tarsaster neozealanicus Farquhar, 1895. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898 p- 313. A single small specimen was collected, but was without indication of station when it reached me. It is fairly common on the shores of both Islands, having been recorded from Auckland, Wellington, Nelson, Sumner, Otago, as well as from the Chatham Islands. Stichaster insignis Farquhar. Farquhar, loc. cit., p. 314, for synonymy. Stations 24, 29. Two bright-red starfishes, which I refer to this species, differ slightly from one another and from the account of the species given by Farquhar in 1895. In the first place they are considerably larger. One of them, with six arms, has R. 88, r. 12mm.; r.: R. = 1: 6°33, with the greatest width of arm 18 mm., which is at a short distance from the base. I cannot detect any definite madreporite, though at two spots the abactinal plates are crowded. The other, with five arms, one of which has evidently been regene- rated, measures R. 71, r. 7mm.; so that r.:R. = 1: 10714. This one shows the characteristic four madreporites, though the spines on the abactinal surface are less numerous than in typical specimens in this Museum. In the larger specimen the arrangement of plates and spines agrees with these individuals which I received from Mr. Farquhar. The greater size of the specimens may be related to the greater depth at which they were obtained. 98 Localities—Off the east coast of Otago, on sand, shell, and gravel, 18 to 38 fathoms.* [Taylor’s Mistake ; Wellington (F.).] Echinaster farquhari, sp. nov. Plate VIII, figs. 1-4. Station 15. A single specimen; in a dried state orange in colour when first received, but is now faded. It measures R. 55, r. 13 mm.—thus R. > 4 r.; breadth of arm, 17mm. The five arms are blunt at the tips, which are upturned ; the base of each is somewhat swollen, so that a well-marked interradial furrow traverses the disc for nearly half its radius. The madreporite, which is situated about midway between the centre and margin, is circular, very prominent, projecting above the general surface ; is coarsely furrowed, and not surrounded by spines. The abactinal skeleton consists of an irregular network of short ossicles leaving larger and smaller meshes: the former are often partially occupied by small irregular ossicles, which nearly subdivide the mesh. On the disc the meshes are smaller, the main ossicles being closer together than on the arms. In the larger meshes on the latter some 6 or 8 papule occur; on the smaller, only a single papula. On the abactinal surface of the disc spines are practically absent, and are few and widely scattered on the upper surface of the arm. Here and there an isolated, short, blunt, apparently immovable spine springs from a node in the network; they become relatively more numerous, but still few and widely spaced, as the tip of the arm is approached. At the sides of the arm, however, they are more de- finitely arranged, as also are the ossicles. I see no pedicellarize anywhere. The ambulacral grooves are very narrow and deep, the podia being, of course, in two series; the groove is concealed by adam- bulacral spines, which are long enough to reach across it. Each adambulacral ossicle carries 4 stout, nearly cylindrical, blunt spines, arranged in a transverse row in regard to the groove. The innermost is rather shorter than the next, which is the stoutest and longest of * During the examination of these specimens I endeavoured to trace the starfish which Hutton identified as Uniophora granifera (Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi (1878), 306), and which was at that time in the Otago Museum. I failed to find any that agrees with Muller and Troschel’s description and figure, and I have come to the conclusion that Hutton must have been mistaken in his identi- fication ; perhaps he confused it with Stichaster australis, especially as the above authors, in a fuotnote (p. 20), state that Uniophora includes species which they had formerly placed in that genus. I communicated with Mr. Farquhar asking him whether he had ever met with the species; he replied that he had not, and that he had likewise come to the conclusion that the genus had been included in our list in error. 99 Puate VIII. 100 the four. This innermost springs’ from the edge of the plate and ex- tends almost horizontally across the groove ; the remainder PET vertically’ and. are. divergent. Outside the adambulacrals is a continuous series. of: small inter- mediate ossicles, each with a spine somewhat smaller than the adam- bulacrals : these intermediates are present for’ only about half-way along the arm. Outside these is a row of rather closely set, vertically elongated ossicles (figs. 3, 4,.c), separated from one: another by a papular space. These ossicles are connected at their upper ends by a series of horizontal, slightly keeled ossicles (0), which gives rise to a continuous slight ridge along the ventral margin of the arm, as seen from below. These vertical ossicles bear groups of spines, each group consisting of 2, 3, or 4 spines, shorter than the adambulacrals, dis- posed vertically above one another. Above these ossicles again there is another row of vertical ones, succeeded by a second ridge formed of horizontally arranged ossicles (a), which form the lower margin of the curved edge of the arms, as seen from above. (Cf. transverse section of arm, fig. 4.) This ridge bears pairs of spines of the same size as those of the lower ridge. Above the second ridge the irregular network of the abactinal surface commences—somewhat denser at the sides, looser above, with rare, isolated spines. Locality.—Oft Otago Heads, 18-38 fathoms. Remarks.—This species is very different from E. purpureus, of which there is a specimen in this Museum. It is not unlike 2. eridanella M. and T., from the Admiralty Islands and Thursday Island; but this seems to have constantly six. arms and two madreporites, ac- cording to Perrier (Ann. Sci.- Nat. Zool..(5), xii, p.. 250). Asterias calamaria Gray. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898. Stations 16, 20. This, one of our commonest long-armed, many-rayed littoral starfishes, was obtained only at two stations off the east coast of Otago. Sladen (1889, p. 563), placed this and the following species in his sub-genus Stolasterias, characterized by the definitely arranged spinelets, large and isolated, surrounded by dense wreaths of pedi- cellarize. But in 1867, Verrill [37] had described the species under the name of Coscinasterias muricata, which he did not then recognise as being Gray’s A. calamaria. Verrill’s generic or subgeneric name ought, then, to have precedence of Sladen’s so far as this species is concerned (see Fisher. 1906, A.M.N. Hist. (7), xvii, p. 574). But I have preferred to leave both the species under the generic title of Asterias. Various other subgeneric names have been proposed by Perrier ; but even Hamann [21] omits them in his lists. Mr. F: arquhar [14 and 16] has given a valuable and interesting account of certain bionomic facts relating to this species. LO, “s Asterias mollis Hutton. Farquhar, ny cit., 1898, p. 316. Stations 9, 16. This species was obtained off the east coast of Otago. It does not appear to*be so widely distributed as the preceding. Farquhar refers only to Lyttelton as its provenance, but it occurs, though not very abundantly, at Dunedin. - OPHIUROIDEA. Ophiomyxa australis Muller and Troschel. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 309. This is a very common denizen of the rock-pools of the southern portion of New Zealand ; indeed, it appears to be the commonest of our ophiurids. It has, ‘too, a yery wide distribution outside the limits of our area. (See also Farquhar [18].) , Astrotoma waitei, sp. nov. Plate LX, figs. 1-6. . Stations 15,-16, 22. Astrotoma is one of the few genera in which the arms can be rolled inwards towards the mouth; and these arms are unbranched. This is the first recorded occurrence of the genus in New Zealand waters. .Three specimens were received by me ; when dried they are a dirty white in colour. The diameter of the disc is 33mm.; the height in the centre is 20mm. ; the length of the arm is’ + 130 mm, ; the width: of the arm at base is 9mm. ; height of the arm is 7 mm. ‘As the tips of the arms were more or less coiled, it is difficult to determine accurately their lengths ; but the above is an approximation. The upper surface of the disc is covered by closely set, rounded scales of two chief sizes, though others of intermediate size occur; the smaller ones filling the gaps between the larger, which are about 1 mm. in diameter. They have no definite arrangement. In the interbrachial spaces the small ones decrease in size as the margin is approached, and here the larger ones become fewer, so that the intergenital areas are finely granulated, the granules being rather more inclined to be spinous than elsewhere. The adradial plates, which are about 5mm. broad near the edge of the disc, and are covered by the scales, form marked ridges extending to the centre of the disc, which is, in the dried speci- mens at any rate, slightly raised above the general surface. The actinal or oral surface is tesselated with closely set, flattened, and nearly uniform granules, smaller than those on the lower surface of the arms. 102 Puate IX. 0 e909) ere a a G 103 The mouth-angles are covered with even smaller scales; each carries near its apex several long conical spines, which are not confined to the apex, but extend along the sides of the mouth-angles, and also within the buccal cavity, in two or three tiers, so as to appear almost like buccal or oral papille. They are more numerous and more slender than the tooth papillz of Astrotoma agassizii Lyman. A small oval madreporite lies at the edge of the horizontal cir- cumoral region, just below the ridge or fold connecting two neigh- bouring arms, and which separates the intergenital area from the oral area. It measures 1°5mm. in length which is horizontal or tan- gential, and 1 mm. in length which is vertical or radial. The genital clefts are 4 mm. in length—two in each interbrachial space. The arms are high, strongly arched abactinally and flattened below, tapering gradually; and the ends are coiled, to a greater or less degree, in all the specimens. The sides and upper surface are covered with granulated scales, and in the dried specimens the skin is depressed between the vertebral ossicles, so that the arm appears segmented—that is, it is surrounded by narrow grooves alternating with broader raised areas: in the grooves the scales are not per- -ceptibly smaller than elsewhere. On each side of the arm, on each of the raised areas, there are about twelve groups of minute glassy hook- lets, forming an interrupted ring round the lateral and upper surfaces of the arm; each group is borne on a flattish plate, a little sunken, ‘surrounded by a more or less evident circle of the larger granules of the skin. The under - surface of the arm is covered by uniform rounded granules, rather larger than those on the under-surface of the disc, but smaller than those on the sides of the arm. Each “ segment” of the arm carries 8-10 short, cylindrical, blunt spines, terminating in a tuft of glassy spicules, so that the tips are distinctly rough. At about three-quarters of the length of the arm they begin to -decrease in number, till only 1 or 2 long, slender, clawlike spines re- main: this reduction is effected by the disappearance of the spines outside or above the pore. It is clear that these claws, as well as the roughened tips of the spine, serve admirably for grasping objects round which the arms may be coiled; and it happens that in most of the specimens these hooks have been broken away on removing the animals from the net in which they were captured. These “arm spines” or “ tentacle spines’ are set on a granulated ridge. The tentacle pore is on a level with the third spine from below. so that there are from 5~7 spines above, or outside, the pore. The first tentacle pore, situated on the disc, is without a spine; the second, which is on the base of the arm, just where it jois the disc, is provided with 3 or 4 spines ; the third pore has 5 spines on a ridge; the next. 6 or 7, and the full number is soon attained. Locality.—East coast of Otago. 104 Remarks.—Only four species of Astrotoma have hitherto been de- scribed: A. murrayi Lyman, 1882, obtained by the “‘ Challenger” at Banda Islands, 200 fathoms; A. agassizii Lyman, 1875, from the Straits of Magellan, 135 fathoms: from both of which our species differs in various respects. The descriptions of A. bellator Koehler, and A. vecors Koehler, got during the “ Siboga” expedition (1904) from the Sulu Archipelago and Banda Sea respectively, are not acces- sible to me, so it may turn out that ours is synonymous with one of them. Amphiura nore, sp. nov. Plate X, figs. 1-3. Station 83. The colour of the solitary specimen is, in alcohol, and later when dried, pale greenish-grey, with whitish arms: The disc, which is 9mm. in diameter, is deeply notched interbrachially. The arms are more than 45mm. in length (the tips are broken); each is about 15mm. across the base. The upper surface is covered with small, flat, round, overlapping scales; a central and 5 radially situated scales, a little distance from the centre, are circular and distinctly larger than the rest. The scales decrease in size towards the margin, though those immediately bordering the adradial plates are rather larger than their neighbours. The adradials are narrow, convex externally, slightly concave internally, extend about half-way towards the centre of the disc, and do not quite reach the margin. They measure 2mm. in breadth by 5mm. in length. The two adradials of a pair are separated by a row of 3 long plates, and their proximal ends by 2 or 3 rounded ones. The mouth-shields are somewhat oval, with the slightly longer axis radial. The proximal margin is slightly peaked; the distal convex, with two very slight notches dividing the margin into three nearly equal portions, of which the middle is rather more pro- nounced. The side mouth-plates are broader distally than orally where they touch ; the lateral margin is slightly excavated. There are 3 buccal papille on each side of each mouth-angle—one at the apex of each jawpiece forming the angle, a second smaller one laterally, while the third is very large, oval, and plate-like, nearly as long as the side mouth-plate, and resembling a “ tentacle scale.” The actinal interbrachial area is almost naked; there is at the margin a very narrow band of small scales, continuous with those of the upper surface of the disc, another narrow band along the side of each genital cleft, and a few small, isolated scales in the intergenital area. This naked interbrachial area, and the presence of the middle of the three buccal papille, serve to distinguish this species from A. rosea Farquhar [13], to which it bears, otherwise, a general re- semblance. 105 The upper arm-plates are transversely oval, with a slight peak in the middle of the distal border; between them the side arm-plates are visible reaching nearly to the middle line. The under arm-plates are approximately square, nearly as broad as they are long, with the lateral and distal margins slightly excavated, and the proximal slightly produced and angulated. The side arm-plates support four com- paratively long, slender, pointed, conical arm-spines, the second of which is longest, and the uppermost the shortest. Further along the arm the upper one disappears. Locality.—Offt Cape Kidnappers, east coast of the North Island. Remarks.—This species seems to be near A. koree Duncan [12], in which, however, the intergenital area is plated. Ophionereis schayeri Muller and Troschel. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 307. A few specimens of this very common littoral species were included. It appears to be distributed all along our coast. (See remarks by Farquhar [18].) Ophiactis nomentis Farquhar. Ophiactis nomentis Farquhar, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxix, 1906, p. 125. Unfortunately the station-number of this species is not recorded, It was obtained by Farquhar in 4 fathoms of water at Cape Maria van Diemen, but our specimens must have been got south of this, and on a sandy bottom, for sand still adheres to them. Their colour is now grey, mottled with white, especially on lateral portions of the upper arm-plates. Pectinura maculata Verrill. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 306, gives synonymy. Koehler, Bull. Sci. de la France, xli, 1907, p. 285, pl. x, fig. 34. Stations 6, 9, 15, 24. This handsome and not uncommon species, described so long ago as 1869, has only recently been figured by Koehler. Localities. Stewart Island, south and east coast of South Island. [D’Urville Island, in Cook Strait : Wellington ; Auckland; Chatham {slands (Farquhar).] ECHINOIDEA. Goniocidaris umbraculum Hutton. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 316. Several examples of this curious little cidaris were obtained. The characteristic spines, dilated at the tip to form a flattened or concave terminal disc, are unmistakable. Hitherto it has only been obtained from the shores of Stewart Island, and doubtless these present speci- mens came from that neighbourhood. 3--Trawling. 106 Puate X. Se a Ww ” Gy I Gk x, NS 107 Porocidaris elegans Agassiz. Epralabirds elegans Agissiz,, Proc. Amer. Acad., xiv, 1879, p..198 ; “Challenger” Reports, iti, 1881, p. 40. Histocidaris elegans Mortensen, Danish Ingolf Exped: 1903, pp. 21, 30. Stations 83, 89. This little Gidea has hitherto been obtained off Sydney and the Philippines, and its discovery in considerable numbers off New Zea- land has much interest. The only difference that I can detect, from the abbreviated account in the “ Challenger” report (for I have not access to the earlier de- scription), is the fact that there is in our specimens no crenulation on the boss of the tubercles. Wyville Thomson [36] pointed out, and Agassiz gives further evidence, that cases are known in which some individuals of a species usually having crenulated tubercles have smooth bosses. Also, both in P.. purpurata Thomson and P. elegans, only some of the tubercles exhibit this feature. As our specimens are all smaller than those obtained by the “ Challenger,” their absence may be due to immaturity. In all other respects, however, the agree- ment is so close that I do hot feel justified in making a new species. This little cidarid is readily distinguished from our other member of the family, not only by the greater length and delicacy of the spines, the length of which is 2 to 3 times the diameter of the corona, © but by the peculiar flattened pectimate spines around the mouth. Our specimens are smaller than those described by Agassiz. Height, 10 mm. ; diameter, 19 mm. ; plates, 6 in a vertical row. I have followed Agassiz in rejecting Mortensen’s generic name. Localities.—Cape Kidnappers, 76-82 fathoms, soft mud ; Cape Run- away, 105 fathoms, sand and mud: both on the east coast of the North Island. Echinus angulosus Leske. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 319. Parechinus angulosus Mortensen, loc. cit., 1903, p. 108. Plate XI, fig. 5. Station 29. There are two specimens of an echinid which I attribute, with some hesitation, to this species, for the following reasons: (a.) The species is already recorded from New Zealand by Agassiz (1872, p. 490). (b.) There are several examples from Stewart Island in this Museum, so labelled by Captain Hutton. (c.) There is a fairly close resemblance between them and the photograph of Hchinus angulosus given in Agassiz’s “ Revision,” pl. vii a. At the same time I feel doubtful as to the correctness of this identifi- cation, for—(1.) A detailed comparison with Agassiz’s account of the arrangement of the tubercles in #. angulosus shows several differences ; 108 indeed, the figure recalls that of H#. albocinctus, but the colour of the test is quite different. (2.) The measurements do not yield the same proportions as those given by Agassiz, in which the number of interambulacral tubercles in a vertical row is less for a given height, and the spines are rather larger for a given diameter, than in our speci- mens. (3.) Filhol (1885) states, on the authority of Perrier, that the common Echinus which he collected on Stewart Island and in Cook Strait is H. margaritaceus, and makes no mention of EH. angulosus. Unfortunately I have not access to any detailed account of the former, but Agassiz refers (p. 493) to the large pedicellarie and large miliaries as being characteristic; he also states that the primary spines are white and the secondaries yellow; while the photographs given by Agassiz and Pourtates (1874) show a very different type of tuberculation. Hence I conclude that our specimens are not E. margaritaceus. Moreover, Koehler’s EF. antarcticus (1901)—which Mortensen has suggested may be a synonym of EH. margaritaceus— has a distinct centro-dorsal surrounded by quite small periproct plates ; the coronal plates are few and high; and the general appearance and details are different. As Mortensen made the above suggestion (al- though disallowed by Loriol), there must be similarities between the two species, and, if so, it is evident that our urchin is not E#. margari- taceus. At the same time it is curious that this species, which Filhol found so common, is not represented in any of our museums here. In view of this doubt, and as no description of our FE. angulosus has appeared in publications readily accessible to naturalists in New Zealand, i give the following brief account. Measurements were taken of our largest and smallest denuded individuals. : B, 25 ee 19'theciee ubercles. Mm. Mm. Diameter. 26 Se 42 sh 30 Height Be =m sie 27 ihe be Width of abactinal are se 7 rue 6 * actinal area.. Bi 13°5 ie ll i poriferous zone és 3°3 at. 2 Spines (longest) a si) ees Ps 5-7 The poriferous zone was measured at the ambitus. The largest tubercles are below the ambitus. The colour of the (dried) test is a light greenish-grey with pale- brown poriferous zone, and a line of the same tint in the middle of each ambulacrum; the spines are pale-green, tipped with white ; those around the mouth in recently obtaimed specimens are very pale violet below the tips; the secondary spies are olive brown. In the interambulacral area each plate bears a moderately large tubercle, outside which are two smaller tubercles in a horizontal row ; or in plates near the ambitus two rows of such tubercles, and on the inner side a single tubercle of about the same size. The arrangement 109 reminds one of that occurring in £. albocinctus. The miliaries are not very numerous, and are somewhat large. In the ambulacral area each plate bears a single tubercle only a little smaller than those of the main vertical row in the interambu- lacrum, and throughout the greater part of the area there is a smaller tubercle on the inner side ; those in the poriferous zone are quite small. Poriferous zone narrow ; pores trigeminate, in short curved rows, wider than in &. albocinctus. In the apical ring none, or only one, of the oculars in our specimens reach the periproct, the external plates of which are rather large, centrals small. The genital plates bear 3 or 4 tubercles in a row near the inner margin, which are not much smaller than small ones in the neighbouring interambulacra, The peristomial area is naked, except for small buccal plates close to the mouth. Locality Off Oamaru, 25-35 fathoms. [Stewart Island, Dunedin {O.U.M.); Cape Campbell, Kaikoura (Farquhar).] Echinus albocinctus Hutton. Echinus albocinctus Hutton, 1872, Cat. Ech. N.Z., p. 12. Echinus magellanicus Hutton, 1876, non Philippi: Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 320. Pseudechinus albocinctus Mortensen, 1903, p. 106. Echinus albocinctus Loriol, 1904, p. 18, pl. i. Pseudechinus albocinctus Benham, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1, 1908, p. 107. Stations 22, 24. Eight specimens of this brightly coloured urchin were obtained off Shag Point and Moeraki, at depths of 20-40 fathoms, in a bottom of fine sand. [Also Stewart Island (O.U.M.).] In the present article I have reframed from using Mortensen’s generic names, for I gather from an abstract from Agassiz’s introduc- tion to his account of Panamic Deep-sea Echini (kindly made for me by Mr. Farquhar) that he is unable to accept them, owing to the in- sufficient basis on which they are founded, and that other echinologists also hesitate to use them. Echinus huttoni Benham. Salmacis globator Hutton, 1878, non Agassiz. Pseudechinus huttoni Benham, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), i, 1908, p. 104. Stations 15, 16, 22, 24. Five individuals of this species, which has for so long been known but has been concealed under an erroneous pseudonym, were obtained off Otago Heads, Shag Point, and Moeraki, at depths of 18-44 fathoms, on a bottom of fine sand. [Also Stewart Island, Preservation Inlet (0.U.M.).] ” 110 Arachnoides placenta Linneus. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 321. ; This ‘‘ cake-urchin,” or, rather, ‘ biscuit-urchin,” is common on sandy beaches. Only one specimen was received, without indica- tions of locality; but, as it is widely distributed, this omission is immaterial. Echinocardium australe Gray. Farquhar, loc. cit., 1898, p. 322. Station 30, Only three individuals were preserved ; they are quite immature. Probably, living as they do imbedded in the sand, the trawl missed many other specimens, for they must be fairly abundant. Localities—Off Oamaru. [It is very common round the South Island. It would be interesting to ascertain how far north it occurs. | HOLOTHUROIDEA. Phyllophorus longidentis Hutton. Thyone longidentis Hutton, Cat. Ech. N.Z., 1872, p. 16. Phyllophorus longidentis, Dendy and Hindle, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), xxx, 1907, p. 101, gives literature and synonyms. Station 95. One complete small individual and many, more or less digested, specimens were obtained from the stomach of the fish Pagrosomus. This suggests the desirability of examining the contents of various species of ground-feeding fishes for these and other mud-loving animals. Locality Off Whale Island, Bay of Plenty, 25-34 fathoms, sand and mud. Caudina chilensis J. Muller. Caudina coriacea Hutton, 1872; Dendy and Hindle, loc. cit., 1907. p. 108. Caudina chilensis, Clark, Smithsonian Contributions, xxx, 1907, p. 175 (full synonymy). Station 7. A single specimen. Locality—South of Chasland’s, 43 fathoms, fine sand. Dr. Lyman Clark, in “ Apodous Holothurians,” 1907, p. 175, states that the specific name “ chilensis”” has priority over “ coriacea.” The species also occurs off Chili, Australia, Hast Indies, China, and Japan. Molpadia marenzelleri Théel. Ankyroderma marenzelleri Théel, ‘“ Challenger” Reports, xiv, 1886, p. 41, pl. ii, fig. 1. Molpadia marenzelleri, Clark, Smithsonian Contributions, xxx, 107, p. Ll, pl ee 4: eet Station 83 (?) Only one specimen of this rare deep-sea species was received by ‘me. The ovoid body is speckled with pale-red dots, due to the coloured phosphatic bodies in the skin; the body towards the posterior end is abruptly narrowed and prolonged backwards as a white tail. The total length is 28 mm., of which the tail occupies 7 mm. ; the greatest breadth of the body is 18 mm. The only essential difference between this and Théel’s type speci- men, which was imperfect, and was captured off the East Cape at a depth of 700 fathoms, appears to be that the majority of the cal- careous plates (or “ tables”) present only 3 or 4 perforations instead of 6. Locality.—Cape Kidnappers, 68-78 fathoms, soft mud.* Clark (see pp. 17-21) goes fully into the reasons for merging both Ankyroderma and Trochostoma in Cuvier’s genus Molpadia. On page 143 the chemical analysis of the curious coloured bodies in the skin is given: they consist chiefly of phosphate of iron, with a little lime, and perhaps magnesium. Molpadia dendyi sp. nov. Plate XI, figs. 1-3. A single specimen; colour, deep maroon-red with a purplish tinge. Length, 65mm., of which the white tail measures 15 mm. ; diameter of body, which is rather shrunken, is 20mm.; the tail is 2mm. across. The oral region, which was not retracted, measures 455mm. The tentacles, of which there are, I think, 15, are with- drawn, and, as far as I can make out, are short and rounded, and possess only one pair of minute processes near the tip. The purplish skin, which is a good deal wrinkled, and covered with a fine grey mud in the folds, is s en when viewed under a dissecting- lens to be dotted with more or less distant pale spots where the ver- tical spines of the calcareous “tables” project through the layer of coloured ovoid concretions. On one surface of the body, which is the more convex, these spines project further beyond the surface. The deposits in the integument are of two kinds—(a) orange-brown concentrically-marked ovoid or spherical phosphatic bodies, and (b) caleareous “tables”’ of the usual form. Over the greater part of the body the former constitute the chief feature, being densely massed, the tables being more or less isolated. On the tail, however, matters are reversed: the calcareous perforated plates are larger * This probably came from Station 83, though both this number and “‘ 30” were on labels in the jar; but, as this species has never been obtained off Gamaru (Station 30) in the various dredgings, whereas it, like all its allies, does occur in deep water, and a deeper sounding was at Station 83, I have placed it as above 112 Puate XI. 113 than elsewhere ; are close together, often overlapping ; are less regu- lar and more varied in form; while the brown bodies are fewer, and grouped to form large irregular compact masses. The plates on the body have generally 3 or 4 large circular holes, occasionally 2 or 3 additional smaller ones ; and from the centre rises a vertical column composed apparently of three rods united by several short transverse bars: it terminates in a trifid point. These plates measure about 0-2 mm. across ; the spines are 0-1 mm. high. On the tail the number and size of the perforations in the plates vary much, but are usually much more numerous than in the body- plates. Locality —(?)South of Chasland’s (South Island), 43 fathoms, fine sand.* Remarks.—Two species of “ Trochostoma” (which Lyman Clark merges into Molpadia) have been dredged off the East Cape of New Zealand by the “ Challenger”: from each of them our present species differs. 7. wiolaceum has spicules of quite a different form—great three-armed plates that are almost solid. From TZ. albicans the presence of coloured ovoids sufficiently distinguishes it. The plates in our species rather recall those of T'. antarcticum from Kerguelen, which, however, has no coloured bodies in the skin. I am unable to identify it with any of the species of Molpadia enumerated by Dr. Lyman Clark, 1907. Chirodota gigas Dendy. Chirodota gigas, Dendy and Hindle, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), xxx, 1907, p. 110. Station 12. Several badly preserved specimens, whose very dark violet in- tegument was nearly wholly macerated away, fragments only being left here and there with the groups of characteristic wheels. The longest individual measures 230 mm. by 12mm. _ This is more than twice the length of the type of the species obtained from Chatham Islands. Dendy says nothing of the colour of his specimen, and possibly my identification is erroneous. Locality.—Molyneux Bay, 20-46 fathoms, sand. [I have others, collected many years ago by Mr. G. M. Thomson off Stewart Island. These measure from 130mm. to 170mm. by 39 mm. across the widest part of the body, which is the anterior end. They are, however, very soft, so that the above figures exaggerate the true size. ] * The vial in which this and Caudina were enclosed bore the number “ 7,” but I am inclined to think that this species came from deeper water off the coast of the North Island. He Co bo — Or 114 BIBLIOGRAPHY. . Agassiz, 1872. Revision of the Echini. (Illust. Cat. Mus. Comp Zool., vii.) . Agassiz, 1881. “ Challenger” Reports, in, Echinoidea, p. 40. . Agassiz, 1906. Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool., xxxi. . Agassiz and Pourtales, 1872. Zool. Results of the Hassler Ex- ped. (Illust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., viii.) . Bell, 1881. Echinodermata of H.M.S. “Alert.” Proc. Zool. Soc. p. 87. . Bell, 1893. Proc. Zool. Soc., p. 259. . Benham, 1908. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), 1, p. 104. . Clark, Lyman, 1907. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge, XXXV. . Delage and Herouard, 1903. Zoologie Concrete: Echinodermes. . Dendy, 1896. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), xxvi, p. 22. . Dendy and Hindle, 1907. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), xxx, p. 95. . Duncan, F. M., 1879. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), xiv, p. 466. . Farquhar, 1894. Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxvi, p. 110: . Farquhar, 1895. Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxvu, p. 194. . Farquhar, 1897. Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.), xxvi, p. 186. . Farquhar, 1898. Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxx, p. 187. . Farquhar, 1898. Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., p. 300. . Farquhar, 1906. Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxix, p. 123. . Filhol, 1885. Mission a Isle Campbell, p. 572. . Gray, J. E., 1867. Synopsis of the Species of Starfish in the British Museum. . Hamann, 1899. Bronn’s Thier-reichs: Echinodermata (Aster- oidea). . Hamann, 1903-4. Bronn’s Thier-reichs : Echinoidea. . Hutton, 1872. Catalogue of N.Z. Echinoderms. . Koehler, 1901. Resultats du Voyage du “ Belgica.” . Koehler, 1904. Ophiures de Exped. du “ Siboga.” . Koehler, 1907. Bu'l. Sci. de la France, xh, p. 285, pl. x, figs. 3 and 4. . Loriol, 1901... Notes pour servir a ’Etude des Echinodermes, ix, p. 43. . Loriol, 1904. Notes pour servir a ’Etude des Echinodermes (2nd series), u, p. 16. 29. Ludwig, 1905. Zeit. fur Wiss. Zool., lxxxn, p. 37. . Lyman, 1875. Zool. Results of the Hassler Exped. (Illust. Cat. Mus. Comp. Zool., viii): Ophiurids, p. 24, pl. iv, figs. 52-56. Fig. . Lyman, 1882. “Challenger” Reports, v, Ophiuroidea, p. 272 115 > pl. xxu, figs. 5-7. . Mortensen, 1903. Danish “ Ingolf ”? Expedition. . Muller and Troschel, 1842. System der Asteriden. . Perrier, 1894. Exped. du “ Travailleur” et du ‘ Talisman” : Kchinoidea, p. 244. . Sladen, 1889. ‘‘ Challenger” Reports, xxx, Asteroidea. . Thomson, 1874. Phil. Trans., p. 726. . Verrill, 1867. Trans. Connecticut Acad. (reprinted in Trans. N.Z. Inst., xu, 1879, p. 278). EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Prate VII. Mediaster sladeni Benham. 1. Outline of entire animal (x4). Only a portion of an arm is filled in. . 2. Upper surface of a portion of the arm (x 2). . 3. One of the paxilliform plates (x 4). . 4. Under-surface of a portion of an arm (x2), showing the adambulacrals of one side of the groove, and the neighbouring ossicles. 5. An oral angle ( x 4). Puate VIII. Echinaster farquhari Benham. . 1.,Entire animal (natural size); details shown only in part of the arm.. . 2. A portion of the upper surface of an arm about midway along its length (x 2). g. 3. Under-surface of the distal region of an arm (x2). A little more than half of the diameter is shown; unfortunately, the relative sizes of the adambulacral spines are not accurately drawn. 0, c, d, rows of spines. (Cf. fig. 4.) . 4. Outline of a transverse section of an arm, showing the disposition of the spines on the longitudinal ridges. a, b, c, d, the four rows of spines along the arm. Pentagonaster abnormalis Gray. 5. The adambulacral ossicles and neighbouring region (x4). The spines have been removed from two of the ossicles, the articular cups being shown. A pedicellaria is carried in the slit-like furrow of one of the abactinal plates. PLATE IX. Astrotoma waiter Benham. ig. 1. Entire’animal (natural size), with three arms cut short. . 2. Portion of the upper surface (x 2). Fig. on Or 116 . Portion of the lower surface (x 2), showing the small madreporite in this interradius. . Lateral view of a portion of an arm (x 4), showing the groups of hooklets. . Transverse section of an arm (x4), showing the arm-spines and their spicules. . A mouth-angle ( x 4), showing the arrangement of the “ papille.” PuaTE X. Amphiura nore Benham. . Portion of the upper surface (x 12, camera), showing the essential cha- racters of the species. . Portion of the under-surface ( x 12, camera). . Aside arm-plate, with spines (not to scale). Iuidia sp. . Portion of a side of an arm, showing the characteristic alternate arrange- ment of the spines. d, the upper, v, the lower, surface. . Two successive marginal plates with spines. PuatE XI. Molpadia dendyi Benham. . A group of plates and phosphatic spherules from the middle of the body, only a few of which are indicated, though they fill the spaces between the plates (x 60, camera). . A calcareous plate from the tail region ( x 60, camera). . Another plate from the tail (not to scale), showing numerous small per- forations in addition to three larger holes. Molpadia marenzelleri Théel. . Spicules (x60, camera). A portion of an ‘‘ anchor.” is shown at d, p p and the base of another at 6. The small circles represent the size of the phosphatic spherules. At ¢ is one of the sub-anchor plates with radiating processes. A young plate is also shown. Echinus angulosus Leske. . A portion of the test (x1), showing ambulacral and interambulacral areas. A is the ambitus; below is one plate for each area (x 2) 17 MOLLUSCA. PART I.—AMPHINEURA, GASTROPODA, AND SCAPHOPODA. By Henry Suter. Plate XII. THE Nudibranchia are omitted. All specimens have been sent to Sir Charles Eliot, K.C.M.G., Sheffield, who has kindly consented to supply a report. Specimens from Stations 26 and 30 were mixed when re- ceived, hence the uncertainty expressed. Class AMPHINEURA. Family ISCHNOCHITONIDA. IscHNOCHITON, Gray, 1847. Ischnochiton longicymba Q. and G. Chiton longicymba Q. and G., Voy. “ Astrolabe,” Zool., ii, 1835, p. 390, pl. Ixxy, figs. 1-18. Ischnochiton longicymba Q. and G., Man. Conch. (1), xiv, 1892, p. 87, pl. xxii, figs. 58-66. Chatham Islands. Family ACANTHOCHITID. ACANTHOCHITES, Risso, 1826. Acanthochites zelandicus Q. and G. Chiton zelandicus Q. and G., Voy. “ Astrolabe,” Zool., i, 1835, p. 400, pl. Ixxii, figs. 5-8. Acanthochites zelandicus Q. and G., Man. Conch. (1), xv, 1893, p. 16, pl. xiv, figs. 9-10. Station 12. Acanthochites porosus Burrow. Chiton porosus Burrow, Elements of Conchology, 1815, p. 189, pl. xxviii, fig. 1. Acanthochites (Cryptoconchus) porosus Burrow, Man. Conch. (1), xv, 1893, p. 36, pl. in, figs. 57-62. Stations 22, 74. 118 Family CHITONIDA. Cuiton, Linné, 1758. Chiton canaliculatus Q. and G. Chiton canaliculatus Q. and G., Voy. “ Astrolabe,” Zool., ili, 1835, p. 394, pl. Ixxv, figs. 837-42; Man. Conch. (1), xiv, 1892, p. 177, pl. xxxvi, figs. 4-6. Station 12. Chiton pellisserpentis Q. and G. Chiton pellisserpentis Q. and G., Voy. “ Astrolabe,” Zool., iii, 1835, p. 381, pl. lxxiv, figs. 17-22; Man. Conch. (1), xiv, 1892, p. 173, pl. xxxvui, figs. 14-17. Chatham Islands. ONITHOCHITON, Gray, 1847. Onithochiton semisculptus Pilsbry. Onithochiton semasculptus Pilsbry, Man. Conch. (1), xiv, 1893, p. 247, pl. lv, figs. 10-11. Chatham Is'ands. Class GASTROPODA. Family PATELLID. Hetcioniscus, Dall, 1870. Helcioniscus strigilis Hombr. and Jacq. Patella strigiis H. and J., Ann. Sci. Nat. (2), xvi, 1841, p. 190; Man. Conch. (1), xii, 1891, p. 137; Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., vi, 1905, p. 351. Chatham Islands. Family FISSURELLID2. FissURIDEA, Swainson, 1840. Fissuridea monilifera Hutton. Lucapina monilifera Hutton, Cat. Mar. Moll. N.Z., 1873, p. 42. Megatebennus moniliferus Hutton, Plioc. Moll. N.Z., 1893, p. 72, pl. vin, fig. 76. Station 26 or 30. EmarGinuta, Lamarck, 1801. Emarginula striatula Q. and G. Emarginula striatula Q. and G., Voy. “ Astrolabe,” Zool., ii, 1834, p. 332, pl. Ixvii, figs. 21-22; Man. Conch. (1), xu, 1890, p. 259, pl. Ixiv, fig. 2. Station 6. 119 Family TROCHIDA. Trocuus, Linne, 1758. ° ' Trochus tiaratus Q. and G. Trochus tiaratus Q. and G., Voy. “ Astrolabe,” Zool., iii, 1834, p. 256. * pl. Ixiv, figs. 6-11; Man. Conch. (1), xi, 1889, p. 42, pl. xu, figs. 72-74, pl. i fig. 4; Suter, Pro¢. Mal. Soe., ii, 1897, p. 260. Station 6. Monoponta, Lamarck, 1799. [Monodonta ethiops Gmelin. Turbo ethiops Gmel., Syst. Nat., ed. 13, 1790, p. 3596. Monodonta ethiops Gmel., Man. Conch. (1), xi, 1889, p. 98, pl. xix figs. 99-100, pl. xx fig. 19. Chatham Islands. Monodonta lugubris Gmelin. Trochus lugubris Gmel., Syst. Nat., ed. 18, 1790, p..3583. Monodonta luqubris Gmel., Man. Conch. (1), xi, 1889, p. 100, pl. xix fig. 93, pl. xxxv figs. 24-25. Chatham Islands. CanTHARIDUS, Montfort, 1810. Cantharidus pupillus Hutton. Cantharidus pupillus Hutton, Proc. Linn. Soc. New South Wales, ix, 1884, p. 362 (not Trochus pupillus Gould); Suter, Proc. Mal. Soc., ui, 1897, p. 270, fig. m text. Dredge Station C. GIBBULA, Risso, 1826. Gibbula fulminata Hutton. ‘Chrysostoma fulminata Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 36. Gibbula fulminata Hutt., Man. Conch. (1), xi, 1889, p. 216, pl. xl, figs. 14-16. . Chatham Islands. MoniLeA, Swainson, 1840. Monilea semireticulata Suter. Monilea (Minolia) semireticulata Sut., Proc. Mal. Soc., viii, 1908, ee. pl. 1, diced. Station 4. 120 CALLIOSTOMA, Swainson, 1840. Calliostoma tigris Martyn. Trochus tigris Martyn, Univ. Conch., ii, 1784, pl. Ixxv. Calliostoma tigris Mart., Man. Conch. (1), xi, 1889, p. 333, pl. xli, fig. 30. Station 26 or 30. Family TURBINIDA. Leprotuyra, Dall, 1871. Leptothyra fluctuata Hutton. Cyclostrema fluctuata Hutt., N.Z. Journ. Sci., i, 1883, p. 477. Leptothyra fluctuata Hutt., Man. Conch. (1), xi, 1888, p. 259, pl. lxiv, figs. 47-48; Murdoch, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxvu, 1904, p. 222, pl. vii, fig. 10. Dredge Stations B, C. Astra, Bolten, 1798. Astrzea heliotropium Martyn. Trochus heliotropium, Mart., Univ. Conch., i, 1784 (not 1769), fig. 30. Astralium helvotropium, Mart., Man. Conch. (1), xi, 1888, p. 228, pl. lvi. fig. 87. Stations 6, 9, 20, 44. Family UMBONIID. Eruaia, Adams, 1863. Ethalia zelandica Hombron and Jacquinot. Rotella zelandica H. and J., Voy. Pole Sud., Zool., v, 1854, p. 53, pl. xiv,. figs. 5-6. Hthalia zelandica H. and J., Man. Conch. (1), xi, 1889, p. 459, pl. Ivim figs. 9, 32-33, pl. lix fig. 66. Stations 5, 44. Family COCCULINIDA. CoccuLina, Dall, 1882. Cocculina tasmanica Pilsbry. Acmea parva var. tasmanica Pilsbry, “‘ Nautilus,” ix, 1895, p. 128. Cocculina tasmanica Pils., Murdoch and Suter, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxviul, 1905, p. 301. Cocculina meridionalis Hedley, Mem. Aust. Mus., iv, 1903, p. 331, fig. 64. Station 4; Dredge Stations B, C. 121 Family RISSOIDAL. Rissoa, Fréminville, 1814. Rissoa rufoapicata Suter. Rassoa rufoapicata Sut., Proc. Mal. Soc., vit, 1908, p. 28, pl. ii, fig. 21. Station 4; Dredge Stations A, B, C. Rissoa (Cingula) subfusca micronema Suter. Rissoa (Cingula) subfusca micronema Sut., Proc. Mal. Soc., ii, 1898, p. 4. Station 4; Dredge Station A. \ ANABATHRON, Frauenfeld, 1867. Anabathron gradatum Suter. Anabathron gradatum Sut., Proc. Mal. Soc., vii, 1908, p. 32, pl. iil, oe fig. aoe Station 4. Family CERITHITD. CERITHIDEA, Swainson, 1840. Cerithidea tricarinata Hutton. Cerithidea tricarinata Hutt., N.Z. Journ. Sci., 1, 1883, p. 477, Chatham Islands. Family CERITHIOPSIDA. CrrirHtopsis, Forbes and Hanley, 1853. Cerithiopsis crenistria Suter. Cerithiopsis crenistria Sut., Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxix, 1907, p. 256, pl. ix, fig. 4. Dredge Station C. Family TRIFORID. TripHora, Blainville, 1828. Triphora lutea Suter. Triphora lutea Sut., Proc. Mal. Soc., vii, 1908, p. 39, pl. i, fig. 50. Dredge Station A. Family VERMETID. SrirquartA, Lamarck, 1799. Siliquaria weldii Tenison-Woods. Siliquaria weld T.-Woods, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1875 (1876) p. 44. 4—Trawling. 122 Siliquaria (Pyxipoma) weldii T.-Woods, Man. Conch. (1), vi, 1886, p. 191, pl. Ivii, fig. 28. Station 6. A cluster of dead shells in a sponge. Family TURRITELLID. TURRITELLA, Lamarck, 1799. Turritella rosea Q. and G. Turritella rosea Q. and G., Voy. “ Astrolabe,” Zool., mi, 1834, p. 136, pl. ly, figs. 24-26. . Stations 5, 6, 12, 20, 22, 26 or 30. Turritella symmetrica Hutton. Turritella (Eglhisia) symmetrica Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 30. T. tricencta Hutt., Cat. Tert. Moll., 1873, p. 13 (not of Borson et auct.). T. kanieriensis Harris, Cat. Tert. Moll. Brit. Mus., pt. 1, 1897, p. 241. Stations 2, 5, 12, 20, 26, or 30; Dredge Stations A, B, C, D. Family STRUTHIOLARIID. STRUTHIOLARIA, Lamarck, 1812. Struthiolaria papulosa Martyn. Buccinum papulosum Mart., Univ. Conch., 1, 1784, fig. 54. Struthiolaria papulosa Mart., Man. Conch. (1), vii, 1885, p. 133, pl. 12, fig. 34. Station 20. Family CAPULID. Caputus, Montfort, 1810. Capulus calcareus, sp. noy. Plate XII, figs. 1, 2. Stations 20, 88; Dredge Station C. Shell small,, fairly solid, camewhar irregularly ovate, very little asymmetrical. Sculpture consisting of fine radiate strie, crossed by distinct concentric growth-lines; most specimens I have seen had partly lost the epidermis and the radial sc ulpture, the surface being quite smooth and chalky. Colour yellowish-brown, white after having lost the epidermis, which is thin, horny, and peeling off very easily. Apex projecting far past the base. Protoconch well defined, of 14 smooth and convex whorls. Whorls 1#, the last half large, convex, expanded towards the aperture; posterior slope below the apex short, concave. Aperture oval to subcircular,*“expanded, margin uneven, sharp, inside white, polished. Breadth, 8-5 mm.; length, 11-5 mm.; height, 5 mm. Dentition— Formula of radula, 2-1-1-1-2. Central tooth trape- zoidal, with a large median and 4 smaller cusps on each side. Lateral 123 teeth with a large triangular reflection bearing 5 denticles on the inner side. Marginals unciform, the imner teeth with sharply pointed denticles on the posterior edge, outer marginals smooth. Type in the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. Specimens from both trawling stations were fixed to shells of Syring maximus. Family CALYPTRAIDA. CatyptrR@A, Lamarck, 1799. Calyptrea maculata Q. and G. Crepidula maculata Q. and G., Voy. “ Astrolabe,” Zool., in, 1835, p. 422, pl. 72, figs. 6-9. Calyptrea calyptreformis Lamarck, Man. Conch. (1), viii, 1886, 122, pl. 35, fig. 99 (not of Lamarck). Dredge Station A. CREPIDULA, Lamarck, 1799. Crepidula contorta Q. and G. Crepidula contorta Q. and G., Voy. Astrol., Zool., ii, 1835, p. 418, pl. Ixxu, figs. 15, 16. C. monoxyla Lesson, Man. Conch. (1), vili, 1886, p. 128, pl. xxxvii, figs. 35, 36. Stations 5, 20. Family NATICIDA. Natica, Scopoli, 1777. Natica zelandica Q. and G. Natica zelandica Q. and G., Voy. Astrol., Zool., li, 1832, p. 237, pl. Ixvi, figs. 11-12. Man. Conch. (1), viii, 1886, p. 22, pl. iv, fig. 70. Station 26 or 30. t Pourntices, Montfort, 1810. Polinices amphialus Watson. Natica amphiala Wats., “ Challenger” Rep., xv, 1886, p. 437, pl. 27, fig. 6. N. vitrea Hutton, Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 21. Station 4; Dredge Stations A, C. Family SEPTIDA. ArGcopuccInuM, Herrmansen, 1846. Argobuccinum argus Gmelin. Murex argus Gmelin, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, 1790, p. 3547. Ranella (Argobuccinum) argus Gmel., Man. Conch. (1), i, 1881, p. 44, pl. xxiv, figs. 61-65. Stations 20, 26 or 30, 124 Family TONNIDA Tonna, Briinnich, 1772. Tonna variegata Lamarck. Dolium variegatum Lam., Anim. s. Vert., vu, 1822, *p. 261; Man. Conch. (1), vii, 1885, p. 262, pl. i, figs. 13, 14. Stations 20, 88. / Family EPITONIID. Errronium, Bolten, 1798. Epitonium zelebori Dunker. Scalaria zelebori Dkr., Verh. Zool. Bot. Gesell. Wien, xvi, 1866, p. 912; Man. Conch. (1), 1x, 1887, p. 78, pl. xv, fig. 75. Dredge Stations C, D. Family PYRAMIDELLID. OpostomiaA, Fleming, 1828. Odostomia inornata Suter. Odostomia inornata Sut., Trans. N.Z. Inst., xl, 1908, p. 364, pl. 28, fig. 8. Dredge Station B. The specimen is large, having 7 whorls. Diam., 2°>5 mm. ; height, 6°38 mm. Family TURBINELLIDA. Syrinx, Bolten, 1798. Syrinx maximus Tryon. Siphonalia maxima Tryon, Man. Conch. (1), ui, 1881, p. 135, pl. liv, fig. 355, Hedley, Mem. Aust. Mus., iv, 1903, p. 374, pl. xxxviil. Stations 20, 88, 89. Family MITRID. Vexitium, Bolten, 1798. Vexillum biconicum Murdoch and Suter. Vulpecula (Pusia) biconica M. and §., Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxvi, 1905 (1906), p. 289, pl. xxxii, fi». 22. Station 4, Vexillum waitei, sp. nov. Plate XII, fig. 3. Station 4; Dredge Stations A, B. Shell small, fusiform, turreted, with strong axial ribs rendered slightly nodulous, spiral lire ; with only 3 columellar folds. Sculpture 125 consisting of strong and sharp spiral threads, 4 on the penultimate whorl, the interstices somewhat broader than the threads, a small and flat thread below the suture ; they are crossed by distant, broadly rounded axial ribs, 10 to 11 on a whorl, and they are cut up into broad nodules by the spirals, they vanish on approaching the base ; growth- limes very fine and crowded. Colour white. Spire elevated conic, turreted, about the same height as ihe aperture; outlines slightly convex. Protoconch small, of 14 smooth turns. Whorls 5 to 6, dis- tinctly shouldered, lightly rounded below the keel; base somewhat contracted. Suture not much impressed, margined. Aperture high and narrow, angled above, with an open, short, and slightly recurved canal below, its base not notched. Outer lip convex, indistinctly angled above, and somewhat contracted below. Columella slightly oblique, with 3 plaits, the lowest a little smaller; inner lip thin and narrow, forming a very thin layer on the concave parietal wall, drawn out to a long and fine point along the inner edge of the canal. Diam., 2°7 mm.; height, 6°5 mm. Type m the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. The type specimens were taken at Station 4. Named in honour of Mr. Edgar R. Waite, F.L.S., Curator of the Canterbury Museum, the discoverer of the species. Family BUCCINIDA. CoMINELLA, Gray, 1857. Cominella maculata Martyn. Buceinum maculatum Mart., Univ. Conch., u, 1784, fig. 49. Cominella maculata Mart., Man. Conch. (1), i, 1881, p. 204, pl. Ixxxi, figs. 421-424. Chatham Islands. Cominella maculosa Martyn. Buccinum maculosum Mart., Univ. Conch., 1, 1784, fig. 8. Cominella testudinea Chemn., Man. Conch. (1), ii, 1881, p. 203, pl. xxx, figs. 414, 415. : Chatham Islands. Cominella nassoides Reeve. Buccinum nassoides Rve., Conch. Icon., Buccinum, 1846, sp. 12. Cominella nassoides Rve., Man. Conch. (1), m1, 1881, p. 206, pl. Ixxxi, figs. 442, 443. Station 26 or 30. 5—Trawling. 126 Family MURICID. Murex, Linné, 1758. Murex zelandicus Q. and G. Murex zelandicus, Q. and G., Voy. Astrol., Zool., ii, 1833, p. 529, pl. xxxvi, figs. 5-7; Man. Conch. (1), ii, 1880, p. 108, pl. xxix, fig. 268. Station 89. TropPHon, Montfort, 1810. Trophon ambiguus Philippi. Fusus ambiguus Phil., Abbild. and Beschr. neuer Conch., Fusus, 1844, pl. i, fig. 2. Trophon ambiguus Phil., Man. Conch. (1), 11, 1880, pl. xxxiii, fig. 365. Stations 4, 5, 6, 29, 44; Dredge Station C. Trophon aucklandicus E. A. Smith. Buthria aucklandica EK. A. Smith, Voy. ‘‘ Southern Cross,’ Moll., 1902, p. 203, pl. xxiv, figs. 12, 13. Station 5. Trophon bonneti Cossman. Trophon (Trophonopsis) bonneti Cossm., Essais de Paléoconch. Comp., v, 1903, p. 200, pl. ii, fig. 7. T. ambiguus pumilus Suter, Journ. of Mal., vu, 1899, p. 55. Station 20. Trophon convexus, sp. nov. Plate XII, fig. 4. Dredge Station B. Shell very small, fusiform, thin, axially costate and spirally hrate. Sculpture consisting of strong, broadly rounded axial costz, about 10 on a whorl, extending from suture to suture, but absent on the base, crossed by distant and prominent spiral cords, with a few inter- calated fine threads upon the neck of the canal, produced into oval nodules upon the axial ribs; the spire-whorls with a fine thread below the suture, margining it, and 3 distant strong spirals below it; body- whorl with 14-15 cinguli, those upon the base not nodulous. Fasciole hardly discernible. Colour yellowish-brown, neck of canal and imner lip whitish, interior of aperture light brown. Spire acuminate, conic, of the same height as the aperture with canal. Protoconch papillate, of 14 smooth and convex whorls, the globular nucleus slightly lateral. Whorls 5, regularly increasing, convex; base contracted towards the canal. Suture but little impressed, undulating, margined below. 127 Aperture subvertical, ovate, angled above, produced below into a moderately long, oblique and slightly recurved, widely open canal. Outer lip thin and sharp, convex, crenulated by the spiral sculpture, smooth inside. Columella vertical, straight, twisted and narrowed below; inner lip thin and narrow, extending over the: excavated parietal wall, drawn out to a narrow ridge towards the inner margin of the canal. Operculum unknown. Diam., 3-5 mm. ; height, 7 mm. Type in the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. Remarks.—This species is nearly allied to 7. curtus Murdoch, but it is larger, has the whorls not shouldered, no colour-bands, and the strong spiral on the neck of the canal is also wanting ; the proto- conch has convex, not carinated whorls. Trophon corticatus Hutton. Fusus corticatus Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll. 1873, p. 9. Trophon duodecimus Gray, Hutton, Plioc. Moll. N.Z., 1893, p. 39, pl. vi, fig. 7 (not of Gray). Station 26 or 30. Trophon crispulatus Suter. Trophon (Trophonopsis) crispulatus Sut., Proc. Mal. Soc., vin, 1908, p. 178, pl. vu, fig. 2. Station 4; Dredge Station A. Trophon plebeius Hutton. Fusus plebeius Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 9. Trophon plebevus Hutt., Plioc. Moll. N.Z., 1893, p. 39, pl. vi, fig. 6. Station 20. Family THAISIDA. Tuats, Bolten, 1798. Thais scobina albomarginata Deshayes. Purpura albomarginata Desh., Rev. Zool. Soc. Cuv., 1839, p. 360, P. scobina albomarginata Desh., Man. Conch. (1), 11, 1880, p. 170, pl. 51, figs. 121-124. Chatham Islands. Family CANCELLARIIDA. ADMETE, Kroyer, 1842. Admete trailli Hutton. Cancellaria trailli Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 26; Plhoc. Moll. N.Z., 1893, p. 58, pl. vu, fig. 52. Dredge Station C. 5* Trawling. 128 Family PYRENIDA. Atctra, H. Adams, 1860. Alcira sulcata Hutton. Lachesis sulcata Hutton, Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 12. Columbella huttoni Sut., Index Faun N.Z., 1904, p. 72, for C. sulcata, Hutt., preoccupied; Murdoch, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxvii, 1904, p. 223, pl. vu, fig. 12. Station 4; Dredge Station C. Family VOLUTID. FuLGuRARIA, Schumacher, 1817. Fulguraria arabica elongata Swainson. Voluta elongata Swains., Exot. Conch., 1821, pl. xx, xx1. Voluta pacifica elongata Hutton, Man. N.Z. Moll., 1880, p. 62. Stations 3, 5, 20. Family OLIVID. ANcILLA, Lamarck, 1801. Ancilla mucronata Sowerby. Ancillaria mucronata Sow., Spec. Conchyl., 1830, p. 8, figs. 47, 48; Reeve, Conch. Icon., Ancillaria, 1864, pl. iv, fig. 10. Station 89; Dredge Station D. Family MARGINELLIDA. MaRGINELLA, Lamarck, 1799. Marginella albescens Hutton. Marginella albescens Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll. 1873, p. 19. Man. N.Z. Moll., p. 62. Station 4; Dredge Station B. Cryprosprra, Hinds, 1844. Cryptospira (Closia) profunda, sp. nov. Plate XII, fig. 5. . Dredge Station B. Shell small, ovoid, smooth and polished, white, with four colu- mellar plaits. The only sculpture consists of very faint, rounded growth - periods. Colour white. Spire involute, flat, covered by enamel. The last whorl occupies the whole height of the shell; it is hghtly convex, narrowed below, with a light basal limb. Aperture high and narrow, arched, narrowly rounded above, slightly emarginate below. Outer hp convex, thickened, with a hght varix, extending above beyond the spire and concealing it, inside lightly crenate. Columella oblique, straight, with 4 almost transverse plaits, the lower two stronger than the others. Diam., 3°8 mm. ; height, 5-8 mm. ' Type in the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. 129 Family TURRITIDA. Mirromorpna, A. Adams, 1865. Mitromorpha gemmata Suter. Mitromorpha gemmata Sut., Proc. Mal. Soe., viii, 1908, p. 186, pl. vii, fig. 18. : Dredge Stations A, B. Maneiiia, Risso, 1826. Mangilia munda, sp. nov. Plate XII, fig. 6. Dredge Station D. Shell small, elongate fusiform, thin and fragile, white, turreted, axially costate and spirally striated. Sculpture consisting of nar- rowly rounded, slightly oblique axial riblets, about 16 on the last whorl, nearly continuous over the whorls, obsolete on the base, the interstices slightly broader than the riblets; they are crossed by spiral threads, 4 fine and close together on the shoulder, 1 on the carina of the whorl and 3 below it, the uppermost of these at some distance from the keel; the crossing-points produced into small oval gem- mules ; the base is spirally striate, all the striz in front of the aper- ture being smooth. Colour white. Spire elevated conic, turriculate, nearly 14 times the height of the aperture. Protoconch globular, of 14 smooth whorls, the nucleus broadly rounded. Whorls 6, regularly increasing, with a high sloping shoulder, the keel on the spire-whorls near the middle, flat above and below the keel; base contracted. Suture somewhat impressed, lightly margined below. Aperture pyriform, broadly: angled above, with a short, broad, oblique, and truncated canal below. Outer lip convex, thickened by an axial rib, slightly angled above and somewhat contracted below, with a .shallow broad sinus at the suture. Columella slightly oblique, lightly excavated towards the straight parietal wall, curved below, and ex- tending to the left margin of the canal ; imner lip thin, narrow, smooth. Diam., 3-2 mm. ; height, 7°5 mm. Type i in the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. Remarks.—The species is closely related to M. dictyota, Hutt., which, however, has less axial riblets, the angle of the shoulder is above the middle of the spire-whorls, and the protoconch is much smaller, with a minutely pointed nucleus. DaPHNELLA, Hinds, 1845. Daphnella crassilirata Suter. Daphnella crassilirata Sut., Proc. Mal. Soc., viii, 1908, p. 190, pl. vu, fig. 27. Station 4. 130 Family SCAPHANDRID. CYLICHNELLA, Gabb, 1873. Cylichnella striata Hutton. Cylichna striata Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 52; Murdoch, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxvi, 1904, p. 218, pl. vi, figs. 1, 2. . Station 4. Family ONCHIDID2. ONCHIDELLA, Gray, 1850. Onchidella nigricans Q. and G. Onchidium mngricans Q. and G., Voy. Astrol., Zool., u, 1832, p. 214, pl. xv, figs. 24-26. Onchidella nigricans Q. and G., Hutton, Man. N.Z. Moll., 1880, p. 28. Chatham Islands. Class SCAPHOPODA. Family DENTALIITD. Dentatium, Linné, 1758. Dentalium nanum Hutton. Dentalium nanum Hutt., Cat. Tert. Moll., 1873, p. 1; Plioc. Moll. N.Z., 1893, p. 73, pl. vii, fig. 78. Stations 2, 79; Dredge Station D. Dentalium huttoni T. W. Kirk. . Dentalium huttoni T. W. Kirk, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xu, 1880, p. 306. Station C, Dentalium zelandicum Sowerby. Dentalium zelandicum Sow., Thes. Conch. i, 1860, p. 101, pl. cexxin, fig. 13; Man. Conch. (1), xvu, 1904, p. 70, pl. vi, fig. 81. Station 2. EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII. Figs. 1, 2. Capulus calecareus Suter, 8-5 mm. by 11-5 mm. by 5 mm. 3 Vexillum wartet Suter, 2:7 mm. by 6-5 mm. Fig. 4. Trophon convecus Suter, 3-5 mm. by 7mm. 5 Cryptospira profunda Suter, 3:8 mm. by 5:8 mm. Fig. 6. Mangilia munda Suter, 3:2 mm. by 7-5 mm. PrLate XID. Scr. Res. TRAwL. Exp. ] [H. Suter, del. 131 Pil SC Ege: By Epear R. Warr, F.L.S. PART I. Plates XIII-X XITI.* Tue present instalment deals only with the Cyclostomata, Selachu, and Holocephali, the following species having been taken :— Cyclostomata. Eptatretus cirrhatus Forster. Selachii. Cephaloscyllium laticeps Dumeéril. Galeus australis Macleay. Mustelus antarcticus Giinther. Squalus fernandinus Molina. Narcacion fairchildi Hutton. Typhlonarke aysont Hamilton. Raja nasuta Miller and Henle. Arhynchobatis asperrimus Waite. Dasybatus brevicaudatus Hutton. Myliobatis tenvicaudatus Hector. Holocephaili. Callorhynchus callorynchus Linnzus. Typhlonarke is a new generic name proposed for Astrape aysoni Hamilton. The genus differs from Narke (Astrape), in addition to other peculiarities, by its only representative being blind. Arhyn- chobatis asperrimus is the type of a new genus and species of the Rajidee allied to Psammobatis. In addition to a detailed description, some interesting habits of Eptatretus cirrhatus are supplied, illustrated by photographs of the lingual teeth and their effect on the body of another individual of the same species. The egg-cases of Cephaloscyllium laticeps and Raja nasuta are figured, those of the former species being for the first time made known. * For explanation of plates see p. 155. 132 An examination of the numb-fishes (Narcacion) results in the removal of a nominal species from the list, one only being now ad- mitted. The species are illustrated by reproductions from photographs kindly taken for me by Mr. Rudolf Hiilsen, and Mr. W. J. Sparkes, taxidermist of the Museum. Hitherto the illustrations of many of the species, where such have been figured, are in outline only, while the original descriptions are not generally accessible in New Zealand. CLYCLOSTOMATA. Eptatretus, Duméril, 1819. Eptatretus cirrhatus Forster. BLIND-EEL. Plate XIIT. Petromyzon cirrhatus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 532. Bdellostoma cirrhatum Giinth., Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., vin, 1870, p. 511. Heptatrema cirrata Hutton, Index Faune N.Z., 1904, p. 55. Station 35. The gill-openings appear to be normally seven in number, but I have seen an example in which there were but six openings on one side, though seven were present on the other. They are situated at a great distance from the head, the first opening being one-fourth the length of the entire animal from the snout. The last aperture is frequently much larger than the others. They le rather low down on the body, the posterior ones being deflected still lower, so that the whole series forms a curve. The eyes are situated towards the upper part of the head, though a long way apart, and removed from the tip of the snout about one- third its distance to the first gill-opening. The position of the eyes is indicated by a clear area in the skin, though the eyes themselves cannot be seen. On removing the skin, however, they are very apparent, imbedded in the muscles of the head; they are elliptical in shape, and are placed obliquely, the axes being from above back- wards and downwards, and more vertical than horizontal; in adult specimens the diameter of the pupil is 2°5 mm. It is probable that sight is very imperfect, and, in common with many blind or partially blind animals, tactile adjuncts in the form of feelers or barbels are well developed. The single nostril is a wide tube opening forward, quite in front of the head, and forming its upper anterior border: two barbels are situated on each side of the nostril. The mouth is very large, but closes to a longitudinal slit 155 with many plications or wrinkles. It has two pairs of barbels to- wards its front portion, a long widely spaced pair before, and a shorter blunt pair nearer the margin of the mouth and _ further back. To a fisherman the chief peculiarity of the blind-eel is its faculty of secreting an apparently unlimited quantity of thick slime. This product is exuded from two rows of glands running one on each side of the animal. The external apertures are below the middle of the body in the same line as the anterior gill-openings, and, where these latter occur, the mucous pores are situated each close below a breath- ing-opening but somewhat posterior to it. As the posterior gill- openings are deflected downwards, as before described, the hinder slime-pores are also thrown out of line, but the original line is re- sumed by the pore following the last gill-opening: it is therefore placed considerably higher than the one immediately preceding it. The mucous or slime pores commence on the head, and are continued at regular intervals to nearly the end of the tail, a short break oc- curring over the vent, corresponding to the omission of two pores: here also the.regular line is broken, the post-ventral pores occupying a higher position. There are about seventy-five pores on the body, of which fourteen to sixteen are anterior to the gill-openings and thirteen on the tail. The position of the mucous-pores corresponds to the myotomes or muscle-bands. There is a low fold of skin on the lower surface of the body arising posterior to its middle length, and continued to the vent: there is no fold on the upper surface. The vent lies at the base of the tail, its distance from the extremity being little more than half that of the first gill-opening from the tip of the snout: this latter distance is one-fourth of the entire length or three times the space between the first and last gill-openings. Anteriorly the body is circular in section, but towards the middle becomes compressed and deeper, its depth being about one-tenth its length; the compression increases towards the tail, which has an eel-like form: it does not taper, however, its extremity being sub- truncate. The teeth are very peculiar, but well adapted to their function : there is a single tooth in the mid-line above, directed backwards, but capable of being erected ; it is rather long and spine-like. The lower series of teeth, situated on the tongue, are much more complicated : they comprise two pairs of longitudinal flexible plates, set combwise, the anterior ones being confluent at the base. The teeth are directed inwards and backwards, and there are twelve in each of the series in the specimen examined—that is, forty-eight in all. All the teeth, including the single upper one, are deep-yellow in colour. When in repose the teeth lie a long way down the throat, and it would seem impossible for the creature to seize its prey. When, 134 however, a fish is attacked, the whole of the lower series of teeth is everted, thrown forward out of the mouth, and each set of two rows widely separated on the mid-line; they then present an apparatus much like a grappling-devil used in dredging, and are illustrated on Plate XIII, fig. 2. Describing the American Polistotrema stouti, Jordan and Ever- mann write:* “The hagfish fastens itself usually on the gills or isthmus (throat) of large fishes, sometimes on the eyes, whence it works its way very rapidly into the inside of the body. It then de- vours all the flesh of the body without breaking the skin, so that the fish is left a living hulk of head, skin, and bones. It is especially destructive to fishes taken in gill-nets. In every gill-net in summer, at Monterey, more or less of these empty shells of fishes are obtained. When these are taken from the water the hagfish scrambles out with great alacrity. It is thought that the hags enter the fishes after they are caught. A fish of 10 lb. to 15 1b. weight will be devoured by them in a single night. Large fishes of even 30 lb. weight are often brought up without flesh and without viscera, and they certainly do not swim into a gill-net in this condition.” When trawling in the neighbourhood of Otago Heads, and par- ticularly in Blueskin Bay (which, from the many diseased fishes ob- tained there, is dubbed “ the Hospital” by local fishermen), quite a number of fishes were obtained, chiefly terakihi (Cheilodactylus macro- pterus) and red-cod (Physiculus bachus), with large wounds in their sides: these wounds, I am convinced, were the work of blind-eels ; and, as the fishes were still alive, there can be no doubt that these parasites were feeding when enclosed by the net, or attacked the fishes already enclosed, and, being disturbed when hauling the trawl, left their victims and escaped through the meshes. In no instance did I observe that the gills had been attacked, though it is quite pos- sible that ingress may be also obtained in that way. What seems worthy of emphasis is the circumstance that the blind-eel can actually hold on to the side of a fish, rasp off the scales, and bore into the flesh. Whether this is possible only when the victim is netted, or whether a free fish can be so attacked, we have not sufficient evidence to show. It is well known that fishes caught in a meshing or gill net are par- ticularly liable to attack: one such instance was afforded at the Chatham Islands. A meshing-net set for moki (Latris ciliaris) on being raised was seen to have a large tangled knot in it. On clearing the knot it was found to contain a terakihi and a blind- eel, both dead ; the former with a large wound in its side, the latter almost inextri- cably threaded through the meshes, and in one place almost cut in two by the twine. The one surpassing circumstance was the fact that the blind-eel was meshed at all, considering its eel-lke shape and slimy coat. * Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 47, 1, 1896, p. 6. 135 The blind-eel is well known to the line fishermen, and when one is hooked it at once rolls itself round and round, and tangles the line most hopelessly. The only procedure is to cut the line and drop the creature back into the sea. Expressions of disgust when one is hooked are universal. As an instance I am tempted to relate the following episode. The only time blind-eels were taken in the trawl occurred off Timaru, when three examples were hauled aboard from a depth of 21-29 fathoms. They were covered with the characteristic shme, which adhered to everything, and it was with difficulty that I prevented the men from shovelling them overboard. I placed the three into a bucket, and had considerable trouble in keeping them there. First one and then another would glide out, sometimes head sometimes tail first, and I could not induce any one else to touch them. I next introduced formalin and water, and in a very short time the whole became a thick, viscid, sickening mass. The creatures, being irritated by the formalin acting on the skin or entering their gill-openings, made savage attacks on each other, drawing blood freely, which coloured the slimy mass as they writhed through it. It was on such occasions that I was able to witness the eversion of the lingual teeth, and to ascertain exactly how the creatures seized and ate their prey. All the animals had received scars, and one of them shows that it had been bitten no less than fifteen times by the other two. Not only did they attack each other in the slime-mass, but they would raise their heads above the surface, open their mouths, and protrude their teeth-studded tongues; the two lateral halves would then be widely separated and gnashed together again, possibly in agony. By the time the creatures were dead it was nearly dark, and I placed the bucket with its thick slimy contents in a position usually occupied by another bucket, wherein I kept clean water for the purpose of rinsing my hands after immersion in formalin. It appears that, in the dim light, the captain, thinking to similarly rinse his hands, plunged them among the blind-eels. The dis- gusting and loathsome sensation proved too much for the peace of his stomach, and a visit to the vessel’s side was the imme- diate result. By the following morning the slime had lost all its viscosity, and I lifted out the blind-eels in a very clean state. I then discovered a number of parasitic leeches attached to them: these have been provisionally determined, by Pro- fessor Benham, as species of Trachelobdella Diesing (Calliobdella Van Beneden). The average length of an adult specimen is 680 mm. (27 in.), and the colour varies from blue to bluish violet. Some examples show irregular white spots and markings; the ventral fold and the margin of the tail may also be white. ' Taken at Station 35, off Timaru, at a depth of 21-29 fathoms ; also in a meshing-net at the Chatham Islands, where the Maori name is “ tuere.” 136 Since writing the foregoing I have referred to Dr. Bashford Dean’s magnificent work “On the Embryology of Bdellostoma stouti,* with a copy of which I have been kindly favoured by the author. Of the American hagfishes Dr. Dean says that when placed in pails they exhibit constant movements, writhing from top to bottom, some- times lifting their nostrils out of water, but he has never seen the tongue everted naturally. I am fortunate, therefore, in having re- peatedly witnessed this action on the part of the New Zealand blind- eel. In order to show more clearly the precise nature of the scar left by the teeth, I furnish a photograph of one natural size (pl. xiii, fig. 3), from the creature figured in full, on the skin of which several such scars will be noticed. SELACHiI. Family SCYLIORHINID.. CEPHALOSCYLLIUM, Gill, 1861. Cephaloscyllium laticeps Duméril. CARPET-SHARK. Plate XIV, fig. 1, and XXI, fig. 1. Scyllium laticeps Duméril, Rev. et Mag. Zool. 1853, p. 84, pl. 1, fig. 2. Cephaloscyllium laticeps Gill, Ann. Lyc. Nat. Hist. New York, vii, 1861, p. 412; Hutton, Index Faune N.Z., 1904, p. 54. Stations 22, 23, 26, 27, 28, 30 (egg), 36, 37, 89, 90, 93, 94, 95, 96. aes Head extremely broad and depressed, its breadth equal to its length, which is 5°6 in the total. Interocular breadth half the width of the head, eyes on upper surface but directed laterally. Spiracle rather large, behind and below the eye. The gill-slits regularly de- crease in size; the two last are situated over the base of the pectoral. Snout short, rounded, its margins sinuous. Mouth very large, with- out distinct labial fold. Teeth similar in both jaws, small, with broad base and three cusps, the lateral ones small; about six series of teeth in use, seventy rows in the upper and sixty in the lower jaw. Nos- trils close to the margin of the snout, and widely separated ; in addi- tion to the usual anterior valve, the posterior margin is also pro- vided with a lobe of skin. The first dorsal fin arises a little behind the middle of the length and above the middle of the ventrals. The anterior and posterior . insertion of the second dorsal is behind the corresponding situation of the anal respectively. The second dorsal is smaller than either the first dorsal or the anal. * Dean, Festschrift C. V. Kupffer, 1899, p. 224. 137 The skin is very rough, especially on the back, where the prickles are large. Scales on the upper surface of the tail not enlarged. A row of isolated large scales arises on each side in the occipital region, and is traceable as far as the second dorsal, where it merges into a low ridge continued along the caudal. These two rows of enlarged scales are most pronounced, as usual in the Scyliorhinide, &c., in young examples. The colour is brown above and white below, the upper part with black transverse blotches disposed alternately’ wider and narrower ; the wide bands occur on the occiput, between it and the first dorsal, below both dorsals, one at the base and another towards the middle of the caudal lobe. There is also a black mark below the eye, another below the occipital patch and connected with the first narrow band, and others along the sides of the body. In the young, patches occur also on the ventrals, anal and lower caudal lobe, but all the markings become confused in the adult and tend to break up into spots. One remarkable example is varied with cream-coloured markings most irregularly disposed. Length, 1,010 mm. A young example which escaped from the egg as soon as it was placed in formalin measures 162 mm., and was evidently just on the point of emergence: the yolk-sac is all but absorbed, but the caudal “membrane has not completely surrounded the termination of the notochord. In young examples the caudal is relatively shorter than in the adult, the origin of the first dorsal then lies in the anterior half of the body ; in such also three gill-slits are above the pectoral fin. When taken from the net the carpet-sharks were of relatively enormous girth, due to the inflation of the stomach with water. When the abdomen was pierced with a penknife-blade a jet of water spurted out to a distance of several feet, due to the elasticity of the stomach. This inflation is common to members of the genus, and American and Japanese species are described as inflating their stomachs with air, when they float belly upwards. This recalls the toados or puffers (Tetraodontide), which possess a precisely similar habit when disturbed. The boys around Port Jackson take advantage of this peculiarity, and roll examples of Tetraodon hamultoni and T. hypselogenion between their hands until they attain ludicrous dimensions. It is more than probable that the carpet-sharks taken in the trawl, being unable to reach the surface and so imbibe air, filled their stomachs with water instead, and it is to be expected that other species would act in the same way under similar conditions. The carpet-shark was trawled on fourteen occasions, at depths ranging from 13 to 94 fathoms, and from Molyneux Bay in the south to Whale Island in the Bay of Plenty. The “ Doto” obtained Scyllium laticeps off Bream Bay, 8. lat. 36°. At Stations 27 and 28 138 fully formed eggs enclosed within their cases, ready for extrusion, were taken from the bodies of females. I was thus able to identify ege-cases taken in situ among the weed at Station 30 in 35 fathoms. Apart from this, however, the young shark previously mentioned escaped from the egg the moment it was immersed in the preservative, and swam about most actively for a long time. The egg-case, which has not before been described, is long and narrow in shape, strongly compressed above, where its margin is straight and very wide, about 1:3 in the greatest width, which occurs near the second third of the length; the lower end is much more contracted, the angles bent inwards. Hach of the four angles is furnished with long tendrils which are twisted among seaweed, Xe. The lateral edges of the egg-case are conspicuously flattened, the thickness of the edge being about 3mm. When viewed in the hand the efferent slits are on the left side, one in the upper and the other in the lower third. On turning the egg-case round, a similar aspect is, of course, presented. The cases—in all instances two in number—taken from the ovi- ducts of the female were of very pale creamy-white colour, with yellow tendrils; these latter are formed quite straight in the shell-gland, but become twisted by being forced into a narrow space as produced. The deposited eggs are of darker hue, but are much lighter in colour than those I have seen of other members of the family, or of the Rajide. The egg-case is illustrated on Plate XXJ, fig 1. The egg-cases vary in size: four measured yield the following dimensions :— A (a.) | (6.) (c.) | (d.) mm. mm. |; mm. | mm. Length of body (median) te ve | LOT NS Bl lel 2 eas Width of body 2h +3 nosh 4p) 40 oP aS iT eae Thickness of body .. ne Sulipeeee Gli a2Ord Po kee | 26 Width of upper (exit) end... cha (OEE, 31 33. | 33 Three species of Cephaloscyllium are known, namely :— C. laticeps Duméril, 1853 (the type); Australia, Tasmania, and New Zealand. C. ventriosum Garman, 1880; American Pacific Coast, Cali- fornia to Chili. C. umbratile Jordan and Fowler, 1903 ; Japan. Mr. C. Tate Regan* regards C. uter Jordan and Gilbert as a synonym of C. ventriosum, and places all species in the genus Scyliorhinus. * Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), i, 1908, p. 458. 139 Family CARCHARIID. GaALEus, Rafinesque, 1810. Galeus australis Macleay. TOPE. Plate XV. Galeus australis Macleay, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W., vi, 1881, p. 354. Galeorhinus australis Hutton, Index Faune N.Z., 1904, p. 54. Stations 3, 14, 63, 72, 80, 88, 91, .95. Length of head 5:3, of tail 4°3, in the total length ; width of head, 1:55; interorbital space, 2:3, equals length of snout and width of mouth ; pectoral fin, 1-4 in the length of the head; eye, 2:7 in the interorbital space. Head much depressed. Snout, viewed from above, acute with the tip rounded, pointed in profile; eye elongate, lateral, nictitating membrane wholly covers the eye when lifted ; the mouth forms nearly a half-circle, rami of mandible slightly flattened. A large labial fold on the upper and a smaller one on the lower jaw, teeth alike in both jaws, very oblique, the front edge straight and smooth, the hinder one notched, with strong serrations on the lower hmb. Nostrils close to but just below the lateral margin, nearer the mouth than tip of snout. Spiracle a small horizontal fissure on a level with the middle of the eye, but half a diameter behind it. Gull-openings subequal in size, the fourth in line with the anterior edge of the pectoral. ' Body elongate, slightly compressed in front, rounded on caudal portion. Shagreen very fine. First dorsal large, a little nearer the end of the snout than ie second dorsal, which is small, its origin and termination being in advance of respective positions of anal. Anal shghtly smaller than the second dorsal, its origin nearer to the caudal than to the posterior insertion of the ventrals. Pectorals large, reaching to beneath middle of first dorsal base, origin of ventrals nearer to second than to origin of first dorsal. Caudal but little bent upwards; the base of the lower lobe very little longer than the terminal portion. Peduncle without pits, deeper than broad, its length above 2:4 in that of the caudal. Colour, bluish grey above and white beneath. Length of specimen described, 940mm. The largest taken measured 1,670 mm. (= 53 ft.). This shark was taken on eight occasions, at depths ranging from 13 to 105 fathoms, and up to the extreme limits of the course. One example was caught in a set-net at the Chatham Islands. All the adult females were found to contain well-developed young in large numbers, each in a separate thin membranous envelope within the uteri. One example contained thirty-four young, seventeen in each uterus. They measure 230 mm. in length, and differ from the adults 140 in having the spiracle larger and almost circular, by the shagreen being not developed to the hinder margin of any of the fins. The dorsals and pectorals are dark grey, the posterior aspects excepted ; there is also an unclouded triangular space in the lower half of the first dorsal. The tip of the caudal and the concavity of its lower lobe are nearly black. (Plate XV). The stomachs of the adults contained an assortment of fishes of different species, chiefly those taken in the trawl at the same station, including Promethichthys prometheus and much - digested pleuronectids. The foregoing description is drawn up from an immature specimen, the adult which I had prepared and preserved having unfortunately been washed overboard during a storm, together with many other specimens, and some collecting-gear. There can be little doubt that the New Zealand Galeus has been correctly referred to G. australis, though what are the distinguishing characters of that species is not clear. Macleay wrote, “ This fish has generally been regarded as identical with Galeus canis, the ‘ tope’ of English fishermen. I think I am justified in separating them.” In the report for 1900, the “ tiger-shark (Lamna glauca)” 1s recorded as having been taken in the trawl on fifteen occasions, and in the 1901 report it is stated to have been thrice obtained. This is a very palpable error of identification, or, rather, naming; and it is almost certain that the shark trawled was Galeus australis, more especially as this species, not recorded, was taken so often during our cruise. In the latter report, unspecified “‘ sharks ”’ were netted at eight stations. I have no means of knowing what species may have been taken, but it is probable that all were examples of Galeus australis. The trivial names of this and other species have been adopted by early writers from British representatives, but these names are not necessarily in use. As, however, the differences between, say, Galeus and Mustelus are scarcely appreciated by the colonists, the book-names applied are here retained. Muste.us, Linck, 1790. Mustelus antarcticus Giinther. SMOOTH-HOUND. Plate XIV, fig. 2. Mustelus antarcticus Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii, 1870, p. 387. Galeus antarcticus Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus., iv, 1902, p. 175, fig. 19. Stations 2, 7-9, 12-24, 28, 29, 31, 34, 36, 37, 42-44, 47, 48, 50, 53, 54, 57, 58, 61, 63, 71-78, 80, 81, 83-88, 94, 96. Length of head 6:1, of tail 5-0, in the total; width of head, 1-4; interorbital space, 2:2, and equal to the length of the snout; width 141 of mouth 3:1, and length of pectoral 1:2, in the length of the head eye, 2°5 in the interorbital space. Head depressed before, raised behind. Snout pointed in profile. Nostrils large, wholly below and not approaching the lateral margins, much nearer the mouth than the tip of the snout. Mouth small, obtusely angular; a long fold at the corner of the upper, and a short one on the lower, ip. Teeth small, smooth, arranged pavement-like in about thirty very oblique rows. Spiracle longitudinally oval, half the length of the pupil, its own length behind the eye. Nictitating membrane merely an extension of the lower eyelid, with scarcely trace of fold when drawn. The two posterior gill-openings above base of pectoral, the last one small. Body compressed ; a prominent ridge runs from the occiput to the upper base of the tail, and another along each side of the body. Shagreen very fine. Fins.—First dorsal a little nearer the insertion of pectoral than to the ventral. Second dorsal smaller, its origin nearer caudal than hinder insertion of the first dorsal. Anal small, its origin beneath the middle of the base of the second dorsal and midway between the hinder insertion of the ventral and the caudal. Pectorals a little larger than the first dorsal; imsertion of ventral nearer anal than pectorals. The length of the caudal equals the space between the two dorsals, and the length of its peduncle is 1°8 in its own length. Colour, greyish blue above and white beneath; the coloured portion above with numerous very small white dots, which are close together, and evenly disposed along the lateral ridge. Length of specimen described, 475 mm. (= 18? in.). The smooth-hound is the smallest but at the same time by far the most numerous shark on the coast. It was taken, with but few exceptions, at all stations, and at depths ranging from 10 to 105 fathoms. It was not obtained at the Chatham Islands. — M. antarcticus agrees with the European M. levis in having the embryo attached to the uterus by a placenta, a fact first noticed and described by Parker.* We obtained many young ones from the females, the largest number counted being eleven, six in one and five in the other uterus; they are similar to those previously described and figured by me. It may be noted that the peculiar form of the yolk-sac is retained until its complete absorption. In examples just prior to birth, the sac is like a small bean, the cord still entering towards one end. In colour and general form the embryos bear some resemblance to those of Galeus, but may be at once distinguished by the smaller mouth, the position of the nostrils (removed from the margin of the head), the large second dorsal fin, and the simpler form of caudal. * Parker, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xv, 1883, p. 219. 142 Family SQUALID. SquaLus, Linneeus, 1758. Squalus fernandinus Molina. Spiny Doerisu. Plate XVI, fig. 1. Squalis fernandinus Molina, Hist. Chil., 1788, p. 393. coats lebruni Vaill. Miss. Sci. Cap. Horn., Poiss., 1891, p. 13, pl. i, (N as acanthias Linn.) Stations 9, 11, 21, 32, 33, 36, 38, 43, 45-47, 50-53, 57, 59, 63, 88, Sess Length of head 5:8, tail 4:7, in the total length ; width of head, 1-4; interorbital space, 2°3; snout, 1°9; width of mouth 2:2 in the length of the head. The pectoral fin is twice, and the eye one-half, the interorbital space. Head depressed, snout long, the tip raised above the base line. Hye large, twice as long as deep, lateral, without nictitating membrane. Mouth scarcely bowed, a small labial fold at the corner of both upper and lower jaws, and an oblique groove on each side; teeth similar in both jaws, very oblique. Nostrils large, sub-inferior, midway between the mouth and the tip of the snout. Spiracles large, lunate, on the upper surface of the head, behind but above the corner of the eye. Giull-openings subequal, in front of the pectoral; its anterior edge forms the hinder margin of the fifth gill-slit. Body elongate, compressed. Shagreen rather coarse. Fins.—The spine of the first dorsal fin is a little nearer to the tip of the snout than to the spine of the second fin. It is one-half the height of the fin, and much shorter than the second spime, which is nearly as high as its respective fin; the latter is much smaller than the anterior one. Anal fin absent. The pectorals are large, but shorter than the head; their origin is further from the snout than from the hinder insertion of the first dorsal. The origin of the ventrals is nearer to the end of the tail than to the tip of the snout. Caudal large with a single notch and a small pit above; peduncle broader than deep, with a low keel below the lateral line, which latter is well marked from head to tail. Colour.—Purplish grey above, white beneath. When young the coloured portions are strikingly adorned with large white spots ; these spots often persist in adult life, and the specimen above described and figured exhibits them conspicuously. These spots vary a little 143 in different individuals, but a pair in front of each dorsal fin and another pair behind the first dorsal seem to be very constant. A row of spots disposed in pairs is usually present along the lateral line, commencing between the spiracles; small irregular black spots are sometimes also present. In the young the tips of the first dorsal and the caudal are jet-black. Length of specimen described, 512 mm. (= 20 in.). Most of the adult females contained young, the highest number observed being seventeen. The following table shows the results of examination of eight individuals, including the number of young ones in each uterus. Avi9) 48 = 17. | E. 8+ 7 = Lob. BG aHi8 aNilé | BTA Toa As Chesil | ChkGesd hoalie DD; Gree =a 05: | Heol The young were obtained in various stages of development in different individuals. The largest foetal specimens taken measure 232 mm. in length: they were just ripe for extrusion, as the yolk-sac was wholly absorbed. The point of each dorsal spine is covered by a little knob, a pro- vision referred to in my notice of Squalus megalops,* and previously recorded by Ball in examples of “ Acanthias vulgaris” on the Irish coast.t Richardson’s figuret of a foetus fairly represents our examples, but the first spine is too long, and the protective knobs are not illus- trated. This species was obtained aiong the whole of the coast-line ex- plored, and at depths ranging from 9 to 105 fathoms. It was not found at the Chatham Islands. The New Zealand representative of the family has hitherto been identified with the Atlantic S. acanthias Linn. Writing on S. fernan- dinus, Mr. C. Tate Regan§ says that “ Records of S. acanthias from New Zealand doubtless refer to this species” —a conclusion based on an examination of specimens from Tasmania. He distinguishes S. fernandinus as follows :— “Very closely allied to S. acanthias, but with a shorter snout, the preoral length equal to or less than the distance from eye to first gill-opening, the praeocular length equal to the distance from anterior edge of eye to spiracle (more in S. acanthias, except in young examples). Dorsal-fin spines higher, and spots on the body larger, than in S. acanthias.” * Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus., iv, 1901, p. 34, pl. iv, fig. 2. + Ball, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad., iii, 1847, p. 230. t Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., Fishes, 1845, p. 44, pl. xxviii, fig. 1. § Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8), i#, 1908, p. 46. 144 Family NARCACIONTID.. Narcacion, Walbaum, 1792. Narcacion fairchildi Hutton. NUMBFISH. Plate XVII. Torpedo fairchildi Hutton, Cat. Fish. N.Z., 1872, p. 83, pl. xu, fig. 134. Torpedo fusca Parker, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xvi, 1884, p. 281, pl. xxii. Stations 17, 46-49, 51, 57-60, 87, 95. Dise rounded and very broad, one-sixth broader than long and 1-5 in the total length, its length 1‘7 in the same. The eyes are a little nearer to each other than to the front edge of the disc. The spiracles are not fringed, are placed obliquely, and lie about an eye-diameter behind the orbits. Breadth of mouth equal to its distance from front edge of disc ; the teeth small, sharp, and similar m both jaws; inner nasal valves confluent into a quadrangular flap, wider than long. The height of the first dorsal fin, measured from its origin to the tip, is exactly one-half more than the height of the second dorsal. The hinder edge of the first dorsal extends somewhat beyond that of the ventrals. In the male but a small portion of the ventrals are free from the claspers. Caudal large, truncate, its depth nearly one- half greater than its length. The vertebree occupy a median position, and do not extend to the margin; the peduncle is wider than deep, and a prominent keel extends along its posterior portion. Colour dark bluish-slate above, white beneath, without markings. Length of specimen, 520 mm. Knowing the tendency of the disc to assume and retain unnatural shape under the action of preservatives, I was careful to allow specimens to die in a vessel of ample dimensions, and several so treated present almost identical relative proportions. The specimens entirely agree with the short description of Torpedo /airchildi supplied by Hutton, and after consideration of all features I incline to the opinion that 7. fusca is not distinct. The form of the dorsal fin varies considerably in different examples. In some speci- mens the fin has a well-marked posterior angle projecting far beyond the hinder insertion of the fin, a feature common to many selachians ; in other examples the fin is leaf-like, as figured by Parker. Apart from this, however, the phrase “ first dorsals over the ventrals, with the posterior edges of both in a line ” (7. farrchildi) is not antagonistic to the description of 7’. fusca: “ The posterior end of the base of the pelvic fin is nearly opposite the middle of that of the first dorsal.” In fact, both statements are quite applicable to our specimens. The next feature referred to by Parker is the relative size of the two dorsals. In 7. fusca the “ length of the first dorsal fin is to that of the second 145 as 13 is to 8.” In TZ. fairchildi it is “‘ about one and a half times the size of the second,” or as 12 is to 8. The descriptions may be regarded as identical in this respect. As before indicated, too much reliance cannot be placed on the form of the disc, though the respective figures show great differences in this respect. My specimens are intermediate. The anterior emargi- nations in the disc referred to by Parker may be traced in my examples, also those figured by Hutton; but in neither case are they so pro- nounced as illustrated. One example was trawled off Otago Heads in deep water (55-102 fathoms). The species was rather freely taken northward of Banks Peninsula, at a minimum depth of 18 fathoms ; again in Cook Strait, in Poverty Bay, and finally in the Bay of Plenty. The “ Doto” obtained “* Torpedo fairchildi”” in the Hauraki Gulf. In my lst of the Fishes of New Zealand* I used Narcacion Wal- baum, 1792, as the name of the genus. In acknowledging a copy of the paper Mr. C. Tate Regan wrote, “ If you reject Narcacion (as I intend doing), Torpedo 1s the correct name, as Gill’s application of that name to Malapterurus is based on a misreading.” In respect to this subject Dr. Jordan wrote, “‘ As to Gill’s use of Torpedo, Gill does not often make mistakes in matters of this kind. The only point against it, if I read Forskal’s Latin aright, is that he uses only the oblique case, ‘ Torpedine,’ instead of ‘ Torpedo.’ ” Gull’s papers on the subject are as follows: Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xvii, 1896, p. 162; and xxvi, 1903, p. 697. In the former paper the following passage occurs: “If the propriety of the retention of the name Torpedo in place of Malapterurus is conceded [and this is, of course, the crux of the discussion], it necessarily follows that an- other name must be used for the genus of electric rays. Narcacion is the oldest term, having been given by Klein in 1842 but, having been given before the establishment of the binomial system of nomenclature, is now considered ineligible. The next in order of proposition is Narcobatus, introduced by De Blainville in 1816, and this should accordingly be adopted.” The use of Klein’s names by Walbaum, in 1792, has not generally been recognised ; Narcacion for the electric rays is one of these, and, as it antedates Blainville’s Narcobatus, I consider that it should, apart from discussion of Malapterurus, be used to designate the genus. The question of Walbaum’s names is one which might well be considered by the international Zoological Congress} and an authoritative de- cision would be not only approved, but welcomed by all concerned. The following quotation from an article by Dr. Jordan7j is, though non-committal, suggestive :— “ Klemm (about 1744) defined a large number of genera of fishes. In a post-Linnean compilation of Walbaum (° Artedi Piscium,’ 1792). * Waite, antea, p. 8. + Jordan, Science, xxii, 1905, p. 491. 146 the diagnoses of all these pre-Linnzean genera are reprinted, although without formal adoption, into the binomial system. These genera are mononomially defined, at a later date than 1758, and there is no doubt as to the species intended to be included in them. If these names had been original with Walbaum, they would be accepted without question. What is their status as reprints in a compilation ? ” TYPHLONARKE, gen. nov. Dise subcircular, its outline broken only by a notch under the tail. Eyes not discernible. Spiracles with entire edges. Tail short, with a slight lateral fold. Dorsal fin single. Anterior portion of ventrals modified for walking ; posterior portion coalesced with the pectorals to form the hinder margin of the disc. Teeth confined to anterior portion of jaws, pavement-like, the hinder series with sharp cusps. Body naked. This genus differs from Narke in the form of the disc, in the coalescence of the disc with the ventrals, in the absence of functional eyes, and in the shortness of the tail. Benthobatis moresbyi Alcock,* a blind electric ray, was taken off the coast of Travancore (Southern India), at a depth of 430 fathoms. It is interesting to note that Typhlonarke aysoni, also blind, inhabits comparatively shallow water. Typhlonarke aysoni Hamilton. Buinp NuMBFISH. Plate XVIII. Astrape aysont Hamilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxiv, 1902, p. 224, pls. x—xu. Stations 2-5, 7, 8, 17, 18. Disc almost circular, the continuity of its margim being broken only by a slight notch under the tail. The position of the eyes is indicated by a minute white spot a little distance in front of each spiracle ; beneath the skin an optic nerve may be traced, but I fail to find any other sign of an eye. The spiracles are well developed, the space between them being one-third their distance from the front of the disc. Mouth narrow, protractile, in a fold of skin; lips ex- tremely fleshy, the upper one divided in the mid-line by an apparent space ; the lower lip is very deep, but the sides of the median fissure are close together, and each forms a ridge where they approximate. The nostrils are close together, and are covered by & common sub- quadrangular valve. Gull-slits in subparallel series. The teeth form a small pavement-like plate confined to the front of each jaw; the posterior angle of each tooth is produced, slightly on the anterior series, and increasingly so backwards until in the hinder teeth a sharp 147 The ventral fins are peculiarly modified. They have a very forward position, the distance from the front margin of the disc to their anterior insertion, in relation to that between the latter point and the hinder edge of the disc, being as 3 is to 2. They are widely separated, the space between their anterior bases being more than that between the series of gill-slits. They are normally directed almost at right angles, horizontally, to the axis of the body, and their front margins and their rounded extremities are covered with thick skin; they are attached posteriorly far within the margin of the disc, to which they are so completely coalesced that a slight notch on the hinder edge of the disc is the only external evidence of their position and extent. The horizontal length of each fin is equal to their distance apart. The claspers of the male are small; they do not reach the hinder edge of the disc, and they are free from it for about half their exposed length. The single dorsal fin arises anterior to the hinder edge of the disc ; its length is one-fifth greater than its base, the latter being equal to the space between the outer margins of the spiracles. The tail is short, its length being 2°3 in the total; the caudal is rounded, its depth 1°3 in its length, or about the length of the snout; the ver- tebree directed as in Narcacion, before described. Under the dorsal fin the tail is depressed, but the free portion of the peduncle is com- pressed. A trace of lateral fold. Colours.—Cofiee-brown above, pale brown beneath, darker round the margin of the disc ; the mouth-parts and the margins of the ven- trals yellow. Total length, 375 mm. ; length of disc, 260 mm. Of two examples originally obtained in 1900, one was taken in Foveaux Strait and the other off Otago Heads. These situations furnish the limits between which we trawled the species, the depths being 36-102 fathoms, and the bottom sandy. Specimens were not obtained larger than that described, at which size they were fully adult and mature. Many of the females contained young, eleven being the largest number obtained from an individual, there being six in one oviduct and five in the other. At birth, when the yolk-sac is fully absorbed, they are of relatively large size, being 93 mm. in length, or one-fourth that of the parent (fig. 2). Examples at a length of 78 mm. still exhibit external gill-filaments. At 50mm. the disc is continuous round the snout. In specimens of 40mm. the pectorals are quite free, the gill-slits and spiracles are laterally placed, and the ventrals are not joined to the pectorals (fig. 3). As the embryo grows from the elongate shark-like stage, and the disc is formed, it increases in relative width; but at birth (fig. 2) it has not quite assumed the circular shape eventually attained. It may be noted that Narke, Kaup, 1826, should be used instead of Astape, Muller and Henle, 1837, as pointed out by Gill.* * Gill, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xviii, 1896, p. 163. 148 Family RAJIDA. Rasa, Linneeus, 1758. Raja nasuta Miiller and Henle. SKATE. Plate XIX and XXI, fig. 2. Raja nasuta Miller and Henle, Plagiostomen, 1838, p. 150. Stations 1-3, 5, 7-10, 13-16, 18-23, 25, 28-35, 39-44, 46-52, 54, 57, 63, 65, 70-74, 76-78, 81, 86-89, 91, 94-96. Snout, from tip to anterior margin of orbit, 3°37 in the length of the disc ; head, 2°52 in the same. Interorbital space 3-7, width of mouth 2-0, in the length of snout. Breadth of disc one-sixth greater than its length, its anterior margin undulated ; snout moderately produced, pointed; exposed portion of eye half the interorbital (cartilaginous) space, a fimbriated membrane over the upper part of the pupil. Spiracle close behind the eye. Mouth small, undulated, the gape a little further from the tip of the snout than is the eye. Internasal space equal to the width of the mouth. Teeth in thirty-six rows, with long sharp points in the male (in the female the front rows are tuberculate, the hinder ones spinous). Upper lip not free in the middle; nostrils not confluent with the mouth ; quadrangular flap frmged at the hinder corners. Gill-slits small ; if continued posteriorly the two series would meet in an acute angle. The skin generally is smooth, but roughened patches occur at the tip of the snout, above the rostral cartilage and at the middle of the anterior margin of the disc; the upper surface of the tail is also rough. The supraorbital ridge bears three to five spines; one to two occur in the mid-line of the back some distance behind the eyes, and a median row on the tail, one spine being placed between the dorsal fins. The anterior half of the front margin of the disc below, and beneath the snout and rostral cartilage, are roughened. The two dorsal fins are subequal, and are separated only by the spine ; second dorsal and caudal joined. Angle of the pectoral slightly obtuse. A well-marked fold along each side of the tail. Colour.—Brownish olive above, with white spots, disposed around dark-grey markings. The largest of the latter is oval in shape, as long as the space between the outer margins of the eyes, and lies mid- way between the mid-line and the angle of the pectoral on each side. Another, much smaller, is placed in front and one behind. Still smaller markings occur round the margin of the disc, and dark-grey spots are elsewhere disposed—a double series forms bands along the back and tail. Snout and margin of dise reddish; under-surface yellow, clouded with grey about the snout and mouth; the posterior margin of the disc is grey, and there is also a broad band well within 149 this; the mid-line of the tail beneath is also clouded. The orifices of numerous pores are black, forming dots. ’ A colour variety of this species was taken at Station 89. It is bright olive-green above, with brownish-grey markings in the form of subcircular spots about the size of the eye. They are of fairly uniform dimensions, and there is no trace of white spots, nor of the large oval markings characteristic of the normal form. This variety is illustrated on the accompanying plate, and, though the dark spots are not only conspicuous but striking, they have appa- rently the same actinic value as the ground; they consequently do not appear on the negative, an ordinary plate uncorrected for colour- values. Length of specimen described, a young male, 500 mm. I measured. examples up to 1,670mm. Embryos, in two stages, are illustrated on Plate XIX, figs. 2 and 3. Mr. H. Nielson, engineer of the Government steamer “ Hinemoa,” has kindly given me a photograph of a female skate which measured 74 ft. in length (2,530 mm.). It was taken in Anita Bay, Milford Sound, and two eggs enclosed in their cases were removed from the body. Crayfishes were found in the stomach. The armature of the adult differs from the young, as usual with members of the genus. A stuffed specimen in the Museum obtained at the Chatham Islands presents the following dermal characters : The roughened areas in the young become distinctly spinous, and are somewhat extended. A broad spine- bearing band extends from the snout to the tail. The median and posterior part of each pectoral is smooth. Four rows of large inwardly directed spikes occur within the angle of each pectoral. The tail, in addition to the median row of spikes, bears a row on each side also. At Station 22 an example was obtained minus the snout. The tissues had so overgrown the parts left by what was probably an accident that, apart from the pecularity, there was no suggestion of abnormality. Eggs were taken at Stations 7, 15, 16, 18, 22, 26, 29, 31, 32, 48, and 50, in the South Island, and at 70, Chatham Islands, but a single one only was trawled off the North Island (at Station 84), though skates were freely obtained. The egg-cases are of the usual quadrangular shape, with a pair of long “ horns” in front, and a shorter, thicker pair behind. One side of the case is convex, while the other is concave ; the lateral edges are quite thin, but are bent over towards the concave side, which, naturally, becomes the lower surface when the case is placed on the ground. (Plate XXI fig. 2). In the egg-case of Cephaloscyllium the spiracule are, as already ‘described, longitudinal slits. In that of Raja nasuta the orifices are at the extremities of two tubes running on the inner edge of the anterior “horns,” and opening at about the middle of their length. The 150 hinder “horns” are bent inwards, and the openings of the posterior tubes appear to be at or near their extremities. The egg-cases vary considerably in size and proportion. The following table shows the dimensions of some examples, the “ om * being measured irrespective of the “ horns.” ae (.) | (c.) | (d.) | (e.) | (Ff) | (g-) | (A) | | | { | | | mm. | mm. | mm. | mm. | mm. | mm. | mm. |mm. Length sbi sas 249 | 44g 3c) 13Bi/ 9129 194 | LIB) OF Breadth .. -. | 66) 86.) 80>) Tao 7810. 74 | ebane eee \ \ | | The mean dimensions of twenty-nine examples are—length, 132°5 ; breadth, 77°6 mm. The skate is common along the whole of the east coast, and was also taken at the Chatham Islands. It occurred at all depths between the extremes of 9 and 105 fathoms. ARHYNCHOBATIS, gen. noy. No cartilaginous rostral prolongation of the cranium. The pectorals continuous in front, but modified to form a small nasal tip. Ventrals distinct from pectorals, and deeply notched. Tail long, depressed, with well-developed caudal fin, and a fold on each side. A single dorsal fin, near extremity of tail. Each nostril with two valves, the anterior tube-like, the posterior triangular, the latter pair joined medially. This genus appears to be allied to Psammobatis, Giinther,* the absence of a cartilaginous rostral, and the character of the nasal valves, pointing to such connection. It differs in having a distinct caudal and but one dorsal fin. If, as suggested, the genus is associated with Psammobatis, it forms another link in the chain connecting the faunas of New Zealand and South America. Arhynchobatis asperrimus, sp. nov. LONG-TAILED SKATE. Plate XX. Station 89. Preorbital length (or snout) 4°27, length of head 3-08, in that of the disc. Interorbital space slightly concave, 3-3, and w idth of mouth 1-3, in the length of the snout. The breadth of the disc is one- -eighth greater than its length, its anterior angle is very obtuse, and the tip of the snout just breaks the “Gamther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., viii, 1870, p- 470. 151 margin. The eye is 1-4 in the interorbital space. Spiracle close be- hind the eye, the posterior edge of the valve pilose. Mouth moderate, but slightly undulated ; internasal space less than the width of the mouth. Teeth small, without cusps. Nasal flap triangular, but so deeply notched in the middle that two triangles are formed, each slightly fimbriated at the apex. Gill-slits moderate, convergent posteriorly. The skin above 1s everywhere covered with closely set spines ; thorns are developed in the area between the eyes and spiracles, the posterior ones being largest. A transverse patch of large thorns exists on the humeral region, whence a median row runs forward for a short dis- tance. The tail carries a row of strong conical thorns in the mid- line, and several irregular series of smaller ones on each side; these extend forward into the pelvic region. No spine between dorsal and caudal. The whole of the body and tail below smooth and with- out pores. The ventrals are quite distinct from the pectorals, and extend posterior to them; they are deeply notched behind, each being sepa- rately attached to the lower side of the tail. The distance of the vent from the hinder edge of the ventrals is one-fourth that between this point and the mouth. The tail is long, its length posterior to the disc being exactly half the total length; there is a well-developed fold of skin along each side, and the caudal is relatively large, its length above being twice the interorbital space. The dorsal lies near the caudal, but is removed from it by a space nearly equal to its own base. Colour.—The colour above is uniform pale purplish-grey, and below deep yellow. Length of female described, 640 mm. The only specimen taken was trawled in the Bay of Plenty, at a depth of 66-94 fathoms. Family DASYBATID. DasyBatus, Walbaum, 1792. Dasybatus brevicaudatus Hutton. STING-RAY. Plate XXII. Trygon thalassia Hutton, Cat. Fish. N.Z., 1872, p. 85 (not Columna). Trygon brevicaudata Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvi, 1875, p- 317; and Trans. N.Z. Inst., viii, 1876, p. 216. Dasybatis brevicaudatus Hutton, Index Faunz N.Z., 1904, p. 53. Stations 85, 93, 94. An example preserved for future study was unfortunately lost overboard during heavy weather; I therefore had to fall back upon 152 one in which nearly the whole of the tail had been lost. Though im- perfect, some details not previously published may be gleaned from an examination of the specimen—a female. Disc broader than long, widest at the first third of its length, anterior edge very obtuse, tip of snout scarcely indicated. Body entirely smooth. Nostrils very large, widely separated, the width of the nasal fold nearly thrice its depth; lower lip papillose. Three processes behind the lower teeth, the median one being advanced. Two membranous flaps behind the upper teeth, extending along their entire width, the anterior one fimbriate, the other fleshy. Each tooth with a shallow transverse groove; there are twenty- five series in each jaw, arranged quincuncially. Colour.—Slaty-grey above, front margin of disc narrowly bordered with white and a dark zone within. An irregular series of white spots along each side, between the mid-line and the margin§, in the thoracic region, and two white spots on each side in the lumbar region. White beneath, the area near the margins of the disc mottled with pink; minute black spots in the space between the mouth and gill- openings. Length of disc, 800 mm. ; width, 780 mm. The type of the species, also a female, is described as being smooth with a small oval tubercle in the centre of the back. There is no cutaneous expansion above the tail, a feature characteristic of the subgenus Hemitrygon. Of the three examples obtained, one was taken off Table Cape, north of Hawke Bay, in 42 fathoms; the other two in the Bay of Plenty, in 34-55 fathoms. The stomachs contained crustaceans which Dr. Chilton has identified as Lysvosquilla. My uiopatis, Duméril, 1817. Myliobatis tenuicaudatus Hector. HAGLE-RAY. Plate XXIII. Myliobatis tenwicaudatus Hector, Trans. N.Z. Inst., ix, 1877, p. 468, pl ax. Aetobatus tenuicaudatus Gill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., vi, 1893, p. 1. Stations 86, 87, 91, 92, 94,.95, 96. Body smooth. Width of disc more than one and a half times its length, posterior angles acutely pointed. Eye 6°3, and interorbital space 1°3, in the length of the head. Spiracle twice the diameter of the eye. Nostrils close together, separated by a thick columnar frenum ; nasal fold long and rectangular, its hinder border concave and papillose, widest at its free margin, where it is twice its length. Teeth in pavement-like 153 plates, the upper ones flat, the lower curved, all yellow in colour. Both plates are formed of two series, a median broad row and two lateral ones, the latter composed of rows of subcircular plates, three in width, and together about half the width of the median series ; they do not extend to the front of the mouth. The upper median series are eleven in number, and the lower series seven. Dorsal fin small, its base one-sixth less than the spiracle. It is situated on the tail, its middle being over the hinder edge of the ventrals. Two serrated spines on the tail behind the fin. Tail a little shorter than the disc. Colour.—Y ellowish olive above, with blue transverse bars on the head and across the disc ; lower surfaces white ; tail black. Total length, mclusive of tail, 775 mm. Length of disc, 407 mm. ; width, 661mm. The specimen described is a male—and, though a dozen or more individuals were netted, only one female was obtained. No examples were taken southward of Hawke Bay, and, indeed, specimens were obtained only off Poverty Bay and in the Bay of Plenty, the depths ranging from 16 to 57 fathoms, with sandy or muddy bottom. Remains of molluscs were generally found in the stomach. The generally accepted idea that the pectoral fins are interrupted, and reappear as cephalic fins in front of the snout, is recently stated by Mr. Regan to be incorrect. He says that the pectoral fins in Mylio- batis and allied genera are continuous, but are very muscular, and have the anterior edge emarginate.* HOLOCEPHALI. Family CHIMHRID. CALLORHYNCHUS, Cuvier, 1817. Callorhynchus callorynchus Linnzeus. ELEPHANT-FISH. Plate XVI, fig. 2 Chimera callorynchus Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., ed. x, 1758, p. 236. Stations 2, 3, 8-18, 20-23, 27-29, 32-36, 39-48, 51-54, 57, 59-62, 72-TA, Length of head, 4-2; height of body, 5-0 in the length, measured to the binge of the catidal: lobe, and exclusive of the acd appendage ; the length of the latter is more than twice, and the retrorse foliate extremity is thrice, the diameter of the eye; the width of its distal half is more than an eye-diameter, and its termination is rounded and slightly notched. The eye is situated in the middle length of the head, and is contained 6:3 times therein. The dorsal fin arises above * Regan, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1906, p. 757. 154 the isthmus, and its base, which can be received into a groove, is two-thirds that of the second ; a low fold of skin runs from the first fin to within two eye-diameters of the second; the length of the spine is one-eighth longer than the head ; it is acute and serrated in front, but flat or slightly concave behind, each posterior edge having in its upper half a series of retrose serrations ; the rays are set on a high base, and the posterior ones are fairly distinct : the second fin is one- fourth lower than the first, and, following the high anterior lobe, falls gradually, terminating in advance of the anal: the length of the pec- toral, exclusive of its base, is one - fourth that of the head, and it extends almost to the second dorsal; the ventral is inserted wholly in advance of that fin, and its length is 1-5 in the head; the anal lies directly in advance of the caudal lobe, and is long and narrow, its width one-third its length, which is 1-8 in the head; the caudal is deeply rayed below anteriorly, and the rays are continued to the end of the filament ; there is a slight ray on the upper portion also; the upper insertion of the caudal is above the middle of the anal fin; the lateral line, postertor to the head, runs a direct though wavy course to above the caudal lobe, where it dips suddenly to the lower margin, thence to the end of the fin. Teeth—It would appear that the teeth undergo some change during the life of the animal, but I am not at present in a position to discuss the matter at length. The following references are to Gar- man’s figures*of the teeth of Chimeroids.* Young specimens exhibit teeth like C. smythw (vi, 1, 2), the vomerines forming a transverse cutting-edge; the palatines bear two pairs of ridges, of which the inner pair is the longer ; there are two ridges on the mandibular plate, which operate between those of the palatines. In older specimens the palatine ridges are less pronounced, and the mandibular ridges disappear, the plate being flattened and incised anteriorly; these resemble C. callorynchus (vii, 7, 8), though the vomerine teeth still present the acute aspect ; the jaws of an evidently very large specimen in the collection appear more like C. tritoris (vi, 9), the vomerine teeth have not a transverse aspect, while there is no trace of palatine or mandibular ridges, and the latter are rounded and have the front margin entire, as in the figure. Colour.—Greenish yellow with black markings disposed in three longitudinal series along each side, one along the back, another follow- ing the course of the lateral line, and a third below it, terminating at the ventral; in some examples the lines are complete, in others they are broken up into blotches, and may be almost absent ; the markings on the fins vary greatly also. Bashford Dean has supplied a list of existing Chimeroids,t but the uncertainty there expressed shows that much yet requires to be * Garman, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., xli, 1904, p. 245, pl. vi, vii. + Dean, Carnegie Inst. Wash. Pub. 32, 1906, pp. 6, 7. 155 done before our knowledge of the species and relationship of the Order is satisfactory. The elephant-fish was taken generally along the whole of the east coast of the South Island, but was not obtained to the northward of Cook Strait, nor did it occur at the Chatham Islands. In depth it ranged from 9 to 102 fathoms. The egg was obtained once only, an empty case being trawled at Station 31, in 21-24 fathoms, on a sandy bottom. The empty egg-cases are quite familiar objects to visitors to New Brighton, a marine suburb of Christchurch, for at certain seasons they are cast on to the beach in hundreds. It is extremely rare to find an embryo, though occasionally a living egg is thrown up among the spent cases. The stomachs of the elephant-fishes examined, yielded examples of pipefishes, molluscs, and crustaceans. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. Pram xaile Eptatretus cirrhatus Forster. Fig. 1. Adult, one-fourth natural size, exhibiting bite-scars on hinder half of body. Fig. 2. Head, with tongue everted showing lingual teeth; slightly enlarged. Fig. 3. Portion of body showing bite-scar ; slightly enlarged. PuaTE XIV. Fig. 1. Cephaloscyllium laticeps Duméril. Female; one-sixth natural size. Fig. 2. Mustelus antarcticus Giinther. Female; three-eighths natural size. Prat XV. Galeus australis Macleay. Thirty-four young, removed from the body of one female; one-fifth natural size. Pirate XVI. ig. 1. Squalus fernandinus Molina. Male; one-fourth natural size. ig. 2. Callorhynchus callorynchus Linneus. Female; one-fifth natural size. me iQ 0a PLATE XVII. Nareacion fairchildi Hutton. Male; about one-fourth natural size. ‘ Typhlonarke aysoni Hapiilean: ee ; 1. Adult male; three-eighths natural size. t p 1 : 2. Embryo, showing line of junction between the pecan ana the ° natural size. eae size. PuaTEe XIX. Raja nasuta Miller and Henle (variety). Bs Young male; nearly one-third natural size. ean Rae . Embryo, showing rounded snout and long tail; natural size. pic 3 - Younger embryo, in which the tail is still longer relatively, and the peas es torals are free from the head; natural size, re? mae PLATE XX. ae a Phat _ Arhynchobatis asperrimus Waite. Female; less than one-fourth natural + size. rs Prare XXI. 1. Egg-case of Cephaloscyllium laticeps Dumeril. (Note: A tendril at each end is represented as broken.) ey 2. Egg-case of Raja nasuta Miller and Henle. Both seven-ninths natural size. Prath XXII. ey Dasybatus brevicaudatus Hutton. (Note: The tail is imperfect.) mt 1. Upper surface. 2. Lower surface. Both one-eleventh natural size. Prats X Xu, ; Myliobatis tenuicaudatus Hector. Male; less than one-fourth natural size. gee ‘ - y hog «he Rh eee eo /08—13330 JOHN Mackay, Government Printer, Wellington.—1909. Pay AT Ey oxen Exp. | TRAWL. “3 Res. Sct. Hiilsen, photo. [R. Pratt XIV- Sct. Res. TRawt. Exe.] (R. Hiilsen, photo. Scr. Res. TRAwt. Exp. ] [W. J. Sparkes, photo. PrATE XViae TRAWL. Exp.] Scr. Res. Hiilsen, photo. [R. IPTATE, XOVlE Scr. Res. TRawt. Expe.] [W. J. Sparkes, photo. Scr. Res. TRawz. Exp.] Prate XVIII. [Edgar R. Waite, photo- Scr. Res. TrRaw.. Exp.] Prats XIX. [Edgar R. Waite, photo PLATE XX. Scr. Res. Trawz. Exp.] [W. J. Sparkes, photo. PLAT Xow (Edgar R. Waite, del. Scr. Res. TrRAwt. Exe. ] Prats XXII. [W. J. Sparkes, photo. Prare XXIII. Scr. Res. Trawt. Exp.] [W. J. Sparkes, photo. ‘a CANTERBURY CoLLece epee of New Zealand). ie OF THE ‘Vol. 1... No. 3. "Published ti Order of the Board of Governors. ’ EDGAR R. bed ple F.L.S., Curator. : CHRISTCHURCH, NEW ZEALAND. 24th June, 1911. ‘WHITCOMBE & TOMBS LIMITED, Cashel Street. CONTENTS Scientific Results of the New Zealand Government Trawling Expedition, 1907 ‘ PAGE PiscEs, Part IT., | Edgar R. Wait 157 Outcome or THE Exprprron JP o8™ ae Mouuusca, Part Il.—Henry Suter... ae oh ae Onustisrs——Charles Chilkan “cel sath 0 oe ee Plates XXIYV.-LVIIT. and text figures. PL SCE By Epvaar R. Warts, F.LS. PART Th Plates XXIV.—LVII. and figs. 1-3.* This, the second and concluding portion, is devoted to the teleostean fishes, the new genera and species, with few exceptions, and known forms not hitherto recognised from New Zealand, having been briefly recorded elsewhere!. They may be summarised thus :— NEW GENERA. Maccullochia for Histiopterus labiosus Giinther. Rexea for R. furcifera sp. nov. and others. Pelotretis for P. flavilatus, sp. nov. NEW SPECIES, erc. Centriscops humerosus Rich. var. obliquus. Syngnathus norae. Coelorhynchus aspercephalus. Cepola aotea. Pseudolabrus pittensis. Rexea furcifera. Rhombosolea millari. Ammotretis nudipinnis. Pelotretis flavilatus. Hemerocoetes microps. Other additions to the fauna are :— Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis Gimther. Macrorhamphosus scolopax Linneeus. Zanclistius elevatus Ramsay and Ogilby. Pterygotrigla picta Gunther. Gnathagnus innotabilis Waite. (1) Waite Proc. N.Z. Inst. 1910 pp. 25, 26, and 1911 pp. 49—51. *For explanation of plates see p. 270 158 WAITE Though many of the species dealt with have previously been illustrated by outline figures, these cannot be regarded as satisfactory, and the opportunity has been embraced of refiguring a number of them. Further, an attempt-has-been made to supply an oft expressed deficiency in the matter of descriptions, many of the earlier ones in especial, being scarcely recognisable, and in order to facilitate the identification of species, consultative keys have in places been supplied at the request of persons more or less interested in our fishes. Such aids are more properly regarded as appertaining to a manual or hand-book but no such work is yet available. Finally, at the request of Mr. L. F. Ayson, Chief Inspector of Fisheries for the Dominion, and officer in charge of the trawling expedition, I have dealt somewhat fully with the Pleuronectidae. The flat fishes have never been adequately examined, and as a preliminary effort I have given some atten- tion to the subject. I believe that as a result, their recognition will be much simpler than heretofore. ISOSPONDYLI. Family CLUPEIDA. a. Body feebly compressed, belly rounded, ventral scutes weak, vertebree 50 to 56 a .. Clupea, aa. Body strongly compressed, belly acute, ventral scutes strong, vertebre 40 to 44 .. Harengula. CLUPEA Linneus, 1758. CLUPEA NEOPILCHARDUS Steindachner. PILCHARD. Clupea neopilchardus Steindachner, Denk. K. Akad. Wiss. Male, 1879 40.12: Clupea sagax Arthur, T.N.Z.I. xv., 1883, p. 208, pl. xxxiv. Stations 78, 81 (167). B. vii.; D. 20; A. 19; P. 16; V. 8; C. 12 + 20; Se. 52; Se. tr. 11; Vert. 19 + 31 = 50. Leneth of head 3.6, height of body 4.9, length of caudal 8.9 in the length; diameter of eye 4.4, interorbital space 6.2, and length of snout 3.1 in the length of the head. Head compressed, flat above; adipose eyelid well developed, both before and behind; nostril on each side, single, placed a PISCES 159 little nearer the end of the snout than to the eye. Lower jaw slightly the longer, cleft of mouth oblique, the maxilla extends to beneath the first third of the eye; gill openings wide, gill- rakers thin, long and slender, ninety-four on the first arch, of which sixty-seven are on the lower limb. Body slightly compressed, belly rounded, abdominal scutes not much developed, nineteen in front and fourteen behind the origin of the ventral fin. T eeth.—None. Fins.—The origin of the dorsal is nearer to the end of the snout than to the base of the caudal, the longest rays are one- half the length of the head; the distance between the origin of the anal, and that of the dorsal is equal to the distance between the latter and the front margin of the eye; pectoral low, its length equal to the head less the snout; ventral placed posterior to the middle of the dorsal, its length equal to the distance between the end of the snout and the middle of the eye or 2.7 in the length of the head; caudal deeply cleft, the height of the peduncle one-half greater than the diameter of the eye. Colours.—Back dark-blue, sides silvery, details cannot be ascertained owing to the poor condition of the specimen. Length—179 mm. The Pilchard was not actually trawled during the period I was on the vessel, but was obtained from the stomachs of Macruronus novae-zelandiae. Mr. Anderton sent me _ three examples taken at Station 167, in Golden Bay, at the northern extremity of the South Island; the depth recorded is 16-17 fathoms but the fishes had evidently been ejected by some other fish as they are partially digested. If properly fished for, the pilchard should prove a most valuable source of food, for it is evidently common on both the Australian and New Zealand coasts. Hector? stated that it visits the east coast of Otago every year in February and March, and when the schools migrate they extend as far as the eye can reach, followed by a multitude of gulls, mutton birds, barracouta, and porpoises. So densely packed are they in some years, that by dipping a pitcher in the sea, it would contain half fish; so that if large boats and suitable nets were employed, thousands of tons could be caught. (2) Hector, Edible Fishes N.Z. 1872, p. 119. 160 WAITE HARENGULA Cuvier and Valenciennes. HARENGULA ANTIPODA Hector. SPRAT. Clupea sprattus, var. antipodum Hector, Cat. Fish. N.Z., 1872, p, 433. Arthur, T.N.Z.1. xvs 1883))p. 203, pit xacny., Tele Clupea antipoda Hutton, Index Faune N.Z., 1904, p. 51. Stations 6, 17, 33, 40, 41, 42, 45, 52, 53, 86, 87. B, vit D, 16; A..16; V. 8; P.15s:C, 20-— 12). Sc. 47 sc.teeae Vert. 22 + 22 = 44. Length of head 3.8, depth of body 3.27, length of caudal 7.5 in the length; diameter of eye 3.8, interorbital space 5.3, length of snout 3.25, mandible 1.9, pectoral 1.44 in the head. Head compressed, flattened above, eye a little deeper than long, mouth sub-vertical, the lower jaw projecting, mandible almost covered by the maxillary, which is strongly bowed, very broad, and extends to beneath the first third of the eye; gill openings large, the membranes not attached to the isthmus, gill- rakers long and slender, fifty-nine on the first arch, of which thirty-seven are on the lower limb. . The body is compressed but thick above, passing into the sharp belly, the dorsal profile is slightly convex, the ventral profile markedly so. Teeth.—Very weak, in the jaws, on the vomer, palatines and tongue. Fins.—The origin of the dorsal is situated a little nearer to the base of the caudal rays than to the end of the snout, the base of the fin is equal to the length of the pectoral; anal fin short, the distance of its origin from the caudal much less than the leneth of the head; pectorals low; ventrals small, nearly twice the diameter of the eye, and placed below the third or fourth dorsal ray, caudal deeply cleft, the depth of the peduncle is one-half greater than the diameter of the eye. Scales—Head naked, the body seales are thin and deciduous, each of the abdominal scutes produced into a sharp spine, twenty-two being in advance of the ventral fins, and twelve thence to the anal. Colours.—Back dark green, sides silvery, the dividing line being very marked and quite straight except near the caudal, the dark tint occupying the whole base of the caudal; fins colourless. Length.—120 mm. PISCES 161 This herring was taken along the whole of the coast line explored, though it is improbable that it was trawled from the bottom, the specimens being more likely entrapped as the net was hauled to the surface: hundreds were washed through the large meshes, all appearing to be dead, their delicate bodies being unable to withstand the pressure to which they were subjected ; most of the examples preserved were skimmed off the surface with a hand net. Mr. W. Arthur collected some very interesting information on the habits of the sprat, publishing it in the paper above noted. Captain J. Bollons of the Government steamer ‘‘Hinemoa’’ has sent me this species from Auckland Harbour. Family ARGENTINIDA. ARGENTINA Linneus, 1758. ARGENTINA ELONGATA Hutton. SILVERSIDE. Plate XXIV. Argentina elongata Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii., 1879 (Jan.), p. 53. Giimther, Chall. Rep. xxii., 1887, p. 218, pl. lv,. fig. B. Argentina decagon Clarke, T.N.Z.1. xi., 1879 (May), p. 296, pk xiv. Staone 16. 17, 19.20) 21 22) 23, 20,.2 fo, Sl. .83, Say 80, 69, 90: Ba vies Do tlAc I Vi lee Robs C20 45 12 Li. lator; L. tr. 4 + 5; Vert. 54. Length of head 3.64, height of body 6.37, length of caudal 4.93 in the total: diameter of eye 3.0, interorbital space 6.0 in the head. Head long, slightly deeper than wide, nearly flat above; the eye is very large, cutting the upper profile, and leaving less than half its vertical diameter below: the snout is pointed, one- sixth longer than the eye; the nostrils are close together, the anterior one being a large round pore, situated midway between the end of the snout and the eye: the mouth is small and sub- horizontal, the upper jaw is a little the longer, and the maxilla reaches slightly more than half way to the eye; gills four, a slit behind the fourth; gill rakers moderate, very slender, thirteen 6, 38, 50, 67, 74, 162 WAITE on the first arch, ten being on the lower limb, pseudobranchie feebly developed. Body elongate, slightly compressed, with three longitudinal ridges, especially well-marked posteriorly, one ridge above, and two below the lateral line; the width of the body is three-fourths its depth, it is flattened above and below anteriorly, less so behind. Teeth.—No teeth in the jaws, some minute teeth at the end of the vomer, and seven larger curved teeth on the tongue, near its tip. Fins.—The dorsal fin originates midway between the end of the snout and the hinder insertion of the adipose fin; the first ray is less than half the length of the second, which is the longest, and equals the length of the snout plus the eye, the length of the base equals the diameter of the eye, the extreme length of the adipose fin being the same; the latter is situated over the middle of the anal; the anal is lower than the rayed. dorsal; the pectoral is placed low, and is longer than the ventral, the latter originates beneath the penultimate ray of the dorsal; the caudal is forked, and has many short rays above and below, extending forward more than one-third its distance to the adipose fin; the peduncle is twice as long as deep, or one-third greater than the diameter of the eye. Scales—Head naked, the scales on the body are large and deciduous, those of the lateral line more adherent; these, as are also those of the three longitudinal ridges, notched in the centre. The lateral line dips slightly in front thence runs straight to the base of the caudal. Colours—The body is yellowish or silvery, with very pale- brown semi-cross bands, at least in the young, three before the dorsal, one at its base, three between this and the adipose fin, and one between the latter and the caudal: they do not extend below the lateral line. There is also a polished silvery band along the middle of the sides; eye blue with a silver patch above the pupil. Length.—184 mm., attains to 191 mm. The Silverside was generally obtained in all waters from Otago to the Bay of Plenty, also at the Chatham Islands and at depths between the extremes of 16 and 105 fathoms. A single example taken at Station 75 was voided by a Red Cod (Physiculus bachus). The respective descriptions of Hutton and Clarke apply to the same fish, and were published within four months of each other, the name A. elongata having priority. PISCES 163 Giinther considered A. decagon as a synonym of A. sphyraena Linneus, and regarded A. elongata as distinct. The type was a young example, and an examination of my series shows that in small specimens the head is relatively longer and the body less deep than in larger ones. Giinther appears to have had the type specimen, which is doubtless in the British Museum, but the respective descriptions of Hutton and Giinther vary somewhat, thus the former gives the depth of the body as 9 times in the length, the latter 8. The eye is rendered as 31% and 4 times in the length of the head respectively; I have specimens showing the former proportion. In neither the depth of the body nor the diameter of the eye, does Giinther’s figure quite agree with his description. Under these circumstances, and seeing that I have specimens from the type locality, I cannot but regard my examples as identical with this species. Clarke’s specimen was larger, and I have small hesitation in regarding mine as of the same species; though the relative position of the nostrils, as described, is different. As above mentioned, Giinther has identified this, apparently from the description only, with A. sphyraena. Our specimens have 54 vertebra, while the northern one is said to possess but 50. Giinther writes :—‘‘The three Atlantic species known are very similar to each other in their organisation, and, therefore, we may infer that they agree very much in their habits. They live at a considerable depth, but probably at some distance from the bottom, as they have never been captured by the dredge or trawl during any of the deep-sea expeditions.’’ Additional species, made known since this was written have been taken in the dredge, while all our numerous examples were captured in the trawl. Specimens taken at the northern stations were ready for spawning, the roe being small and colourless. APODES. Family ANGUILLIDA. CONGERMURAINA Kaup, 1856. CONGERMURAZNA HABENATA Richardson. LITTLE CONGER EEL. Congrus habenata Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1848, p. 109, pl. 1, figs. 1-5. Stations 7, 89. The only examples of this species were obtained from other fishes, and were either thrown up or removed from their 164 WAITE stomachs. At Station 7 specimens were voided by Lings (Genypterus blacodes) and at Station 89 the Dories (Zeus faber) furnished several examples, in addition to Cepola aotea and Myctophum humboldti. All are too much digested to be useful further than for identification and for ascertaining the number of vertebr, which I find to be 44 + 78 — 122. LEPTOCEPHALUS Scopoli, 1777. LEPTOCEPHALUS CONGER Linnzus. Concer EEL. Muraena conger Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x., 1758, p. 245. Stations 40, 51, 52, 72, 76, 77, 78, 80. The Conger Eel was taken at Stations between Timaru and Porangahau Bay, south of Hawke Bay, and at depths from 91% to 28 fathoms. Some of the examples reached a length of 2060 mm. (= 6ft. 9in.). The number of vertebre has been variously rendered within close limits, a count of one of the trawled specimens yields 54 + 102 = 156. INIOMI. Family SUDIDA. CHLOROPHTHALMUS Bonaparte, 1840. CHLOROPHTHALMUS NIGRIPINNIS Giinther. CUCUMBER FISH. Pilates Xoxive Chlorophthalmus mgripinnis Ginther, Ann, Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii., 1878, p. 182; and’ Chall. Rep. xx. 1887, pa loan pipe fig. A. Waite, Mem. Aust. Mus. iv., 1899, p. 54, fig. 4. Stations 88, 89. Bz vii.s D: V1; At 105 Vioo93.C. 19-2 Ae Ses bb aaa. oe Gi. te. b= 65, Vert. 47, Length of head 3.44, height of body 5.21, length of caudal 4.91 in the total: diameter of eye 2.63, interorbital space 10.0 in the head, and one-fourth the diameter of the eye. Head wider than deep, eye very large, cutting the upper profile, its cavity occupying the greater part of the head; inter- PISCES 165 orbital space concave, its edges forming low ridges; the snout is flat but pointed in profile, its length little more than half that of the eye; nostrils small, close together, slightly nearer the eye than the snout, the anterior with a flap behind; the mouth is moderate, slightly oblique and the lower jaw projects noticeably beyond the upper, the maxilla reaches nearly to beneath the middle of the eye, and its distal extremity is one-fifth greater than the interorbital space; gills four, a slit behind the fourth, pseudobranchiz present. Body sub-cireular in section, with a ridge from the occiput to the beginning of the dorsal fin which stands on a slight eminence, lower surface of body rather flat. Teeth—A broad band of villiform teeth in the jaws; they extend outward over the lips, a large patch of similar teeth on the vomer, subcontinuous with a narrow band on the palatines; the tongue is spatulate and truncate, and bears teeth on the front and sides. Fins.—The dorsal commenees a little nearer the snout than the adipose fin, the first ray is half the length of the second, which is the longest, and more than four-fifths the length of the head, or one-third the height of the body, the remaining rays regularly decrease in length, the adipose fin terminates evenly with the anal, the rays of which are but three-fourths the diameter of the eye in length; the pectoral is equal to the ventral in length 1.4 in the head and reaches below the hinder insertion of the dorsal; caudal deeply cleft, the upper lobe one-third longer than the lower, peduncle long, and, except quite posteriorly, as wide as deep. Scales.——Cheeks and upper part of opercle with scales smaller than those of the body, all cycloid and nearly smooth; the lateral line arises over the opercle and gradually attains the median line passing along the middle of the peduncle, minute scales along the ventral (which has an enlarged axillary), and caudal fins. Colours.—Green above and silvery below; head green with brilliant silvery opercles, edge of premaxillary blue, upper lip black, dorsal fin and caudal lobes tipped with black, the colouring on the lower lobe of the caudal broader than on the upper; inner rays of ventrals clouded. Length.—192 mm., attains to 210 mm. When we first obtained the fish I recognised it as of the same species taken so commonly off the coast of New South Wales in 1898, and it is an addition to our marine fauna. C. mgripinnis 166 WAITE was but twice taken during the ‘‘Nora Niven’’ expedition, though each haul was fairly rich in individuals. Our first two hauls, after rounding Cape Runaway. in the Bay of Plenty were practically continuous and produced this fish in depths ranging from 66 to 105 fathoms. Some characters of this species were discussed in my report of the Fishes of the ‘‘Thetis’’ Expedition (vide swpra) and need not be repeated here, the number of caudal rays there printed as 9 should have been 19. The word Chlorophthalmus, also, is misspelled. The only species ascribed to this genus previously taken in New Zealand is C. gracilis Giinther,? which however differs so greatly from typical forms as to be quite unmistakable, and which indeed I would regard as a separate genus ........ differing from Chlorophthalmus by its elongate body, smaller eye, long maxillary, and the forward position of the ventral fins.* Family MYCTOPHIDA. MYC'TOPHUM Rafinesque, 1810. MycroPHUM HUMBOLDT! Risso. LANTERN FSH. Plate XXVII., fig. 3. Gasteropelecus humboldti Risso, Ichth. Nice, 1810, p. 358. %Myctophum boops Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1845 p. 39, pl. xxvu.,, figs 13-15: Myctophum californiense Eigenmann, West Amer. Scient., 1889, p. 124. Station 89 (ex Zeus). B. yiil.: D. 12; Al 215°V. 8; Ps We Ce 19 <2 12 aoe L. tr. 3 + 4; Vert. 38. Length of head 3.38, height of body 4.58, length of caudal 3.88 in the total; diameter of eye 2.62, and interorbital space 10.5 in the length of the head. ; The head is compressed and obtuse, snout blunt, almost vertical in front, 2.7 in the eye, which is very large, and almost (3) Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ii. 1878, p. 182, pl. xlix. fig. A. *Since the foregoing was written Mr C. Tate Regan has proposed the name Bathysauropsis for a new genus of which Chlorophthalmus gracilis is the type species [Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (8) vii. 1911, p. 127.] PISCES 167 cuts the upper profile; preopercle nearly vertical, mouth slightly oblique, the jaws equal, the maxilla reaches to the angle of the preopercle: gills four, a slit behind the fourth, gill-rakers long and slender, twenty-three on the first arch, sixteen. of which are on the lower limb; pseudobranchie present. Teeth—tIn villiform bands in jaws, on palatines, pterygoids and vomer, also a double row on the tongue. Fins.—The dorsal commences midway between the anterior margin of the eye and the adipose fin, the first two rays are short but the third and fourth, which are subequal are as high as the body; the length of the base is equal to the distance between the end of the snout and the hinder edge of the eye; the anal lies wholly behind the dorsal, and its margin is incised, the rays falling from the first to the tenth, whence they are subequal, the length of the first ray is equal to the base of the dorsal, and the last is inserted beyond the adipose fin; the pectoral is long, but little shorter than the dorsal, and it extends to the middle of that fin; the ventral equals the base of the dorsal, and its first ray lies somewhat in advance of that of the dorsal; caudal deeply cleft, its peduncle strongly compressed and twice as deep as its length behind the adipose fin. Scales—Cyeloid, those of the lateral line slightly enlarged vertically. The upper mediolateral and the _ posterolateral photophores lie each in an auxillary scale in the lower part of the seventeenth and twenty-sixth or twenty-seventh scales of the lateral line, respectively. The photophores are placed as follows :— Anteorbital—tThe nostrils are situated in a small luminous area. Opercular.—Two, close together, the lower one just behind the extremity of the premaxilla. Pectoral—tThree, two of which lie close behind the opercular border, and are widely separated, the third is at the base of the lower pectoral rays. Anterolateral_—Two, the first above the anterior ventral ray, the second slightly nearer to it than the lower mediolateral, all three in the same horizontal line. Mediolateral——Two, forming a straight line with the fourth ventral photophore. Posterolateral—One, on the lateral line, and over the last pore of the anterior series of the anal, behind middle of anal, but in advance of the soft dorsal. 168 WAITE Thoracic—Four, the pore immediately in front of the ventral fin, and raised above the line of the thoracic pores, has been counted as an anterolateral. Ventral_—Four, the first immediately behind the ventral fin. Anal.—Fifteen, a break between the eighth and ninth; the anterior series is slightly convex above, the posterior one is straight. Caudal.—Two, close together, the hinder one slightly raised in position. Supercaudal (in all examples).—Small, occupying three seales. Length.—81 mm., largest 92 mm. The example obtained was ejected by a Dory, and was some- what digested. The Dory was one of many taken in the Bay of Plenty, at a depth of 66-94 fathoms. Several specimens of M. humboldti were thrown aboard the trawler during the night of August 13th, when we rode out a storm off Cape Palliser. I have associated the specimens obtained with M. humboldti with the published descriptions of which it well agrees. In suggesting the identity of M. boops with M. humboldti, Liitken+ added the Pacific to its habitat, but as I do not possess authenticated examples of either I am unable to write with more certainty than Liitken. My examples, however, agree much more nearly with the descriptions of M. humboldti than with that of Richardson, for in WV. boops the pectoral is described and figured as reaching to the anus, whereas in my examples, as with M. humboldti it attains but to the middle of the dorsal. According to Richardson his specimen possessed both occipital and mandibular photophores, neither series occurring in the examples before me. The usual break in the anal series is not referred to and the dorsal fin is represented as very low; lower than the anal, and not half the height of the body, while the margin of the anal is illustrated as being straight. In these particulars the description does not apply to the specimens trawled. It has been suggested that M. californiense is identical with M. humboldti. The only other species of the genus Myctophum, as restricted, recorded from New Zealand, is M. hectoris Giimther®, but the shortness of the pectoral fin, scarcely reaching the ventral, coupled with the fact that the scales of the lateral line are rather smaller than the others, places that species out of consideration. A description of its photophores would be useful. (4) Liitken, Spolia Atlantica, ii, 1892, p. 255. 4 (5) Gimther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii. 1876, p. 399. PISCES 169 SOLENICHTHYES. Family MACRORHAMPHOSID Ai. CENTRISCOPS Gill, 1862. CENTRISCOPS HUMEROSUS Richardson. BELLOWS FIsH. Centriscus hwmerosus Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1846, Waso Ol xxxiy., es. 5, '6, Centriscops humerosus Gill, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sei. Phil., 1862. Dp. : Stations 18, 22, 29, 37, 51. eave y vile bos A 19): Vd: oe ees G..9) =, 12. Length of head 2.0, height of body, at ventral fin 2.4, length of caudal 5.0 in the total; diameter of eye 5.5, length of snout 1.5, interorbital space 7.3 in the length of the head. Head strongly compressed, a slight keel runs along the upper edge of the snout between the eyes and merges into the acute edge of the body; a strong horizontal ridge passes from the base of the snout on each side over the eyes, and backwards to the upper angle of the opercle, thence downwards towards the base of the pectoral, a similar ridge passes below the nostrils to the front edge of the eye thence forming its lower border; the snout is directed slightly upwards, and is roughened along its entire leneth; the nostrils are placed in a smooth area a little in advance of the eye and between the ridges above mentioned. The body is excessively compressed and elevated, the anterior profile is very steep and there is a more or less prominent hump above the opercle, thence it runs straight to the first dorsal spine ; the descent to the caudal peduncle is much steeper; the lower profile forms the even segment of a circle, drawn from a point on the dorsal edge, midway between the hinder edge of the eye and the first ray of the soft dorsal; forward of the anal fin the edge is acute and knife-like, and has five scutes in advance of the ventral fin, the hinder ones terminating in a spine. A ridge runs on each side of the median one and opposite to the ventral fin becomes spine-bearing; there are two median plates between the ventral and anal, each with a cluster of jagged spines. Fins—The first spine of the dorsal is very short and claw- like, the long second spine is equal to the length of the snout less the diameter of the eye, it is triangular in section and multi-grooved, each posterior angle being set with ten long 170 WAITE upwardly directed spines, confined to the basal two-thirds of the spine; the points of the five following spines form a vertical line and the last is immediately followed by the soft dorsal, the fourth and fifth rays are the longest, and one half more than the eye; the base of the anal is longer, and it commences much, and terminates slightly, in advance of the dorsal; the upper rays of the pectoral are longest, measuring twice the diameter of the eye; the ventral is very short two-thirds an eye diameter; the caudal is truncate, twice the length of the eye and the depth of its peduncle is half the length of the fin. Scales—Head and body covered with minute rough scales, and, in addition to the ventral keels already mentioned, there are the usual bony strips towards the upper part of the sides anteriorly. Colours.—Base of snout and upper part of head and body orange, the other portions silvery ; white lines, directed upwards and backwards le in the neighbourhood of the upper bony strips and a thicker one runs a wavy course from behind the eye and joins the fifth line of the series referred to; a dark oblique broad band passes across the lower half of the body from under the pectoral rays to a space between the ventral and the anal, and is followed by a similar white band directed towards the anal rays; the fins are colourless. Length.—153 mm. The specimens obtained agree generally with Richardson’s figure, but the snout is not so thick and is longer, the eye is much larger, and is nearer the profile, the back is straight and not saddled, the caudal is longer and the belly is less convex; the hinder profiles are not so steep, and the bony scutes have not the stellate form shown, the last difference may be due to the fact that the type was a dried specimen, and some of the other differences may be due to age. Centriscops was taken on five occasions, somewhat remarkably only at southern stations, having been secured in the waters between Otago and Lyttelton Harbours, and at depths between 18 and 53 fathoms. CENTRISCOPS HUMEROSUS, OBLIQUUS var. nov. Plate X XVI. There is an example in the Dominion Museum of which the Director, Mr. A. Hamilton, has kindly given PISCES hyip: me a_ photograph: it is possibly an _ older’ specimen than the type, has a shorter spine, and is much more gibbous; with these exceptions and the larger eye and colouration, it more nearly agrees with the figure. It is marked with five oblique black bands on each side, the first passing between the eye and the pectoral, and the fifth running nearly parallel to the hinder profile and embracing the greater part of the caudal peduncle, the stellate form of the scutes can also be seen. MACRORHAMPHOSUS Lacépéde, 1803. MACRORHAMPHOSUS SCOLOPAX Linnzus. SNIPE FIsH. Balistes scolopax Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x., 1758, p. 329. Station 89. esiven Ds Vata bos V. 1, Seo. O.-9 +. 14, Leneth of head 2.0, height of body 3.3, length of caudal 6.5 in the total: diameter of eye 5.1. length of snotit 1.5, inter- orbital space 7.6 in the length of the head. Head compressed, but wider than the body, the supero-lateral ridges of the snout divide in front of each eye, one branch passing over the orbit and continued as a bony strip along the body, the other branch goes to the eye at its mid height; the nostrils are situated in the triangle thus formed but the area is as rough as other parts. The body is compressed and oblong, the upper profile forms three low angles, the first over the opercle, the next at the origin of the dorsal fin, and the third at the origin of the soft dorsal; the lower profile forms a low are; there are five ridged scutes on the lower profile in advance of the ventral fin, two pairs bordering the groove of the fin and two scutes behind it, all except the thoracic ones are slightly produced as spines. a bony strip formed of three parts lies on each side the thoracic scutes. Fins.—The dorsal arises midway between the front margin of the eye and the end of the caudal rays, the first spine is very short, the second is extremely long, equalling the height of. the body, and nearly the length of the snout, it is acute in front and flat behind, the hinder edges bear upwardly directed thorns which, 172 WAITE however, leave the terminal two-fifths of the spine smooth, the third spine is less than the diameter of the eye, the two following ones are still shorter; the soft dorsal is separated from the spinous portion by a sub-horizontal space equal to its base, the fourth ray is the longest, one-sixth greater than the eye: the base of the anal is twice that of the dorsal, but both fins terminate in the same vertical: the ventral is small, and is inserted midway between the front of the eye and the end of the anal, it is receivable into a groove: the upper rays of the pectoral are twice the diameter of the eye: the caudal is emarginate, its length is one-half longer than the eye, and the peduncle is very narrow, its depth being but one-half the eye. Scales—Head and body covered with small elongated rough scales which are spinous, and extend over the greater part of the eye, the bony strip mentioned as passing over the eye extends to midway between the pectoral and dorsal and is obliquely crossed by three other strips, the two last of which join another sub-horizontal strip, which passes to the base of the first dorsal spine. Colours—Upper parts red, lower parts silvery, all the fins pink in life. Length.—106 mm. This species which was but once taken, constitutes an addition to the known fauna of the Dominion, though examples were taken by the Challenger Expedition between Sydney and Wellington. It was obtained in the Bay of Plenty: of the number netted, seventeen examples were secured, mainly by means of a hand-net as they escaped*through the large meshes of the trawl, but scores were lost. The depth attained at Station 89 was 66-94 fathoms, the bottom being charted as sand, shell and mud. The New Zealand examples agree very closely with the descriptions of the Mediterranean and Atlantic M. scolopaz. Johnson® recorded the species from Tasmania, but the New South Wales specimens differ considerably, and have been distinguished under the name M. elevatus.’ (6) Johnston, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm. 1884, p. 255. (7) Waite, Mem. Aust. Mus. iv. 1899, p. 59, pl. vii. fig. 1. PISCES ie Family SYNGNATHIDA. SYNGNATHUS Linneus, 1758. SYNGNATHUS NORZ Waite. LONG-SNOUTED PIPEFISH. Plate XXVille atic. ale Syngnathus norae Waite, Proc. N.Z. Inst., 1910, p. 25. Stations 2, 3, 4, 12, 22, 30, 50. Dy 39: P. 13;°C. 8; Rimgs 18 - 49 == 67. Other specific characters and comparative details are shown on the accompanying table, the specimen examined being a female and marked ‘‘B’’. The head is low, being but half the depth of the body, the opercle is not crossed by a ridge, the snout is long, more than twice the post-orbital length of the head, the dorsal begins on the anterior of the two rings occupied by the vent, and its base is not elevated, the anal is minute. In the males the bodies are, as usual, not so high, nor is the dorsal edge ridged as in the females. Colours.—Green with brown cross bands, five semi-bands on the body, namely, one behind the head, three in advance of the dorsal, and one across the vent; the three middle bands, each of which occupies three rings, separated by two rings, have above the lateral ridge of the body a brown vertical mark on each of the contributing rings; there are eight complete bands across the tail; a brown line from the eye to the snout on each side. Length.—224 mm. Examples obtained at Station 3 were removed from the stomach of Callorhynchus. Polyprion also yielded specimens. This Pipefish appears to be a southern species, having been taken only between Stewart Island and Port Lyttelton, and at depths from 20 to 54 fathoms. It is, however, improbable that Pipefishes would have been secured at all by a trawl whose meshes measured several inches across, and I notice that the only stations at which they were obtained were those where I in- troduced either a small meshed net or a piece of sacking into the trawl. As with many other species, therefore, their distribution ean be ascertained only when a properly-equipped expedition is provided for the scientific investigation of our marine resources. I had provisionally associated the specimens with S. pelagicus, Linneus, examples identified as such, from New Zealand, being B 174 WAITE in the British Museum. The markings on the body appear to be very similar but the number of dorsal rays and body rings is much greater in S. norae, the respective numbers being :— S. pelagicus, Dorsal rays 29-32, Body rings 17 + 35 = 52 maximum. S. norae, Dorsal rays 37-40, Body rings 18 + 48 — 66 minimum. The nearest ally of the latter species appears to be S. semistriatus Kaup®, but the colour markings are different “‘Under the interrupted lateral line 19 cross stripes; above that line yellow spots with black borders.’’ In 8. norae the body bands are most pronounced on the upper half of the side. In Kaup’s species the snout, when measured from the fore angle of the eye, equals in length the distance thence to the base of the pectoral fin. In the New Zealand species the same measure extends to the end of the pectoral rays, or to the end of the second body ring, which more nearly approximates Giinther’s?. redescription of Kaup’s species under the name S. semifasciatus: the dorsal rays number 38 and the body rings 21 + 49 — 70. He supplies the habitat as South Australia and Tasmania. Ihave associated with this pretty species the name of Miss Nora Niven, after whom the trawler was named and from the owner of which I received many kindnesses while in Napier. SYNGNATHUS BLAINVILLIANUS Eydoux and Gervais. SHORT-SNOUTED PIPEFISH. Plate XV iL fie 2: Syngnathus blainvilianus Eydoux and Gervais, in Guerin, Mag. Zool. vii., 1837, pl. xvii. Leptonotus blainvilla Kaup, Cat. Lophob, Brit. Mus.,1856, p. 46. Station 2. D. 38; P. 12; C. 6; Rings 18 + 42 = 60. The snout is short, being equal to the post-orbital length of the head; no ridge on the operculum; the dorsal begins on the second ring in advance of the vent, and its base is not elevated. Additional details are given in the table on page 175, and the fuller account published in the report of the Sub-antarctic Expedition need not be repeated?!®, The single specimen secured is a young female, obtained with examples of S. norae off Stewart Island, in 37-41 fathoms. (8) Kaup, Cat. Lophobranchiate Fish, Brit. Mus. 1856, p. 48. (9) Giinther, Cat. Fish Brit. Mus., viii., 1870, p. 162. (10) Waite, Vertebrata, Subantarctic Islands, N.Z., 1909, p. 588. Total length in millimetres ... Head in total length ... Head in head and trunk Head and trunk in total Head and trunk in tail Height in head Snout in head Bye in head Egg-pouch in tail Body rings Caudal rings Ac Dorsal begins on ring No. Dorsal stands on (number of rings) Pouch stands ‘on (number of rings) Dorsal rays Pectoral rays ... Caudal rays PISCES B Male |Female} Male 209 224 185 7.4 6.5 7.4 2.6 2.6 2.8 oT BA15) 2.6 AY a 55 1.6 2.8 6.8 3.5 ily 1.6 1.6 7.0 8.5 8.3 5.1 == 5.0 18 18 20 49 49 51 iy 17 17 10 10 11 12 = 12 39 37 40 D 175 E Female} Male OrHNHNN AH nee | BO! aagaa-aw & ue =J jw OTH wep ~aTH HoH POSS RU dDO NON iit Female CoORUNoDe SF ae ee et aIHO sels isa ebe seats *The first six columns refer to S. norae; the last one to S. blainvillianus. HIPPOCAMPUS Rafinesque, 1810. HIPPOCAMPUS ABDOMINALIS Lesson. SEAHORSE. Plate XXVIII. * Female 2, PRE OPN NwoE © ROD! KH Korb we e D bo Hippocampus abdominalis Lesson, in Ferussac. Bull. Sci. Nat. xi., 1827, p. 127, Bleeker, Verh. Akad. Wet. Amsterd. ii., 1854, p. 28, fig. 4. Kaup. Cat. Lophb. Brit. Mus., 1856, p. 17, pl mi. Heo, (head). Stations 25, 28, 30, 65. D. 32; P. 18; Rings 11 + 49 — 60. Snout long, equal to the post-orbital portion of the head, the supraorbital ridges rise together abruptly at the base of the snout, and diverging form a simple spine over each eye, pointed outwards and backwards and terminating in a short filament; coronet low compressed, with a median filament in front and two behind placed on low knobs. Body very deep, the depth at the tenth ring being two and a third times the length of the snout; the spines are represented by low knobs slightly enlarged below the dorsal, a filament on the dorsal knob of the third body ring. 176 WAITE Colours—Brown, with darker rings across the tail, snout, pouch, and under edge of tail yellow; dark brown markings at the base of the snout, below the eye, and opercle; circular spots on most of the body rings; dorsal fin spotted and with a narrow black intramarginal band. Length.—238 mm., male. In the females the body is much deeper, being three times the leneth of snout, and there are no filaments on head or body at any age. Young examples have the body spines much more pronounced, and in the males those of the first and third rings earry filaments. The Seahorse was taken near the mainland only at three stations, namely, off Oamaru in depths of 18 to 35 fathoms. A very large female was obtained at Station 65 off Port Hutt, Chatham Islands, from 24-33 fathoms; it measures 312 mm. in length. ANACANTHINI. Family MACROURIDAi. a. A fold of membrane limiting the aperture of the first branchial arch; mouth beneath the head .. .. Coelorhynchus. aa. First branchial arch free, mouth normal Macruronus. CCBLORHYNCHUS Giorna, 1803. ~ Though the fact was not recognised on board the trawler, subsequent examination shows that two species of the genus were obtained. It is not therefore possible to supply the individual stations, excepting in certain cases as specified. The following is the complete list :— Stations 5, 22, 26, 33, 34, 35, 36, 38, 39, 40, 7 44, 45, 46, 47, 50, 51, 52, 53, 54, 57, 58, 59, 61, 63, 71, 76,77, Sl, 85, 8a: a. Snout pointed, longer than the eye, scales large, scales on the head well defined, extremely spinous... a .. ‘australis. aa. Snout obtuse, shorter than the eye scales smaller, less spiny, no distinct scales on the head .. ete He a aspercephalus. PISCES 177 C@LORHYNCHUS AUSTRALIS Richardson. Plate XXIX., fig. 1. Lepidoleprus australis Richardson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1839, p. 100. Macrurus australis Gimther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. lv., 1862, p. 391, and Study of Fishes figs. 256, 257. Hector, Edible Fish, N:Z., 1872, pl. vui., fie. 78. Stations (im part), 54,759) Gi, 71. ne dees, AN. SO. Whe lee sl, Wat 096: L. tr. 5 + 18; Vert. 15 + 52 — 67. Length of head 4.4, height of body 6.4 in the length: diameter of eye 3.4, length of snout 2.7 and interorbital width 4.2 in the head. Snout long and very acute, whether viewed from above or in profile; longer than the eye; the latter is placed in the middle of the length of the head; the mouth lies below the space between the posterior nostril and (nearly) the hinder edge of the orbit, the gape is somewhat less than its length: the barbel is short, less than half the diameter of the eve: the nostrils le near together close in front of the eye, the anterior one is an oval pore, the posterior one a long sub-vertical slit, rostro-infraorbital ridge nearly straight and strongly marked, the nasal ridge, which terminates between the eyes, is but slightly marked, the inter- orbital ridges, at first parallel, diverge, and joining the origin of the lateral line distinctly mark off the head scales from those of the body; the supraorbital ridges are continued to the upper angle of the opercle and a temporal ridge arising above the posterior angle of the eye is continued to and in the same direc- tion with the lateral line. The body is compressed throughout its length and tapers evenly to the end of the tail. Fins—The dorsal commences at a point one and a half diameters behind the orbit, its first spine is minute, the second is slightly shorter than the succeeding and longest ray, and is not serrated; the space between the two fins is equal to the diameter of the eye and to the length of the base of the first fin; the rays of the second fin are short and lie in a groove: the anal commences below the middle of the space between the two dorsals and is comparatively deep, its rays being equal to the eye; the pectoral extends to nearly below the origin of the second dorsal; the ventral arises beneath the hinder insertion of the pectoral and the outer lengthened ray reaches the base of the second anal ray. 178 WAITE Scales.—The seales on the head are fairly defined, but those on the sides of the snout and below the eye are more irregular with rough vertical spines; on the under side of the head the scales run together and form an_ even roughened area; the scales on the top of the head and on the temporal region though well defined have a scabrous appearance which marks them sharply from those of the body, the opercular scales are marked with smoother divergent striw; each scale of the body bears about twelve fig 1. slightly radiating ridges formed of Scale of Coelorhynchus australis. imbricating spines and those of the ae lateral line are split down the middle. Colours.——The general colour is a delicate grey, the body bears darker bands directed backwards, one in front of the first dorsal and another beneath the anterior rays of the second dorsal being best defined and persistent. A dark blue mark on the opercles is due to the presence of the black membrane beneath; the inner base of the pectoral is also black, the first dorsal and ventrals are grey, and a blue black line runs along the basal portions of the hinder half of the dorsal and anal fins, including the caudal. Length—416 mm. The largest specimen preserved measures 530 mm. Hitherto this species has been considered as rare, but the trawling expeditions of 1900 and 1907 show that, on the con- trary, it is quite common. It was probably taken along the greater part of the eastern seaboard, but, as above mentioned, it was not recognised as distinct from the next species, the list of stations being obtained from those preserved for future study. Another species of Coelorhynchus was recorded from New Zealand seas by Giinther under the name C. parellelus, but Jordan and Starks!! consider that this may be distinct from the Japanese species, and propose to identify it as C. kerma- decus. Ca@LORHYNCHUS ASPERCEPHALUS sp. nov. Plate XXIX., fig. 2. Stations (in part) 5, 22, 26, 35, 51, 58, 59, 63. D. 12, 967 AUST; V. 1; P.162 De dat 865 o ter a Length of head 5.2, height of body 6.8 in the length; diameter of eye 2.5, length of snout 3.5, and interorbital width 4.1 in the head. (11) Jordan and Starks, Bull. U.S. Fish. Comm. xxii. 1904, p. 619. PISCES 179 Snout short and blunt, its margin obtuse from above, acute in profile, shorter than the eye, which latter equals the post orbital length: the front edge of the mouth lies beneath the posterior nostril, but the maxilla reaches to beneath the second third of the orbit: the gape is greater than its length; the barbel is short, less than half the diameter of the eye; the nostrils are as in C. australis, the rostro-infraorbital ridge is well marked and slightly sinuous, the nasal ridge is pronounced, terminating between the anterior borders of the orbits, the interorbital ridges are very faint, and are scarcely traceable beyond the hinder margin of the orbits. Fins.—The dorsal commences at a point one and a third diameters behind the orbit, the first spine is short and the second is not quite so long as the second and third rays, which are longest and equal to the length of the head less the snout, the space between the two fins is small, equal to a third that of the base of the first fin; the rays of the second fin are very low, and the anterior ones lie in a groove: the anal arises below the narrow space between the two dorsals, and its middle and longest rays are slightly shorter than the eye: the pectoral extends to beneath the fourth ray of the second dorsal, the second ray of the ventral reaches the anal, but its first ray is a little longer, its hinder insertion is below the first dorsal spine. Scales —The head is everywhere rough- ened without distinct scales, the scales on the body are comparatively small, and those below the dorsal fin bear about 19 strie, each formed of minute imbricate spines, the scales of the lateral lne are _ scale ot Goat imctals sphalus. split along the middle. Raita. a Colours—The general colour is greyish-yellow with many darker grey cross bands, which incline forward below; the edges of the opercles and branchiostegals and many of the scales bear minute black dots: the distal half of the first dorsal fin and all the ventral rays, the tip of the first excepted, are clouded, the tint in the ventrals being deepened by the presence of black dots: a black band runs along the whole length of the anal fin midway between the tips and bases of the rays. Length.—264 mm. This species may be distinguished from C. australis by its short, obtuse snout, the absence of definite scales on the head, the short intradorsal space, the smaller and smoother scales, the different direction of the dark bands crossing the body, and the character of the anal band: the scaleless head also 180 WAITE removes any suspected association with C. fasciatus Giimther12 the seales of the body also are much smaller with more numerous keels, and the distance between the dorsal fins is less. C. fasciatus was originally taken by the Challenger Expedition in from 40 to 245 fathoms off the east coast of the southern extremity of South America. It was next obtained in Cape Seas by Dr. Gilchrist, and Mr. McCulloch!® has recently identified it from 800 fathoms off the coast of New South Wales. He refers to the mutilation of the tail of the type specimen: this condition is quite common among the Macruroids, and in some of our specimens the snout also exhibits similar mutilations. MACRURONUS Giinther, 1873. MACRURONUS NOVZI-ZELANDIA® Hector. Plate XXX., fig. Coryphaenoides novae-zelandiae Hector, T.N.Z.I. iii., 1871, p. 136. pllexyiiis mene Macruronus novae-zealandiae Giimther, Rep. Voy. Chall. i., 1880, Ps .22,0and xxus 1887, pp 1or: Stations 20: 76, 77. 78. Si. 86. 87. Biv vats: DEAD 296A 894 OV 8 = Pe TG ib. le ree Se. tr. 8-16. Length of head 5.6, height of body 7.5, in the length; diameter of eye 3.5, interorbital space 5.1, length of snout 3.4 in the head. Head compressed, interorbital space flat, mouth large, lower jaw projecting, the maxilla reaches to below the middle of the eye; no barbel. The body is strongly compressed, and tapers evenly to the end of the tail. Teeth—The teeth in the upper jaw are in two series, the inner one with small regular teeth, the outer teeth large and somewhat uneven, a single series of large teeth in the lower jaw, a band of small teeth on the vomer. Fins.—The dorsal fin begins wholly behind the base of the pectoral, its first ray is the longest, one-half greater than the diameter of the eye: the ventral is placed slightly in advance of the point midway between the end of the snout and the (12) Giinther Chall. Rep. xxii. 1887, p. 129, pl. xxviii. fig. A. (13) Me. Culloch, Rec. Aust. Mus. vi. 1907, p. 348. PISCES 181 origin of the anal, and a little in advance of the vertical of the insertion of the dorsal, its length is half that of the head: the pectoral, which is rather longer than the ventral, extends to below the origin of the dorsal: the anterior rays of the anal form a lobe nearly as high as the first dorsal, but generally the rays are lower than those of the second dorsal fin. Scales——Sub-circular and cycloid, no trace of spines as men- tioned by Hutton. The lateral line arises high, above the opercle, and dips to the mid line above the origin of the anal fin. Length.—513 mm. A specimen taken in the Bay of Plenty, shows that it attains to at least 935 mm.: this large specimen was secured by Mr. T. Anderton, after I left the trawler. Colours.——General colour deep iridescent purple, the fins smoky ; the lower part of the body silvery. Examples of Clupea neopilchardus were taken from the stomachs of some of the specimens. A single specimen was obtained north of Port Chalmers in 20-22 fathoms; the species was several times trawled between Castle Point and Gisborne, in the North Island. As suggested by Giinther, it does not appear to live in the deeper water, none of our records being more than 28 fathoms, the minimum being 16 fathoms, while it is recorded to have been cast up in numbers in Cook Strait after heavy gales. In their synopsis of the family Macrouwridae Goode and Bean!4 use as one of the distinguishing characters between Macruronus and Steindachneria the absence or presence respectively, of vomerine teeth. As above described vomerine teeth exist in the specimens of Macruronus examined by me: the forward position of the vertical fins, the anal especially, easily characterises Steindachneria argentea, at last specifically. Giinther draws attention to a mistake in the original illustra- tion, writing:—‘‘Some misunderstanding by the artist must have occurred, as, at any rate, the bifid barbel could not be at the place where he has drawn it.’’ This figure was copied in outline in the “‘Cat. Fish. N.Z.,’’ 4° and an enlarged copy of the latter was published by Goode and Bean.16 The tail of the original specimen was evidently incomplete. (14) Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichth. 1895 p. 390. (15) Hector, Cat. Fish N.Z., 1872, pl. viii., fig 79. (16) Goode and Bean, Oceanic Ichth. 1895, pl. ci, fig. 150. 182 WAITE Family GADIDA. MERLUCCIUS Rafinesque, 1810. Meruuccius GAyt Guichenot. Hake, WHITING. Plate? XXUX. fig) 2: Merlus gayi Guichenot, in Gay, Hist. Nat. Chili, Zool. ii., 1847, Pe o20;. Dip Vall woe Gadus australis Hutton, Cat. Fish, N.Z., 1872, p. 45, pl. vii., fig. 72. Station 11. D. 11, 36; A. 86; V. 7; P. 13; @, 24 4 10; 1, dat) ape Se. tr. 20 + 38. Length of head 3.3, height of body and length of caudal 5.0 in the total. Diameter of eye 7.4, length of snout 2.9, and inter- orbital space 3.6 in the length of the head. Head very large and pike-like, the posterior border of the eye is exactly in the middle of its length: the interorbital space is lowly convex, with three parallel ridges; the nostrils are less widely separated than the orbits, the anterior one is very small, and is separated from the much larger posterior one by a thin septum; mouth very large, the maxilla reaching to the hinder border of the eye. Teeth—lLarge depressible teeth in two rows in the jaws, strong teeth also on the palatines, none on the vomer or the tongue. Fins.—The first dorsal fin begins an eye-diameter in arrear of the opercular margin, and its third or longest ray is 2.5 in the head, the second fin is notched, but not very deeply, its median rays being one-half longer than the eye; the anal commences beneath the third ray of the second dorsal, and its notch is much deeper, being less than the diameter of the eye, and occurring posterior to the notch of the dorsal; the two fins end on nearly the same vertical: the pectoral is inserted beneath the angle of the opercle and extends to the vent; its length is 1.5 in the head: the ventral arises wholly in advance of the pectoral, and is nearly half the length of the head; the caudal is small, and its rays terminate evenly. Scales—The scales on the top of the snout and head and on. the cheeks and opereles are very small, those of the body larger; PISCES 183 the lateral line is extremely pronounced and is gently bowed over the pectoral. Colours.—General colour purplish-brown above, _ silvery beneath, inside of mouth and the caudal rays dark grey. Length.—650 mm. The only example taken during the whole cruise of the trawler, was obtained at Station 11, at the mouth of the Clutha River in 10 fathoms. Hector mentions that he obtained a specimen in Bruce Bay, on the West Coast, in 1866. Since that time, according to Hutton, it has been thrown up from Cook Strait. Large specimens are very rarely seen in the Christchurch market, and though examples over three feet in length have been reported to me, the largest I have measured totalled two feet nine inches (840 mm.). Small specimens, twelve inches or so in length, are common, and are sold under the name of whiting. In the official report of the trawling expedition, the above record is entered under ‘‘Hake (Lotella rhacinus’’). In the report of the operations under the extended charter a similar entry occurs under Stations 125, 129 (in Karamea Bight, on the West Coast of the South Island), 155 (between Golden Bay and Tasman Bay, South Island), and 210 (near the Kaipara Entrance, West Coast, North Island), but whether these records, made by a different observer, refer to Merluccius or Physiculus, I am unable to say. PHYSICULUS Kaup, 1858. PHYSICULUS BACHUS Forster. Rep Cop. Plate: XX ME ie Gadus bachus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst, Ichth., 1801, p. 53. Stations 6,9, 10, 11, 12, 13; 15, 16,17, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23, 27, 28, 29, 31, 32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 39, 40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 46, 50, 51, 52, 538, 57, 61, 63, 72, 75, 76, 77, 78, 80, 81, 83, 85, 86, 87, 95. Bagiive D0 Aen AON oe eee, O. 21-12. Verte 16 + 28 = 44. Length of head 3.7, height of body 4.3, length of caudal 4.7 in the length. Diameter of eye 4.6, interorbital space 3.0, and length of snout 3.6 in the head. 184 WAITE Head rounded, snout depressed, mouth sub-horizontal, the maxilla extending to beneath the hinder edge of the orbit, upper jaw slightly the longer, eye large near to the upper profile, inter- orbital space broad and flat; gills four, a slit behind the fourth, gill-rakers moderate fourteen on the first arch, eleven being on the lower limb. Vo abe eet C19) 2 15, Five examples of this species were taken at Station 77, this being the only occasion on which the fish was secured. The position was about five miles off the mouth of the Aohanga River, between Castle Point and Cape Turnagain, south of Hawke Bay. The depth was 20 to 23 fathoms and the bottom sand and mud. The largest specimen secured measures 212 mm. in length, and the life colours are very striking, the body being purple and all the fins red. Reporting on the only specimen taken by the ‘‘Thetis’’ expedition, I mentioned that it differed from the description of the type by having thirteen in place of eleven abdominal scutes. Giinther, who also found the scutes to number eleven, had three examples, but strangely only notes the anal peculiarity in one specimen, writing:—‘‘The specimen from Otago shows a very extraordinary and probably abnormal position of the vent, which is placed between the ventral fins.’’ The series to hand enables me to ascertain that the number of abdominal scutes is variable ; of six specimens examined, including one taken off Wellington, I find the following characters:—One has ten scutes only, one has twelve and four have thirteen, also three specimens only possess the two anterior spines mentioned in my notice of the New South Wales specimen. A second species of the genus (P. prosthemius) Jordan and Fowler!’ has been described from Japan. (18) Jordan and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1902, p. 9, fig. 1. 188 WAITE ZEOMORPHI. Family ZEIDA. The New Zealand representatives of the family may be thus distinguished :— a. Bony plates at base of vertical fins. . ZEINA. Zeus faber. aa. No bony plates at base of vertical fins CYTTINA. b. Body longer than deep. ce. Two dorsal fins. d. Ventrals receivable into asheath Cyttus. e. Kirst dorsal filamentous .. australis. ee. First dorsal not filamentous novae- zealandiae. dd. Ventrals not receivable into a sheath .. 50 .. Capromimus. ee. One dorsal fin in .. Diretmus. bb. Body deeper than long. . .. Rhombocyttus. ZEUS Linneus, 1758. ZEUS FABER Linneus. JOHN Dory. Zeus faber Linneus, Syst. Nat. ed. x., 1758, p. 187. Zeus australis Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1845, p. 36, pl; xxv. hore Stations 89, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96. B. vii.; D. x. 24; A. iv, 22; V.i.7;P. 14; C. 13 + 11; Se. 81; L. lat. 114; L. tr. 15 + 108. , Length of head 2.45, height of body 1.78, length of caudal 4.0 in the total; diameter of eye 3.84, interorbital space 6.61 in the head. Body oval, strongly compressed, head deeper than long, the profiles meeting at the snout form a right angle: the eye is moderate, longer than deep, and placed high in the head, the space below it being three times its vertical diameter; the snout is nearly twice the length of the eye; the mouth is large and oblique, and can be considerably protracted; the maxilla is twice and the dentary twice and a half the diameter of the eye, the latter is produced at the angle, and has a spine above it; the lower jaw projects well beyond the upper. PISCES 189 The nostrils are placed immediately in front of and on a level with the axis of the eye, the anterior one is directed forward, the hinder one, which is much larger, being placed laterally; gill openings extremely large, gills four, no opening behind the last; gill-rakers short and stout, twelve on the first arch, eight of which are on the lower limb: pseudobranchise present : edge of preopercle long, oblique, and feebly curved. Teeth.—A band of small teeth in each jaw and on the vomer, all directed backwards. Fins—The dorsal commences above the angle of the preopercle, which les about one-third of the distance between the snout and the end of the caudal rays; the spines are long and slender and markedly heteracanth; in all but the last the membrane is filamentous; the first spine is a little shorter than the second, which is the longest and slightly less than twice the length of the head; the rays are shortest anteriorly, and the longest ones are equal to the diameter of the eye; the anal commences beneath the fifth or sixth dorsal spine, the rays of both fins being similar; the pectoral is short, the third or longest ray being one-fifth longer than the head: the ventral is inserted in advance of the pectoral; the spine is as long as the longest pectoral ray, and its second, or longest, ray is twice the length of the spine, and extends to beyond the vent: the caudal is truncate, and the depth of the peduncle equals its length. Scales.—There are some deeply imbedded scales on the cheeks, otherwise the head is naked: the scales on the body are smooth and small, becoming a little larger towards the hinder vertical fins. There are eight bony plates at the base of the soft dorsal each bears a strong backwardly directed spine and also, the first excepted, a smaller one below the principal one; there are seven bony plates at the base of the soft anal, each bearing two spines, there are no plates at the base of the spinous portion of the fins, but the bases of the spines themselves have a laterally directed spine, the first of each fin respectively excepted; there are seven plates on the mid-line in advance of the ventral fins, each with a pair of spines, and eleven similar spinous plates between the ventral and the anal; the first two plates have each a single spine medially situated. The lateral line arises above the opercle, thence descends in an irregular curve to the mid-line of the body, whence it runs to the base of the caudal rays. Colours—Dark brown above, lighter beneath. P. dex. et sin. 11); C€) 12 + 6; L. lat. 94. Length of head 4.8, height of body 1.8, length of caudal 5.1; diameter of eye 7.6, length of snout 3.8 in the head. The rostral hook does not extend beyond the level of the lower eye, mouth small, lower lip with a fringe of ten rays on the coloured side only; lower eye half a diameter in advance of the upper one, interorbital space narrow, half the vertical diameter of the eye: gill membranes moderately united below, gill rakers very short, reduced to a mere fringe. Teeth. A narrow band of small teeth on the lower side of both jaws. Fins.—The dorsal rays commence at the tip of the snout, the first seven or eight being quite free, the rays on the head are elongate, those of the body are moderately uniform in length and short, the longest not exceeding a third of the head: the anal is quite similar and is coterminal with the dorsal, quite close to the base of the outer caudal rays; the right ventral corresponds to the anterior dorsal rays and the left, which lies opposite to the vent, has the rays similarly produced: the pectorals are very short, the right one being 1.8 and the left one 2.3 in the head; they are evenly rounded, the longest rays being in the middle: the caudal is short and boldly rounded. Owing to the juxta- position of the dorsal and anal rays there is no distinct peduncle, the depth at this point being 3.2 in the height of the body. ales.—Strongly etenoid on the right, smooth on the left side, entire head on both sides, including the interorbital space, scaly ; lateral line with a low arch over the pectoral, thence straight to the base of the caudal rays; the dorsal and anal fins are sheathed, the sheaths being more extensive on the right side, but there are no scales on the rays, the basal third of the caudal is wholly sealy, and scales are continued up the separate rays for another third. Colours.—General colour above brownish grey, each scale with a black mark on its outer edge; these form longitudinal lines 213 WAITE on the body but are in places somewhat irregularly disposed. The anterior dorsal and the ventral rays are reddish, the dorsal and usually the anal and caudal are dark brown towards their free edges narrowly margined with a reddish tinge: under side colourless, or blotched with grey. Length.—420 mm. This species was only once taken off the mainland, namely, near Timaru, in 16 to 21 fathoms. It was also secured off the Chatham Islands, south of Port Hutt, in 24-33 fathoms, both occurrences being on a sandy bottom. PELOTRETIS Waite, 1911. Eyes on the right side, the lower advanced, the upper close to the profile; mouth small, subsymmetrical; teeth villiform, on the blind side only, no vomerine or palatine teeth. The dorsal commences behind the snout, and is not connected with the caudal; two ventrals, the right one in the’ same line and con- tinuous with the anal. Scales moderate, ctenoid on the right side, cycloid on the left, lateral line nearly straight. Guill openings narrow, the membranes broadly united below the throat; gill-rakers short and conical. This genus differs from Ammotretis by the small subsym- metrical mouth, the large eyes, the upper of which is close to the profile, the backward origin of the dorsal fin and the absence of any rostral hook. PELOTRETIS FLAVILATUS Waite. LEMON SOLE. Plate XLI. Pelotretis flavilatus Waite, Proc, N.Z.I., 1911, p. 50. Stations 20, 21, 23, 25, 26, 28, 29, 31, 34, 35, 39, 40, 41, 43, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 54, 58, 62, 64, 65, 66, 67, 69, 70. 71, 72, 73, 74, 76, 78, 81, 86, 87, 94. B.. vii; Dy 89); A. Hs V. dex: 7,.sin: 5); P. dex. J2 sini C. 13 + 4; L. lat. 78; L. tr. 26 + 39; Vert. 11 + 31 = 42. Length of head 4.8, height of body 1.8, length of caudal 5.0 in the length: diameter of eye 3.9 in the head. The eyes are large, crowded to the front of the head, and the upper one is close to the dorsal edge, which is incised so that the eye can be seen from the under side: lower eye slightly advanced a small knob in front of it; this eye is separated from the maxilla by a narrow ridge only. Teeth.—Present on the blind side only. PISCES Pole’ Fins—tThe dorsal fin begins above the front edge of the eye and none of the rays is entirely free; the longest rays are about the middle of the fin and are 2.2 in the length of the head, the rays are slightly sheathed, the sheath being more extensive on the right side: the anal is similar to the dorsal and is coterminal with it: the right ventral is but slightly separated from the anal; the left is small, a little longer than the eye; it covers the vent, which is behind its base: the right pectoral is longer than the left, 1.5 in the head, both are strongly rounded: the caudal is slightly rounded, and the depth of the peduncle is 4.5 in that of the body. Scales —Ctenoid on the right side, entire but striated on the left, the lips and the proventral on the blind side are naked, otherwise the whole head is scaly, the scales being imbricate ; they clothe the fin rays also, the ventrals and anterior rays of the dorsal and anal excepted. Colours—Grey or brown above, both body and fins with irregular though well defined markings, sometimes absent: underside yellow. Length.—311 mm. This species was taken almost throughout the cruise including the Chatham Islands, and at all depths from 914 to 50 fathoms. Though so common, and sold in all the fish shops of the Dominion as ‘‘Lemon Sole,’’ it does not appear to have been previously named. This may be accounted for by confusion in the application of the common name. In the official report the Stations are correctly given under Lemon Sole, to which how- ever the name Ammotretis rostratus is wrongly applied, but it should be mentioned that the misidentification is of much older date than the report referred to. PELTORHAMPHUS Giinther, 1862. PELTORHAMPHUS NOVA ZEELANDIZ Ginther. So.e. Plate XaotE Peltorhamphus novae-zeelandiae Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus, iv., 1862, p. 461. Hutton, Cat. Fish. N.Z., 1872, p: 52, Hector, ib. p. 117, pl. ix., fig. 84. Stations 9, 10, 11, 32, 33, 34, 40, 41, 43, 45, 62, 70, 73, 76, 78, 80, 81. B. v.; D. 100; A. 67; V. dex. 6, sin. 4; P. dex. et sin. 10; L. lat.. 108; L. tr. 33 + 34; Vert. 10 + 27 = 37. Length of head 4.1, height of body 2.0, length of caudal 4.8 in the length; diameter of eye 7.1, and length of snout 3.0 in the head. 214 . WAITE The front portion of the head is formed by the rostral hook, which entirely covers the mouth, and its hinder edge forms a vertical notch about an eve diameter in depth: the small eyes are placed a diameter apart and more than two diameters from the front of the head, the upper eye is slightly advanced and is placed further from the dorsal edge than is the lower eye from the ventral edge: the nostrils lie in a naked area nearer to the lower than to the upper eye: the upper maxillary is small, not more than an eye diameter in length, while the lower one is twice and a half times the same; gill-rakers short and conical, fourteen on the lower limb of the first arch; preopercle adnate. Teeth.Teeth on the lower Jaw, none on other bones of the head. Fins—The dorsal fin begins almost at the tip of the rostral hook, the anterior rays are free, thence less so to at least above the eyes; they extend quite close to the base of the caudal rays: the right ventral and anal are continuous, and on the coloured side the ventral rays do not appear to be much the longer, on the blind side they are twice the length, the left ventral is very small, placed in front of a decided drop in the profile which occurs immediately behind the vent: the anal is otherwise similar to the dorsal, the longest rays being 3.3 in the head. Owing to the extended sheath the depth of the body on the right side is greater than that of the left. The right pectoral is long, 1.4 in the head, its second ray is produced, being an eye diameter longer than the head, the left pectoral is less than half the length of the head: the caudal is rounded and its peduncle is about one-fifth the depth of the body. Scales—The whole of the head, excepting the small areas, containing the nostrils, and the entire body is covered with imbricate ctenoid scales, the under side is equally scaly, but the scales are smooth, there are some large open pores in the neighbourhood opposite to the eyes and along the margin of the preopercle, and several rows of large papille on the head, one such runs from the front of the mouth, upwards and backwards, another between this and the dorsal margin, while a third borders the maxillary: the upper and lower sides of the caudal and the right pectoral rays are for the greater part covered with small scales, but there are no scales on the other fins. Colours——Greenish grey above, without markings, wholly white below. Length.—892 mm., obtained up to 415 mm. This well known fish occurred throughout the area examined, and was also taken at the Chatham Islands. It was secured between the extremes of 9 and 50 fathoms. PISCES PAMS The sole is so characteristic that there is no danger of con- fusing it with any other species, it is commonly called English Sole, and believed to be identical with Solea vulgaris, but is immediately distinguishable by the large rostral hook which wholly conceals the mouth on the right side, the long pectoral fin with its elongated second ray, the ventral fin arising beneath the mouth, and the freer caudal. PERCOMORPHI. Family SERRANIDA. POLYPRION Cuvier, 1817. POLYPRION PROGNATHUS Forster. HAPUKA. Plate XLII. Perca prognatha Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 302. Polyprion prognathus Giinther. (See Boulenger, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus., 1895, p. 150, for synonomy). Stations 2, 3, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 36 39, 42, 43, 48, 49, 54, 73, 84, 86, 87, 89, 90. 91, 92, 95. Bevis Dexa, Wee A: a 9s PIATeV ab C14: 14. Length of head 2.6, height of body 3.3, length of caudal 4.4 in the total; diameter of eye 6.1, interorbital space 3.6, length of snout 3.4, and of the longest (5th) dorsal spine 2.9 in the head. The anal rays are variable in number, ranging from eight to ten. Though represented at many Stations, but few individuals were usually taken together. On four occasions only did the number exceed ten, they were: Station 13, 47 fishes; Station 15, 20 fishes; Station 16; 14 fishes; and Station 27, 17 fishes. As mentioned in the introduction (p. 53) large catches of Hapuka were made by means of hand lines at the Chatham Islands, and the opinion was ventured that these islands would in the future become important fishing grounds for the Dominion. The stomachs of different individuals yielded examples of Clupea neopilchardus, Syngnathus norae and species otf Cephalopods. 216 WAITE HYPOPLECTRODES Gill, 1862. HYPOPLECTRODES SEMICINCTUS Cuvier and Valenciennes. HALF-BANDED SEA PERCH. Plectropoma semicinctum Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. ix., 1833, p. 442. Plectropoma huntw Hector, T.N.Z.I. vii., 1875, p. 240, pl. x., feel. This species was found to be very common off the Chatham Islands and usually caught on the lines employed for Blue Cod (Parapercis) and Hapuka (Polyprion). I have also seen specimens caught off Kaikoura in the South Island. Family HISTIOPTERID. ZANCLISTIUS Jordan, 1907. ZANCLISTIUS ELEVATUS Ramsay and Ogilby. LONG-FINNED Boar FIsH. Histiopterus elevatus Ramsay and Ogilby, Proce. Linn. Soe. N.S.W. (2) i1., 1888, p. 1811. Waite, Mem. Aust. Mus. iv., 1899) p: 114, pl xxvi. Zanclistius elevatus Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxxii., 1907, p. 236. Be vi. sD 71.28 52k 12 Vi sO Ga oli Among the sixteen species of fishes taken in the Bay of Plenty, after I left the vessel, is a single example of this fish, the first and only specimen known from New Zealand waters. As the number of the Station and the depth, etc., were not reported to me, I am unable to give a more exact locality. The length of the specimen is 300 mm. In 1903 I°8 published a note on the nomenclature of some members of the family Histiopteride, and mentioned that Pentaceros was not available for fishes, being preoccupied in the Asteroidea. Later, Jordan’9 proposed the name Quinquarius to replace Pentaceros, while more recently, writing with R. E. Richardson®° he states that ‘‘The name Pentaceros Cuvier and Valenciennes is apparently not preoccupied, as recently sup- (28) Waite, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (vii). 12, 1903, p. 288. (29) Jordan, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxxii. 1907, p. 236. (30) Jordan and Richardson, Mem. Carnegie Mus. iv. 1909, p. 192: PISCES rahe posed by Jordan, Proc. U.S.M. xxxii., 1907, p. 238. The first use of the name Pentaceros for a starfish by Schultze, 1760, is nonbinomial, according to Dr. Walter K. Fisher.’’ These authors therefore use Pentacerotidae as the name of the family. In his review of the Histiopterid Fishes of Japan, Jordan?? has supplied a useful key to all the genera of the family. The genera as applied to Australasian species are :— Zanclistius gen. nov. for H. elevatus Ramsay and Ogilby. ~ Richardsonia Castelnau for H. labiosus Giinther and H. farnelli Waite. - Pentaceropsis Steindachner for H. recurvirostris Richardson. The two species first named are found in New Zealand waters. MACCULLOCHIA Waite, 1910. _ Maccullochia gen. nom. nov. Waite, Proc. N.Z. Inst., 1910, p. 25. This name was proposed to replace Richardsonia, applied by Castelnau to Histiopterus labiosus Giinther in 1872. Richard- sonia was first used by Steindachner in 1866 for Argentina retropinna, and is not therefore available for this family. The name Maccullochia is applied in recognition of the esteem in which I hold my former pupil, Mr. A. R. McCulloch, now Zoologist Australian Museum, Sydney. The type of the genus is M. labiosa Giinther. Respecting this species Mr. McCulloch, who is examining thre fishes collected on the Federal trawler ‘‘Endeavour,’’ tells me that he has a large series, and notwithstanding the differences exhibited by the type of H. farnelli, he finds every link connect- ing it with H. labiosus, of which it proves to be the young. The name therefore becomes a synonym of Giinther’s species. Family CHKPOLIDA. CEPOLA Linneus, 1766. CEPOLA AOTEA Waite. Banp FIsH. Plate XLIV. Cepola aotea Waite, Proc. N.Z. Inst., 1910, p. 26. Stations 89, 95. B, vi; D. 74: A. 69) Voi. 9, P20: C..6:-- 4. Length of head 9.8, height of body 12.6, in the length; diameter of eye 3.0, interorbital width 6.0, and length of snout 218 WAITE 5.1 in the head: depth of head 1.4 in its length, the large eye almost cuts the profile: the mouth resembles that of a bull dog, the lower jaw protruding and fitting into a notch in the upper one, the anterior teeth remaining without when the mouth is closed: the preopercle is unarmed, and the maxilla extends to below the middle of the eve: the gill-rakers are long and slender and finely spinous, they are forty-nine in number on the first arch, thirty-two being on the lower limb. Teeth_—The teeth in the jaws are in single series, but there is a patch in front of the lower jaw, the anterior teeth of which are strongly curved: there are no teeth on the vomer, palatines or tongue. Fins.—The dorsal commences above the edge of the opercle, its rays are articulated and branched: the anal arises less than the length of the head behind the opercle; the pectoral is rounded, its eighth ray being half the length of the head: the ventrals are longer, twice the diameter of the eye: the caudal rays are absent, their roots only remaining. Scales.—The scales, left on portions of the body, are extremely small. Colours.—No colour remains after the partial digestion of the fish, but there is a conspicuous black spot on the membrane between the maxilla and premaxilla: no mark traceable on the dorsal fin. Length (to base of caudal rays).—353 mm. The specimen described was obtained from the gullet of a Zeus trawled at Station 89. Two smaller ones, measuring 74 and 47 mm. in length respectively were taken from the stomach of Pagrosomus at Station 95, all occurrences being in the Bay of Plenty. This species is a true Cepola, as restricted by Bleeker, and may prove to be not distinct from the European form C. taenia, the fin rays and the presence of the maxillary spot being identical, features also possessed by the Japanese C. schlegeli Bleeker. Pending absolute comparison it has been given a distinctive name. The Australian (C. australis Ogilby differs from all by having a much smaller number of rays in the dorsal and anal, and also by the absence of the black spot noticed in the other forms. As to the systematic position of the Cepolidw, Boulenger*+ writes: ‘‘ Although these fishes have hitherto been placed near the Blennidae, the Gobudae, or the Trachypteridae, they are nothing (31) Boulenger, Camb. Nat. Hist. vii. 1904, p. 662. PISCES 219 but extremely elongate Perches, and they stand in the same relation to the Serranidae as the Trichiuridae to the Carangidae and Scombridae.’’ In their review of the Cepolidae of Japan, Jordan and Fowler?? publish details of the decades of the Fishes of the ‘‘Faune Japonica.’’ The pages attributed to Decades x.-xiv., have been also printed for Decades vii.-ix., for which the figures should be pages 113-172, 1845. Family SCIASNIDA. ARRIPIS Jenyns, 1840. ARRIPIS TRUTTA Forster. KAHAWAI. Sciaena trutta Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 542. Centropristes salar Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr. Fishes, 1845, p. 29, pl. xx., figs. 4-6. Stations 71, 72, 73. The only oceasions on which the Kahawai was taken were in three successive hauls in Palliser Bay, the depths ranging from 11 to 38 fathoms. It was taken somewhat more freely during the period of the extended cruise, but it is more than probable that the trawl did not secure all those encountered, for the fish is a very rapid swimmer, and would probably move off at the first sensation of the vibrations caused by the passage of the trawl. Family LATRIDIDA. LATRIS Richardson, 1840. LATRIS LINEATA Forster. TRUMPETER. Sciaena lineata Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 342. Latris hecatera Richardson, P.Z.S., 1839, p. 98, and T.Z.S. iii., 1842, p. 106, pl. vi., fig. 1. Station 48. The Trumpeter was but once taken in the trawl, a single specimen being obtained, east of Lyttelton in 44-46 fathoms. (32) Jordon and Fowler, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxvi. 1903, p. 701. 220 WAITE Two specimens of Tripterygion varium Forster were taken from its gullet. Another example was caught on a long line off the Chatham Islands. LATRIS CILIARIS Forster. Mokt. Sciaena ciliaris Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 310. Latris ciharis Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr. Fishes, 1845, p. 37, pl. xxvi., fig. 6-7. Stations’ 13, 14.525 46 oi ail Wo. WO, iis, noo: Though taken generally between Otago Harbour and Hawke Bay, the number of Moki secured by the trawl was not great. The fishes were taken between the vertical limits of 11 and 43 fathoms. During the extended period it was secured in large numbers in Great Exhibition Bay, almost at the northern extremity of the Dominion. When at the Chatham Islands we set nets and secured it in company with Tarakihi (Cheilodac- tylus macropterus) and other species. Family CHHEILODACTYLIDA. CHEILODACTYLUS Lacépéde, 1803. CHEILODACTYLUS MACROPTERUS Forster. TARAKIBHI. Plate XLV. Sciaena macroptera Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 342. Stations 15, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30) 31, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 42, 48, 44, 46, 47, 48, 49, 50, 51, 52, 54, 57, 58,59, 60, 61, 62, 68, 64, 65, 66, 67, 68, 69, 70, 71, 73, 74, (5,16, 78,°81, 83, 84 85,86. 87) 88,89. 90801 oe ae 94, 95, 96. B. vi.; D. xvii, 28; A, mi. 15 V; 455;°P9:-— 6G? 16 ae Li. lat, 59: ten 7 a7. Length of head 3.4, height of body 2.2, length of caudal 6.4 in the length; diameter of eye 3.5, interorbital space 4.0, and length of snout 2.1 in the head. PISCES 22) Upper profile of head sinuous, tumid over the snout and eye, interorbital space convex, but not sharp, mouth small and sub- horizontal the maxilla extending no further than the anterior nostril, lips thick, the upper jaw the longer. The profile of the back rises suddenly from the occiput, thence gradually to the base of the eighth dorsal spine, whence it falls to the caudal peduncle, the dorsal edge is sharp throughout its length, the lower profile of the body is more even but tumid behind the throat and is sharp and ridged to between the ventral fins, it is rounded only beneath the caudal peduncle. Teeth—Teeth villiform, in a band in each jaw with a slightly enlarged outer series. Fins.—The dorsal commences above a point within the opercular margin, its seventh spine is the longest, 2.8 in the head, and longer than the rays: the anal has a short base, it commences beneath the fourth dorsal ray and terminates an eye diameter before the end of the dorsal; the second spine is the longest, the hinder rays are elongated reaching beyond the base of the dorsal: the ventral arises beneath the longest dorsal spine which its own spine exceeds in length, the fin reaches to the vent: the two upper and seven lower rays of the pectoral are simple, of the latter the second is greatly elongated, reaching the base of the seventh anal ray, its length equals the height of the body or 2.2 in its length; it is one-half longer than the head, and is slightly fringed above and below: the caudal is deeply forked, the peduncle is low, little more than the diameter of the eye. Scales—The snout is naked, the upper part of the head, cheeks and opercles are covered with small scales, a band of small scales also extends behind the opercle downwards to the pectoral, the rest of the body is covered with moderate cycloid scales; the lateral line has a low even curve, passes near to the upper edge of the peduncle, thence drops to the central ray of the tail. Colours.—Silvery, with a purple tint along the back; inner side of opereles black, showing through the membranes; a black band crosses the back in front of the dorsal fin, it extends below the lateral line but fails to reach the pectoral fin. In young examples there are, in addition, four other but fainter bands, one beneath the middle and another beneath the hinder spines of the dorsal, one beneath the middle rays and the last on the upper surface of the caudal peduncle: occasionally all the five bars persist, but usually only the first remains, and even this may disappear in old examples. Young specimens also exhibit about six longitudinal lines of brownish hue: the fins may be slightly clouded but without distinct markings. Length.—267 mm. 222, WAITE Of all the fishes taken, economic or otherwise, this was the most ubiquitous species secured. After passing the Otago Peninsula, it was represented in every haul of the net with but few exceptions, and some of these Stations are charted as ‘‘net fouled’’ when no fishes of any kind were obtained. It was taken at the Chatham and Pitt Islands by means of set nets and hand lines. Not only was it so freely distributed but occasionally it was taken in enormous numbers; 1000 examples were counted in one haul, while a more careful census made at another Station, revealed 1650 specimens. Operations conducted during the period of the extended charter shows that it is generally distributed over the area traversed, and as I with others have hooked it in the Sounds of the West Coast, it may be said to frequent the whole of the New Zealand seas. Family SPARIDAS. PAGROSOMUS Gill, 1893. PAGROSOMUS AURATUS Forster. SCHNAPPER. Labrus auratus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 266. Stations 9, 71, 72, 73, 74, 75, 76, 77,. 78, 80, 81, 83, 84, 85, 86; 87; 88/89; 90, 91, 92798, 94,95, 96: The Schnapper is regarded as a northern species in New Zealand waters, and Hector writes: ‘‘The Schnapper is not reported to occur south of the Kaikoura Peninsula.’”’ It was therefore with considerable surprise that a single example was found included in the catch at Station 9, made off the mouth of the Clutha River, south of Otago, in 15-50 fathoms. This record is the more remarkable when, as the trawler records show, it was not again taken until the net was dragged outside Wellington Harbour, whence it was secured at almost every subsequent haul, the extremes of depths being 11 to 105 fathoms. In the introduction I referred to the plenitude of Schnapper in the Bay of Plenty, and wrote (p. 54): “‘Large hauls of Schnapper were made, and so great was their buoyancy when drawn from the deep water that they not only brought the net and its contents to the surface, but, in addition, supported the weight of Mr. Alward, our chief engineer, who jumped boldly on to the net. It was some time before the fish slipped away PISCES 923 from under his feet sufficiently to sink him to the chest, and in this situation I photographed him (Plate vi., fig. 1).’’ At the final Station charted by me, 1178 Schnapper were taken in the net, but later hauls were even more productive, as the following records, taken from the official report, will indicate : “Upwards of 2 tons of fish, mostly large Schnapper, were taken at Station 102.’’ At Station 103 a similar number was obtained, while at Station 104, 2250 Schnapper were netted. Station 106 yielded about 2000 examples. Although I examined several thousand specimens during the cruise, I did not find a single example in which the large humps on the snout or back, so characteristic of the New South Wales ‘‘Old Man Schnapper’’ were in any way indicated, though specimens quite as large as Australian individuals were secured. In New South Wales the Schnapper is usually taken, on rough or rocky bottoms, in fact the line fishermen sometimes speak of such areas as ‘‘Schnapper ground.”’ The fish is by no means confined to such situations in the seas around New Zealand, but, on the contrary, appeared rather to favour clean ground, for the great hauls of Schnapper pre- viously mentioned, were taken on clean sandy flats. It is doubtless largely a matter of food. Remains of molluscs were generally found in the stomachs. together with indetermin- able fishes; on one occasion, namely, at Station 95, in the Bay of Plenty, two examples of Cepola aotea were taken from the stomachs of Schnappers. Family LABRIDAS. PSEUDOLABRUS Bleeker, 1861. The following is a synopsis of the New Zealand species of the genus, the fin formule being:—D. ix. 11; A. i. 10; V.i. 5. a. Seales on cheeks in five or more rows. b. Dark markings on body. e. Dark spots on or above the lateral line — celidotus. ec. A black bar across the body MA cunctus. bb. No dark markings on body .. oe coccineus. aa. Seales on cheeks in less than five rows d. Six dark transverse bars on body pittensis. dd. Two or three longitudinal bands on body .. se laticlavius. ddd. No dark markings on body or fuscicola. 224 WAITE The following four species were obtained :— PSEUDOLABRUS COCCINEUS Forster. ScarLeT Parrot FiIsqH. Plate XLVI. Labrus coccineus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 264. Julis? rubiginosus Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xi., 1843, p. 425. Labrichthys roseipunctata Hutton, T.N.Z.I. xii., 1880, p. 455. This large and very handsome species was not taken in the trawl, but was obtained by means of hand lines off the Chatham Islands. It is of brilliant scarlet colour when first removed from the water, with a longitudinal pink line along each row of scales, and some examples have a dark purple vertical mark on each side also; there are about five rows of ocellated pink spots on the dorsal fin and a similar series on the anal; the pectoral and ventral are without markings; a broad dark brown bar passes across the extremity of the caudal peduncle, the outer margins of the caudal lobes, which are considerably pro- duced are also dark brown; the caudal fin is dusky, either wholly or at its distal extremity. | Length—tThe largest example obtained measures 355 mm. in length. Julis? rubiginosus Richardson, which was placed by Gtinther with unidentified species, is without doubt a synonym of this species, the description of Parkinson’s figure applying well to our specimens. P. roseipunctatus is probably the same species also, differing only in the absence of the dark band across the caudal pedunele, possibly a condition of immaturity, the type specimen being but six inches (152 mm.) in total length. PSEUDOLABRUS CELIDOTUS Forster. Sporry. Labrus celidotus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 265. Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1846, p. 53, pl xsexd. ie Labrus botryocosmus Richardson, ib., 1846, p. 53, pl. xxxi., fig. 6. Station 28. Of all the New Zealand Labroids, this is the species best known to line fishermen in the South Island. It was but once taken in PISCES 225 the trawl, when a few examples were obtained off Oamaru in 19-22 fathoms, on a sandy bottom. Richardson’s figures fairly represent the markings, the most characteristic of one form being the dark spot on the lateral line, whence the name ‘‘Spotty.’’ Being drawn, doubtless, from a spirit preserved example, it indicates a contracted appearance about the head, a feature far from the truth, and one common to many of Richardson’s illustrations. The specimens trawled include both forms, that is, examples represented by the names P. celidotus and P. botryocosmus. A careful examination has confirmed the opinion I held that the two are not specifically distinct but represent colour varieties, possibly of sexual import; the case may be analagous to the two forms of Diastodon occurring in the waters of New South Wales, D. wrmaculatus, and D. bellis, and of which Ogilby?3 wrote: “‘For some time we inclined to the opinion that the differences were merely sexual, but the examination of specimens of both sexes belonging to either form has induced us to recede from that position. It must be borne in mind that notwith- standing the fact that the differences in the coloration is not always concurrent with the differences in the sexes, yet we may have here two distinct varietal races living under similar condi- tions and inhabiting the same waters, but which, nevertheless preserve intact their colour variations.”’ Respecting the Pseudolabri the differences are chiefly those of colour markings. In P. celidotus there are two marks behind the eye, a series of black spots above the lateral line, and below them, on the lateral line, just beyond the tips of the pectoral, a large black blotch; sometimes, also, other two marks, one beneath the middle of the soft rays and the other below the termination of the dorsal fin. Occasional specimens exhibit a longitudinal band on the dorsal fin. In the botryocosmus form the postocular marks are absent as is also the large blotch on the side, but the smaller spots above the lateral line are retained. In addition to the band on the dorsal fin, there is a similar one on the anal. Richardson states that the branchings of the tubules on the posterior scales of the lateral line are simpler than in P. celidotus, but this is a variable character, for in some specimens the tube is simply forked, whereas some examples of the botryocosmus form exhibit complex branchings on the posterior scales, equally with those on the more anterior portion. (33) Ogilby, Edible Fishes, N.S. Wales, 1893, p. 135. 226 WAITE PSEUDOLABRUS CINCTUS Hutton. GIRDLED Parrot F'sH. Plate XLVII. Labrichthys cinctus Hutton, T.N.Z.I. ix., 1877, p. 354. Length of head and height of body 2.9, length of caudal 3.7 in the total; diameter of eye 6.1, interorbital space 3.5, length of snout 2.7 in the head. There are five rows of seales on the cheeks and four on the opercle. The posterior canine tooth is exposed when the mouth is closed. Fins—The dorsal fin commences over the margin of the opercle and the anal arises midway between the end of the snout and the tips of the caudal rays: the pectoral carries a dark band at its base, and the characteristic black body band passes from the 6-8 dorsal spines to the space between the ventrals and anal, being inclined slightly backwards below, it is about three seales in width. This well marked species was originally taken off the coast of Otago, and I am unaware if it has been recognised since. I caught two specimens on the line fishing from the wharf at Napier, and these were the only examples seen by me. The larger measures 300 mm. in length. PSEUDOLABRUS PITTENSIS Waite. BaANnpDED Parrot FIsH. Plate XLVIUII. Pseudolabrus pittensis Waite, Proc. N.Z. Inst., 1910, p. 26. Dem: We: Avil! 10% Vals Pees 1G. 14 a date ae L. tr. 4 + 9. Length of head 2.7, height of body 2.6, length of caudal 3.4 in the total: diameter of eve 7.0, interorbital space 4.0, and length of snout 2.9 in the head. The head is evenly rounded above and below, and the jaws are equal; gill-rakers short and pointed, seventeen on the first arch, twelve of which are on the lower limb. Teeth.—The teeth are in a single series, exclusive of the large canines in front; the posterior canine teeth are concealed when the mouth is closed. PISCES 2h Scales.—There are four series of scales on the cheek and some larger ones on the opercle. No sheath at the base of the dorsal and anal fins, basal half of caudal clothed with scales. Lateral line continuous, bent downwards beneath the hinder dorsal rays. Fins.—The membrane of the dorsal spines is longer than the respective spine, and the anal is similarly formed: caudal truncate or feebly rounded, the depth of its peduncle 1.9 in the length of the head. Colours.—The colour in preservative is purplish, darker above, and yellow beneath. The body is ornamented with six dark bands, which do not reach the lower edge, the first is close behind the head, embracing the tip of the opercle, the last is on the caudal peduncle; these dark bands extend on to the dorsal fin including the membranes of the spines and rays as follows :— First band, spines, 1-4; second band. spines, 5-7; third band, spine, 9-ray, 3; fourth band, rays, 5-7; fifth band, rays, 8-11; the pectoral has a purple bar across its base and the distal two-thirds of the ventrals are black. Length.—271 mm. This species was taken off Pitt Island, one of the Chatham Group, by means of hand lines, during the visit referred to in the introduction, p. 53. Family SCARIDAL. CORIDODAX Giinther, 1862. CorIDODAX PULLUS Forster. Butter FIsH. Plate XLIX and fig. 3. Scarus pullus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 288. Bevis D. xxue los AU ai eb Pl ob; ©. 12° -— 6, Vert. 27 + 19 = 46; L. lat. 80; L. tr. 12 + 32. Length of head 4.4; height of body 3.2 and length of caudal 3.7 in the total: diameter of eye 6.3, interorbital space 2.4 and length of snout 3.5 in the head. 228 WAITE Head short and blunt, the broad inter- orbital space is very convex, mouth small with reflexed lips, maxilla not reaching to below the eye, a broad frenum in both jaws; gill-rakers short and weak, about thirteen on the lower limb of the first arch; operele with a large thin flap. The body is elongate, the upper and lower profiles being similar. Teeth—Wholly coalescent sub-equal in size not united on the mid line. - Exposed portion of pharangeal teeth g.3. ° . Pharangeal teeth of diamond-shaped, the central depression diets et being four times as broad as long. 5 Fins.—The dorsal fin arises behind the opercle, and the spines are flexible, increasing regularly to the last, which measures 1.5 in the length of the head; there is no apparent division between the spinous and the soft portion, and the rays regularly lengthen to the penultimate one, which is longer than the height of the body and one-half longer than the head: anal short, its base about one-seventh shorter than the head, the rays are a little shorter than the corresponding ones of the dorsal, the longest being one-third more than the head: the pectoral is sub-truneate, its fourth or longest ray being longer than the last dorsal spine, it extends nearly half the distance from its origin to the vent: the ventrals arise midway between the tip of the lower jaw and the vent: there is no trace of a spine, its office being taken by the first ray, which is simple, the third is the longest, measuring one-fourth more than the head; it extends to beneath the hinder dorsal spines: the caudal is slightly emarginate, its peduncle long and deep, its length from the dorsal rays being twice its depth or 1.1 in the head. Scales—The head is smooth and naked, with the exception of three rows of scales behind the eye, four rows on the upper edge of the opercle, and a small patch of ten scales in the temporal region, these are scarcely discernible in fresh specimens. The scales on the body are small and ecyecloid, the lateral line runs low, arising with a slight arch above the pectoral, thence it runs along the mid’ line of the body to the tail. No seales on the fin rays. Colours——The whole body is dark olive green, the extreme lower edge excepted, which is white: a bronze band along the middle of the body, from the angle of the mouth to the base of the caudal: irregular blue wavy lines run longitudinally along the whole body. Lower portion of head with vivid violet spots PISCES 229 and short lines, lips tinged with pink, throat sky blue. Eye brown, a golden then a bright blue line encircling the pupil. Dorsal fin blood-red anteriorly gradually passing through a purple tint into the dark olive of the hinder rays: anal fin similar to the dorsal, the red colour confined to the margin, both fins with closely placed blue spots most pronounced basally: membrane of ventral green, the rays pink: pectoral bluish: caudal intense greenish-blue tipped with brown. All the bones, together with the teeth, including the pharangeals, are deep green. Length.—520 mm. The Butter Fish was not taken in the trawl, but was freely caught in the nets set in the kelp in various places round the Chatham Islands. Family STROMATEIDAi. SERIOLELLA Guichenot, 1874. Two species of the genus were taken, but, unfortunately, the individual records were lost. The three southern Stations were made northwards of Dunedin to the Canterbury Bight, and the three northern ones in Hawke Bay and the Bay of Plenty, the recorded depths being 9 to 105 fathoms. Stations 22, 32, 39; Si, $3,, 88. SERIOLELLA BRAMA Giinther. WAREHOU. Plate Iz Neptomenus brama Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. i1., 1860, p. 390. Hector, Edible Fish. N.Z., 1872, p. 112, pl. v., fig. 31. Bovis D. viii, 295A. ni. 215 Vi, 1.55 °P. 21%.C, 14. = 8s LL. lat. 88; L. tr. 17 + 34; Vert. 7 + 17 = 24. Length of head 3.5, height of body 2.6, length of caudal 5.3 in the length; diameter of eye 4.1, interorbital space 2.4 and length of snout 3.2 in the head. The upper and lower profiles of head and body form low even curves, the dorsal being the more convex: the eye lies wholly in the anterior half of the head and the nostrils are situated quite close to the end of the snout; the mouth is small, the maxilla not reaching the eye, it has a supplemental bone, the upper edge of which slips entirely under the preorbital; gill- rakers long, twenty-five on the first arch, of which seventeen are on the lower limb; opereles entire. 230 WAITE Teeth.—Extremely small in narrow bands in both jaws, none otherwise in the mouth. Fins—tThe dorsal spines are low and recumbent, the first being inserted well behind the edge of the opercle: the last spine is the longest, being adnate to the first ray which is simple, the second ray is the longest, nearly half the length of the head; the following rapidly diminish to the eighth, whence they are of nearly uniform height: the anal commences beneath the thirteenth dorsal ray and its hinder insertion is posterior to that of the dorsal: the pectoral is long and falcate, nearly as long as the body is deep, and extending to the first spine of the anal: the ventral is short, its spine equals the length of the snout and eye, its anterior insertion is midway between the hinder edge of the orbit and the anal; the caudal is large and deeply cleft, with a narrow pedunele, its least depth being equal to the snout. Scales —Cyecloid and deciduous, those of the lateral lme more adherent: scales are present on the cheeks and opercles. the upper part of the head is naked but without pores: the lateral line follows the contour of the back and extends to the base of the caudal. Colours.—The head is brown above, vellowish on the sides and silvery beneath; eye with a bright golden mark before and another behind the pupil; the back, above the lateral line, is deep purple, and the sides are silvery with a pink tinge: a deep blue black blotch behind the head, crossing the lateral line but extending neither to the dorsal profile nor to the upper base of the pectoral: dorsal fin dark brown; pectoral and caudal with clouded edges, the latter reddish at the base. Length —553 mm. In his revision of the fishes of the Family Stromateidae, Mr. C. T, Regan?4 admits five species of Seriolella, and supplies a useful synopsis. Since that time Mr. E. C. Starks®> has described a new species taken at Callao, Peru, under the name Neptomenus crassa, and perhaps being unaware of or not admitting the eeneric identity with Seriolella remarks :—‘‘This is apparently the first record of the occurrence of this genus outside of Australian seas.’’ The species should be compared with S. violacea Guichenot, from the coasts of Chili. (24) Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. 1902, p. 127. 35) Starks, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxx. 1906, p. 784, fig. 8. PISCES | 231 SERIOLELLA PUNOTATA Forster. Plate LI. Gasterosteus punctatus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 36. Neptomenus bilineatius Hutton, T.N.ZiL -v., 1872: p. 261, pl: Vili. Be vaivs Dy yin. die An, 24. Voi, 5: Bo 20 C14 -- 8... lat. 18 s:h: tr.222 + 28. In addition to the fin formule this species differs from S. brama in being more elongate and by having a smaller eye. There is also a broad band of pores on each side of and a short distance from the dorsal fin; these pores are situated in a low ridge, which becomes more pronounced in the hinder portion of the body, but is lost beneath the upper caudal rays. The colouration is very similar to that of 8. brama, the dark purple blotch at the origin of the lateral line being likewise present. Eye bright yellow with a dark mark above and another below the pupil. The largest example I have seen measures 204 mm. in length. Placing the species under Seriolella Forster, with S. bilineata Hutton as a synonym MHutton?® writes:—‘‘I have no doubt but that this is the long lost fish of Forster. The mistake is due to the peculiar genus into which Forster put his fish, and from the absence in the colony of any copy of his drawing.” im’-the .~“Index}?*” Hutton*®* following Regan®® reverts to his own name (S. bilineata). Family CARANGIDA. The following will serve to distinguish the three New Zealand species usually ecce cd with Caranx :-— a. A detached finlet behind the dorsal and anal fins.. .. Decapterus koheru. aa. Dorsal and neal fins thane de- tached finlets. b. Lateral line with large scutes in its entire length .. Trachurus picturatus. bb. Lateral line with scutes in its posterior portion only .. Caranaz platessa. (36) Hutton, T.N.Z.I. xxviii, 1896, p. 315. (37) id. ‘‘Index Faunze Nove Zealandie ’’ 1904, p. 44. (38) Regan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (7) x. 1902, p. 128. 232 WAITE TRACHURUS Rafinesque, 1810. TRACHURUS PICTURATUS Bowdich. Horse MACKEREL. Seriola picturata Bowdich, Excursion to Madeira, 1825, p. 123, fig. 27. Stations 72, 74, 80, 89. D. viii. 1. 29; A. ii. 1. 26; V.i.5; P. 21; 0.18 + 8; Se. 44 + 41. The specimens obtained agree with this species as diagnosed by Jordan and Evermann?®® exhibiting the following characters: The anterior scutes are low, not more than one-third the height of the posterior ones, and the curved portion of the lateral line is almost as long as the straight portion: the maxillary is relatively short, not reaching beyond the anterior margin of the orbit and the lining of the opercle is merely clouded with black On the other hand, the depth of the body and the number of scutes is intermediate between the figures suppled for the two species. The large size of the specimens is another feature in common with 7. picturatus, and the writers referred to have apparently identified New Zealand examples with this species. It was trawled on four occasions, namely, twice in Palliser Bay, once north of Cape Turnagain, and once in the Bay of Plenty. The indicated depths range from 13-94 fathoms, but it cannot be certain that the fishes were taken on the bottom. Length. 420 mm. As it is well known, members of this family are particularly prone to harbour Isopodous parasites in their throats; writing of the Yellowtail of New South Wales, Ogilby*? says :—‘‘ These fishes almost without exception suffer from being the host of an isopodous crustacean of the genus Anilocra, which lives in the throat, and thus obtains both sustenance and protection for itself; though it is common to take this commensal from the Sead with its developed ova attached we have never found more than one in a single fish.’’ The specimens from the New Zealand fishes have been kindly identified by Dr. Chilton as Meinertia imbricata Fabricius (Ceratothoa banksii Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crustacea). From one specimen I obtained eight individuals representing an adult and young in various stages. (39) Jordan and Evermann, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., 47, i. 1896, p. 909. (40) Ogilby, Edible Fishes N.S. Wales 1893, p. 79. PISCES 233 CARANX Lacépéde, 1802. CARANX PLATESSA Cuvier and Valenciennes. TREVALLY. Caranx platessa Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat, Poiss. lx., 1833, p. 84. Caranx georgianus id., p. 85. Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1848, p. 135, pl. lvii., fig. 1-3. Stations 74, 81, 86, 87, 91, 92, 94, 95, 96. DP vallt 1s, 620 A. AL i, 213M ate ae P20 Ode, see 8s L. lat. 68 + 44 = 107. This species was taken in Palliser Bay, off Cape Kidnappers, in Poverty Bay and in the Bay of Plenty. It was obtained between the extremes of 16 and 58 fathoms. Length.—469 mm. Family SCOMBRIDA. SCOMBER Linneus, 1758. SCOMBER PNEUMATOPHORUS De la Roche. MACKEREL, Scomber pneumatophorus De la Roche, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. xii., 1809, pp. 315, 334. McCoy. Prod. Zool. Vict. i., 1879, pl. xxviii. Station 72. ee ii ye A. 11, vi peee Vy. i. 5, C90 =! To. L. lat. 225. Length of head 4.0, height of body 4.3, length of caudal 9.4 in the length. Diameter of eye 3.5, interorbital space and length of snout 3.3 in the head. Upper surface of snout and head flat without median groove, no ridge on the occiput; lower jaw slightly the longer, the maxilla, which is concealed beneath the preorbital, extends to just within the margin of the orbit; hinder edge directed obliquely backwards. Body not much compressed, its width 1.45 in its height. Fins.—The distance between the tip of the snout and the origin of the first dorsal fin is 2.86, that between the origins of the two dorsals is 2.9, and the distance of the tip of the lower jaw to 234 WAITE the base of the ventrals is 3 2 in the total length, without caudal: the detached anal spine stands beneath the fourth dorsal ray: the pectoral is short, its length one-half that of the head, its upper insertion is level with the middle of the eye: the ventral is situated posterior to the insertion of the pectoral, and is slightly shorter than that fin: the caudal is deeply cleft, each lobe with a basal keel; the peduncle is very narrow as wide as deep. The lateral line is scarcely curved. Air bladder present. Teeth—Minute, present on the vomer and palatines, but not on the tongue. Colours.—Upper surface bluish grey with dark blue lines and spots trending downwards and forwards to the lateral line, thence vertically or backwards; these markings extend to the midline of the body; the lower half of the body is silvery, with closely placed faint grey spots; the angle of the operele is marked with radiating blue lines. The dorsal fins and finlets are dark blue, the ventrals and anal are colourless, while the pectoral is marked with black in its hinder third; a black axillary spot; outer and hinder edge of caudal narrowly bordered with black. Length.—522 mm (= 20% inches). The only example trawled was obtained in Palliser Bay the depth being 13-14 fathoms. The differences between the various supposed members of the genus Scomber, are so slight, and the difficulties of ascertaining the correct synonomy so great, that the identification of the New Zealand species with S. australasicus as distinct from S. pneu- matophorus, is very doubtful; the latter has been regarded as a synonym of S. colias. In addition to other features, the example before me has a much shorter head and lower body than is described for the other forms; even more striking are the pro- portions rendered by Giinther of (presumably) a specimen 26 inches long, attributed to S. pnewmatophorus. It is noteworthy that the specimens described as having a long head and deep body are generally small. The question of the synonomy of the components of the genus Scomber is one which needs to be elucidated, but can only be accomplished by those who possess large collections and the necessary literature. Evermann and Kendall41 who recently studied the claims of S. colias and S. pnewmatophorus, arrived at the conclusion that the two are specifically distinct, the former being the Atlantic and the latter the Pacifie species. (41) Evermann and Kendall, P.U.S. Nat. Mus. xxxvii. 1910, p. 327. PISCES 235 Family TRICHIURIDA. THYRSITES Cuvier, 1829. THYRSITES ATUN Euphrasen. BARRACOUTA. Scomber atun Euphrasen, K. Vetensk. Acad. Nya Handl. xii.. NID Says oils: Thyrsites atun Cuv. and Val., Hist. Nat. Poiss. viii., 1831, p. 196, pl: cextx. suations. 2, 6; 95 Ti 12, 13, 15, 17, 18,719, 20, 25, 26, 28, 34 35, 36, 38, 39, 42, 43, 44, 46, 47, 49, 50, 51, 58, 60, 63, 64, 65, 71, 81, 83, 85, 86, 88, 94. This species, known from South African and Southern Aus- tralasian Seas is very common all round the coasts of New Zealand. Goode and Bean state that it is undoubtedly a deep-water form. This however is not so, or, at any rate, if found in really deep water, it is not confined to the depths. It was taken by the trawler from Stewart Island to the Bay of Plenty and at all depths from 10 to 105 fathoms. Specimens netted at Station 20 had their stomachs crowded with the fish Hemerocoetes acanthorhynchus. REXEA Waite, 1911. Body moderately elongate, fusiform; mouth large with a single row of dagger-like teeth in each jaw: three enormous fangs towards the front of the upper jaw and two smaller ones in the lower jaw: teeth on palatines, none on the tongue. Two contiguous dorsal fins, the spinous portion in a sheath, two finlets above and below; pectorals small and low, ventrals small, each with four spines, caudal forked, peduncle without keel, scales small and smooth, lateral line single anteriorly but dividing forms an upper and lower branch. This genus is near to Promethichthys Gill (?Dicrotus Giinther) differing principally in the character of the ventral fins and in the configuration of the lateral line. It includes, as the type of the genus, the species described below, also Thyrsites promethoides*? Bleeker T. micropus MceCoy*? and possibly 7. (Promethichthys) bengalensis Aleock.t* (See dis- cussion below). (42) Bleeker, Act. Soc. Sc. Indo-Nederl. I. Amboina, p. 42 (vide Giinth). (43) McCoy, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xi. 1873, p. 338. (44) Alcock, Journ. Asiat. Soc. Bengal, lxiii. 1894, p. 117, pl. vi., fig. 1. 236 WAITE REXEA FURCIFERA Waite Kine Fisu. Rexea furcifera Waite, Proc. N.Z. Inst., 1911, p. 49. Plate LIT. Stations 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 11, 12, 13, 17, 18, 19, 32, 36, 39, 44, 81, 83, 88, 89, 90, 92, 95. B. vii; D. xviii. ii, 15, din; Al ii, 14, i; Voivs Be Cy Length of head 3.2, height of body 4.1, and length of caudal 6.9 in the length. Diameter of eye 4.8, interorbital space 4.6, and length of snout 2.4 in the head. The head is sub-quadrangular in section, conical and acutely pointed, flat above, the edges rounded and a depression between the eyes; the latter are almost circular, and le a trifle nearer the opercular margin than the tip of the snout. The anterior nostril opens an eye diameter in front of the orbit and is directed forward from a horizontal tube, much as in the petrels (Tubinares), the posterior nostril lies half-way between it and the front margin of the eye: the length of the maxillary is half that of the head, its distal extremity is rounded and its greatest width is half the diameter of the eye, it extends to the anterior fifth of the orbit: the lower jaw markedly projects and its extremity forms and completes the anterior contour of the head: the tongue is slightly roughened: gill-rakers are replaced by teeth like those in the jaws; one, two or three being developed from the same base; of these bony bases there are ten on the upper and seventeen on the lower limb of the first arch. Pseudobranchie present. Teeth—The maxillary bears about twenty acute flattened distantly set teeth, largest in the middle: the vomer has three large dagger-like teeth, each with the tip of a similar one at its base, possibly destined to replace them: the palatine teeth are similar to the maxillary ones but smaller: the two large and widely separated teeth at the symphysis of the lower jaw are directed upwards and backwards and remain without the upper jaw when the mouth is closed: the lateral teeth are much larger than those in the maxilla. Fins.—The first dorsal fin arises within the vertical of the opercular margin, the middle spines are longest, a third longer than the diameter of the eye: the fins are sub-continuous and PISCES 2at the longest rays are slightly higher than the middle spines; the anal is placed a little further back than the soft dorsal but is otherwise similar: the length of the pectoral is half that of the head; the ventrals are composed each of four weak spines, of which the first measures one-fourth the diameter of the eye: the caudal is forked and the peduncle is compressed, its depth less than the diameter of the eye. Scales.—Cheeks opercles and body sealy, the scales small, the lateral line passes almost straight from above the opercle. near to the dorsal edge, to beneath the middle of the soft dorsal: beneath the base of the 5-6 dorsal spines it sends off a downward branch which descends suddenly to the mid line of the body, thence straight to beneath the origin of the soft dorsal; it then forms three waves, terminating in advance of the middle caudal rays. Colowrs.—Iridescent blue above, silvery beneath; a deep black blotch on the dorsal between the 1-111 spines, and the fin narrowly edged with black: soft dorsal, anal and caudal orange. Length—514 mm, the largest example preserved measures 711 mm. Though taken generally between the extreme limits of the operations, this species was not obtained at Stations between Lyttelton and southward of Cape Kidnappers. It occurred at all depths between 9 and 105 fathoms. At Station 88 five young of the same species were taken from the stomach of one indi- vidual. Many of the Stations yielded specimens under twelve inches in length. Squid was generally found in the stomach. As will be gathered from the introduction, I had regarded this fish as Promethichthys prometheus, probably because that species appears in the New Zealand list, but an examination for record purposes shows it to be quite different. It is allied to the three species before mentioned, and may indeed prove to be identical with one or more of them; it may not be distinct from R. micropus, but McCoy describes that form as having six dorsal and four anal finlets, and he had ample opportunities of veri- fying this feature, for he states that it is taken in great quantities from Tasmania to the Melbourne fish shops. The popular name is Tasmanian kingfish: and it may be noted that kingfish in the name applied to our form in the South Island. Passing by minor differences Alcock describes R. bengalensis as having a thick scaleless silvery skin; the scales of R. furcifera though small are quite apparent, but one is tempted to ask if the nudity of the Indian specimens may not be due to immaturity, the examples, of only 514 inches in length being in all probability, very young. I am not aware of the condition F 238 WAITE of the skin in R. promethoides, for I have only Giinther’s epitomised description for guidance, and he does not mention the feature, which indeed may not be referred to by Bleeker. Supposing that the character has not been overlooked in regard to the ventrals fins, all the previously described forms differ from our specimens in the smaller number of spines or rays. I have chronicled the four components as spines, for they are all stiff, simple and do not exhibit any jointed feature. The comparative measurements given in the different descriptions are taken in such varied manner as to be useless for diagnostic purposes; I therefore supply the above description and figure for the use of those who may have access to further material. The following table shows the comparatively close agreement in the radial formule. Dorsal. Anal. Ventral. R. promethoides. XVili. ii. 15. ii. i. 14. il. i. R. maicropus Xvi. iv. 12. vi. iis, dik, Thy. i. R. bengalensis XVili. ii. 18-14. ii. rie Valea a. ie R. furcifera xvili. ii. 15. ii. i. 14. ii iv. LEPIDOPUS Gouan, 1770. LEPIDOPUS CAUDATUS Euphrasen. Frost FIsuH. Trichiurus caudatus Euphrasen, K. Vetensk. Acad. Nya. Handl. ix, Ifeeupowes Station 83. This species was but once taken in the trawl, four small examples being netted in Hawke Bay, at a depth of 68-78 fathoms. The specimens range from 320 to 415 mm. in length, and are of the usual silver-grey colour, but the lateral line lies in a rust-coloured band, and there are similar narrower and fainter bands above and below it. The name frost fish is applied in reference to its well known habit of going ashore in the winter months. I once witnessed such an occurrence. Coaching along the shores of the Bay of Plenty in July, 1908, I witnessed the fishes in the surf; they seemed to be writhing helplessly, and were carried further and further inshore by each succeeding wave until finally stranded on the beach. Specimens were picked up in different parts of the beach for a distance of forty miles, and on arriving at my destination, I learned that other travellers had similar experiences PISCES 239 in different parts of the extensive Bay. Even before they were finally cast ashore, the fishes were more or less mutilated by gulls, most of them having their eyes picked out. Many theories have been advanced to account for the peculiar behaviour of the fishes. I believe that von Lendenfeld** considers that they approach the surface for spawning purposes, but not having access to his paper I am unaware if this is merely a theory or a proven fact. Family LEPTOSCOPIDA. CRAPATALUS Giinther, 1861. CRAPATALUS NOVE-ZELANDLE Giinther. Crapatalus novae zelandiae Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) Wile wOGI sel pl. x. Tespioseogrus angusticeps Hutton, T.N.Z.I. vi. 1874, p. 106, ple xx. Station 17. Baovi.> Dade ALO bP: 21; Vo os COs Ae Jat, 50: L. tr. 16 + 18. Length of head 4.1, height of body 8.8, length of caudal 7.6 in the length; diameter of eye 9.1, interorbital space 6.2, length of snout 4.5 in the head. The opercles mark the widest part of the fish, and the head tapers to the snout, which is obtusely rounded; the top of the head is quite flat with a ridge on the inner side of each eye forking behind: the mouth is oblique, the lower jaw being much the longer with a prominent chin; both upper and lower lips bear long fringes. The body is rounded passing into the long and compressed tail. Teeth—tThe teeth are depressible, and arranged in bands; they are uniformly short in the mandible, but the median teeth of the premaxilla are twice as long as the others. Fins.—The dorsal fin arises at a point one-third the distance to the end of the caudal rays; it is low, the median rays being longest and nearly-one-fourth the length of the head; the anal arises close behind the vent, whose distance from the tip of the snout is one-fourth the total length (caudal included), and extends closer to the caudal than does the dorsal: its rays are longer and thicker than those of the dorsal, and all are undivided ; the pectoral extends to the fourth dorsal ray, and its (45) Lendenfeld, Zool. Anzeiger, 1883, p. 559. 240 WAITE leneth is 1.3 in the head; the eight upper rays are divided, the lower ones are simple; these latter rapidly decrease in length, forming a lower concave margin; the ventrals are very short, not reaching the vent by an eye diameter, and are contained thrice in the length of the head; the caudal is truncated and the depth of its peduncle equals the interorbital space. Scales.—The head is entirely naked as is also the space behind the pectorals and between the ventrals; the scales are small and deeply imbedded on the occiput, but they become larger, and imbricate, those on the tail being largest. The lateral line arises above the opercle and gradually descends to the mid line, thence running straight to the caudal: its scales are very large and leaf-shaped with a central ridge, the line is therefore extremely conspicuous. Colours.—Except quite anteriorly the lateral line sharply divides the colouration, that above being brown, each scale with a darker dot, the upper part of the head is brown dotted, the entire lower parts are white: a row of about five brown spots is found on the front of each ray of the dorsal, but the other fins are without markings. Length.—378 mm. The only specimen obtained was taken off Otago Heads, in 55-102 fathoms. While L. robsoni Hector,4® and L. canis Arthur,47 are without doubt synonyms of L. angusticeps, and with which my specimen quite agrees, this latter species does not conform to either Giinther’s description or figure, which, however, are not in themselves entirely consistent: thus the body is illustrated as far deeper than described. In my specimen the ventrals do not reach the anal by fully half their length, and the shortness of these fins is indicated by Hutton’s figure. Giinther describes the ventrals as extending to the fourth anal ray: he also describes and figures the interorbital space as much narrower than found by Hutton and myself. The transverse rows of scales are rendered as 7/7, but they are much more numerous in my specimen, counted from the origin of the dorsal fin. It is possible that there are two allied species in our waters, but for the present I follow authors in regarding the genus as monotypic, indicating the essential features of the Otago specimen as above. (46) Hector, T.N.Z.I. vii. 1875, p. 248. (47) Arthur, 7b. xvii. 1885, p. 165. PISCES 241 Family URANOSCOPIDA. The three genera of this family, known from New Zealand, may be recognised by the following characters :— a. A strong forwardly directed spine in front of each ventral fin as a Kathetostoma. aa. No forwardly directed spines in front of the ventral fins. b. Lower jaw normal : Genagnus. bb. Lower jaw with a pair of dilated processes which meet in front of the ohn: «.% wy Aes Se Gnathagnus. KATHETOSTOMA Giinther, 1860. KATHETOSTOMA GIGANTEUM Haast. Kathetostoma giganteum Haast, T.N.Z.1. v., 1873, p. 274, pl xvic, fig. 2: Stations 39, 47, 48, 49, 50, 67, 68, 83, 91. D, 18: A. 18-V. i, 5; P..21; ©. 11. The head is measured from the chin to the opereular margin, and its length is one-fourth the total, depth of body 5.2 and length of caudal 4.3 in the length. Diameter of eve 5.4, interorbital space 2.7 and length of snout 6.1 in the head. The head is very broad and flat, its breadth greater than its length, or about one-third the total: the bony armature consists generally of raised ridges which radiate from several centres, the most conspicuous is a pair placed at the inner hinder margin of the eyes and another pair on the occiput; the former embraces the inner and hinder edges of the eyes, while the hinder rays of the occipital pair are truncated and form a straight line; another plate is placed before the eye, and there are less regular patches in a series from below the eye to the preopercle and opercle; a final series occurs between the eye and the humeral spine; the latter is very strong, and is curved outwards and backwards. Mouth large and vertical, lower lip incised in the middle to receive a protuberance of the upper one: maxilla broad, its distal end wider than the eye; chin with numerous transverse ridges which posteriorly become distinct folds with fringed edges: five blunt spines on the lower pre- opercular edge, the first two lying below the maxilla; two strong spines in front of the ventral fins, directed forwards. 242 WAITE Teeth.—There are several rows of sharp teeth in the jaws and a closely plicated membrane behind them. Fins —The dorsal fin commences midway between the edge of the upper jaw and the base of the caudal, its longest rays are twice the length of the eye; the anal has a slightly more anterior insertion and is continued further back, its posterior rays are longer than the corresponding ones of the dorsal and attain nearly to the base of the caudal rays: the pectorals are connected to the body by membrane beneath the humeral spine, and are of great size, reaching to beneath the base of the 5th dorsal spine, the lower nine rays are thickened, and are successively shortened ; the ventrals are separate, disposed horizontally and quite flat, the last or longest ray being 1.6 in the head; the caudal is rounded. Scales.—Body scaleless. The lateral line arises above the humeral spine and passes along the upper edge near the dorsal fin, but suddenly drops on the caudal peduncle to the middle of the tail, and is continued nearly to the end of the caudal rays. Colowrs.—Head and body above the lateral line, greyish brown mottled below, the lateral line is without markings, and the appearance of longitudinal stripes is thus produced: lower surfaces colourless: dorsal fin mottled, pectorals and caudal dark grey with white margins. Length—426.mm., the largest specimen preserved measures 555 mm. Taken from the Canterbury Bight northward to the Bay of Plenty, at depths between 28 and 78 fathoms. Hitherto Kathetostoma laeve Bloch and Schneider, has been regarded as a New Zealand species, and K. giganteum Haast placed as a synonym. Our specimens are, however, distinct, and I am obliged to Mr. A. R. McCulloch for comparing specimens with Australian examples: he mentions that the bony ridges on the head are not broken up into tubercles as in K. giganteum, and that the antero-posterior dimensions of the bony area is greater than the interorbital space, while it is equal to it in our form; the fringes between the chin and the ventral spines are neither so numerous nor so well defined in K. laeve, and in this species the lateral line is much better defined: lastly, the colour pattern of K. laeve tends to form transverse bars, while in K. giganteum they are longitudinal. The New Zealand species grows to an enormous size, the type being 740 mm, in length. Gill placed this species as a synonym of Geniagnus maculatus, but I find it to be a true Kathetostoma, allied to PISCES 243 K. laeve, but distinct. In large specimens the markings become ill-defined resulting in a general mottling, but in young specimens the ornamentation is very striking. The upper half of the body is warm brown, and there is a median white line in which the dorsal fin stands, and another on each side occupied by the lateral lines, the sides are ornamented with large white spots. An examination of the type specimen shows that the formula of the fin rays has been incorrectly rendered in the description, my count being as below. Pres e en heer 1a). Vv. be PP) 22 iin GENIAGNUS Gill, 1861. GENIAGNUS MACULATUS Forster. Uranoscopus maculata Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 49. Anema monopterygium Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. ii., 1860, p. 230. Kathetostoma monopterygium Hutton, Cat. N.Z. Fish., 1872, p. 23. Synnema monopterygium Haast, T.N.Z.I. v., 1873, p. 274 Genyagnus maculatus Gill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. vi., 1893, p. 118. Stations 1, 2,13, 16, 23, 30; 31, 35, 39, 47. This species appears to be a southern form, having been trawled from Stewart Island, northward to Lyttelton. It may readily be mistaken for Kathetostoma, its general form, eolour, and markings being very similar. The small eyes, incon- spicuous humeral spine and the absence of any spines in front of the ventral fins are sufficiently striking, the bony ornamenta- tion on the top of the head also is quite different; it is formed of compact masses, and there is a hinder median boss not represented in Kathelostoma, in which also the rugosities are much more open. The upper half of the body is brown with large white spots, which do not form lines as in Kathetostoma. GNATHAGNUS Gill, 1861. GNATHAGNUS INNOTABILIS Waite. Gnathagnus mnotabilis Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus. v., 1904, p. 238, Pls Kv. 5 tae Ie Stations 89, 91, 92, 94, 95. All the specimens obtained were taken in the Bay of Plenty, where nine, practically continuous, hauls were made, and the 244 WAITE species was represented at five of them. The bottom was sand and mud, and the registered depths 25 to 94 fathoms. The largest example previously known was 152 mm. in length, but specimens taken by the trawler show that it attains a con- siderable size, up to at least 560 mm. Three specimens were originally taken off Narrabeen, New South Wales, and those now recorded constitute a record for New Zealand, the genus not being previously known from our waters. Family PARAPERCIDAL. PARAPERCIS Bleeker. PARAPERCIS COLIAS Forster. BuLuE Cop. Gadus colias Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth, 1801, p. 54. Stations 23, 25, 49. As this species inhabits the vicinity of rocks it is not usually taken in the trawl, and at two of the three recorded Stations the net was fouled with rocks. The Blue Cod was freely taken at the Chatham Islands on hand lines, the specimens being of large size and excellent market fish, a matter I have previously referred to (pp. 53 and 56). PARAPERCIS GILLIES Hutton. Plate LIII. Percis gilliesui Hutton, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) i1., 1879, p. 53. Station 89. B. vi.; D. v. 21; A. 17; V. i. 5; P, 20; C. 14 + 6; L. lat. 62: L. tr. 7 + 20. Length of head 3.7, height of body 4.8, length of caudal 4.5 in the total; diameter of eye 2.6, interorbital space 9.0, and length of snout 3.0 in that of the head. The upper part of the head and snout are declivous, while the under part is flat, the large eyes are quite near to each other and cut the upper profile: snout acute, mouth small, cleft horizontal, with the lower jaw slightly longer than the upper: the maxilla extends to beneath the anterior third of the eye. edge of preopercle smooth, a spine on the opercle. Teeth—A broad band of villiform teeth, and an outer pointed series in a single row in each Jaw. PISCES 245 Fins.—The dorsal commences above the root of the pectoral, its fifth spine is the longest, equal to the diameter of the eye; the first and last rays are shorter than the others, which are subequal, and one-half longer than the eye; the anal is lower and arises beneath the fifth dorsal ray; the pectoral and ventral are of equal length, one-sixth shorter than the head, the latter reaches the second anal ray; the upper lobe of the caudal is pointed, the lower lobe rounded, and the depth of its peduncle is nearly equal to the diameter of the eye. Scales—The snout and lower parts of the head are naked. but the hinder part of the cheeks, opercles, and the whole of the body, are covered with ciliate scales of moderate size; the lateral line is slightly bowed over the pectoral and extends to the base of the caudal. Colours.——Generally sandy with dark brown markings, two lines along the body, the upper of which crosses the lateral line at the middle of its length, a number of bands pass from the upper brown line across the back, they are generally in pairs, one across the occiput, one at the first dorsal spine and another at the first ray, three more beneath the rays and a last one on the caudal peduncle; the base of the dorsal has a brown mark where crossed by each band and an intramarginal line of the same colour, the cther fins are colourless. Length.—164 mm. One specimen only was obtained, it was taken in the Bay of Plenty in 66-94 fathoms, and judging by the large size of the eye it is an inhabitant of moderately deep water. This specimen is possibly only the third known, the type having been taken near Dunedin, while another is in the collection of this Museum. Family TRICHONOTIDA. HEMEROC(CETES Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1837. HEMEROC@®TES ACANTHORHiwcnus 2 urster. Plate ahve fie. Callionymus acanthorhynchus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 41. Hemerocoetes acanthorhynchus Richardson, Voy. ‘‘Ereb. and Terr.,’’ Fishes, 1848, p. 123, pl. liv., figs. 7-12. Stations 5, 20, 48, 50. Bavite 1). 42~ A 40 Nein or. is- C. 8 4-6; Lr lat. 48; L. tr. 4+ 7. Length of head 4.2, height of body 11.2, and length of caudal 6.7 in the total: diameter of eye and length of snout 3.3 in the head. 246 WAITE The interorbital space is so narrow that the orbits all but touch each other, the nostrils of each side are widely separated and are placed close in front of the eyes, the maxilla extends to beneath the middle of the eye, and each preorbital carries a spine directed over the premaxilla; gill membranes very wide, not attached to the isthmus, gill-rakers short and blunt, fifteen on the first arch, of which two are on the lower limb. Teeth.—Villiform teeth in bands in the jaws and on widely separated patches on the expanded ends of the vomer. Fins.—The dorsal commences close behind the base of the pectoral, its rays are of uniform height, the few anterior and posterior ones excepted; their length is equal to the height of the body: the length of the anal is twice the distance of its origin from the end of the snout, it arises below the 5-6 rays of the dorsal and is continued posterior to that fin, its rays are one- fourth shorter than those of the dorsal; pectoral rounded 1.6 in the head; the ventral just reaches the vent, and it is a little shorter than the snout and eye together; the caudal is rounded, but the second and third upper principal rays are elongate, the third being the longest, and one-half longer than the fourth: the peduncle is low, one-half the diameter of the eye. Scales.—Snout naked, upper part of head, cheeks and opercles with scales a little smaller than those on the body, which are large, ecyeloid and carry small auxillary secalelets at their bases ; the scales of the lateral line are crenulate but not spinous. The lateral line is slightly depressed over the pectoral, otherwise runs straight along the middle of the body. Colours——AIl the colours have faded in the preservative, but during life they were very striking, the head and body being marked with blue lines and some red spots on the fins; subvertical lines on the cheek, and two lines on the dorsal may still be traced. I have, unfortunately, lost my drawings made on board the trawler. Length.—194 mm. This species was taken at the southern Stations, between Foveaux Strait northward to Pegasus Bay in 20 to 67 fathoms, and was also found in the stomachs of Barracoutas (Thyrsites atun) at Station 20. With the exception of a slightly larger eye and a difference in the caudal rays, the specimens agree well with Richardson’s figure; this writer mentions that the tail in his specimen was not perfect, and states that Forster drew the tail as being lunate at the end, and that Dr. Dieffenbach described the fin as being truncated with an elongation of the upper angle. PISCES 247 HEMEROCGTES MICROPS sp. nov. Plate LIV., fig. 2. The specimens below described were not taken by the trawler, nor within the sphere of its operations; they were caught by myself on a hand line in the various Sounds on the south-west coast, and present several differences from what I have con- sidered or have chosen to consider as typical of H. acanthor- hynchus: the principal features in which the specimens differ may be expressed as follows :— DPa20R eA. 30: Length of head 3.7, height of body 10.4, and length of caudal 5.6 in the total: diameter of eye 4.5 and length of snout 2.5 in the head. Compared with H. acanthorhynchus, the head is larger, while the eye is very much smaller, both vertically and horizontally, so that the interorbital space is wider and the snout much longer; in the older species the eye and the snout are of almost equal length, but in H. microps the eye is but half the length of the snout; there is a prominent knob above the tip of the upper jaw. Fins.—The vertical fins are very much higher than in the type species, the dorsal being more than a third higher than the body: the lunate caudal, when compared with Richardson’s figure, would also appear to be different, but the shape is really determined by the degree to which the outer rays are produced, a feature which may depend upon age, sex or other condition. Colours.—The once brilliant colouration has quite disappeared in preservative, the general disposition of the markings alone remaining. The upper part of the head and the body above the lateral line are brown, the underparts are colourless; a blue lne from below the preorbital spine, passes backwards beneath the eye, there are some oblique bars on the cheeks and opercles: and seven dark brown bars across the upper half of the back, the first being in advance of the dorsal fin and the last behind it on the eaudal peduncle: all the fins are smoky; the dorsal has three darker horizontal lines. Length.—217 mm. The brilliant colouration and striking markings of this fish excited the interest of all who saw it alive, but not recognising it as different from the specimens previously trawled, and of which I had made careful colour sketches—since lost—I did not take note of its characters. Presuming that the specimen described and figured by Richardson is co-specifie with Forster’s examples, I have given a 248 WAITE new name to the smaller eyed, longer snouted, and longer raved form taken on the west coast, and have figured specimens of each. Family BLENNIIDA. TRIPTERYGION Risso, 1826. TRIPTERYGION VARIUM Forster. Blennius varius Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth, TS01e sp. 178: Station 48. Living examples were trawled in Pegasus Bay in 44 to 46 fathoms, and at the same time specimens were taken from the stomach of a Trumpeter (Latris lineatus). I have recently described specimens taken at the Auckland Islands.4% Family OPHIDITIDA. GENYPTERUS Philippi, 1857. GENYPTERUS BLACODES Bloch and Schneider. LING. Ophidium blacodes Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth, 1801, p. 484. Stations 1, 2, 3,4, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 21, 22 26, 27, 29 31, 32, 34, 35, 36, 38 30, am 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 47, 48, 49, 50, 52, 53, 54, 57, 61, 62, 65, 66, 67, 77, 78, 86. Represented in almost every haul from Stewart Island to Gisborne and at depths from 9 to 183 fathoms, this species was more plentifully taken at the southern Stations. At Half-moon Bay, Stewart Island, the Ling was commonly seen swimming round the piles of the jetty in four feet of water: it was also represented in the hauls made at the Chatham Islands. I have previously (p. 54) referred to the extreme buoyancy of this fish when drawn to the surface, remarking that when the air bladder and tissues are distended it resembles an elongated barrel, and comparatively few are required to float the net and its contents. Cephalopods, crustaceans, eels and other fishes were commonly removed from the stomachs, while all the examples netted at Station 7 in 43 fathoms had the intestinal tract crowded with the crustacean Munida gregaria. (48) Waite, ‘‘ Subantarctic Islands of N.Z.’’ 1909, p. 597. PISCES 249 Family SCORPASNIDA. SCORPAINA Linneus, 1758. ScORPAINA PERCOIDES Richardson. SEA PERCH. Sebastes percoides Richardson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ix., 1842, p. 384. Scorpaena barathri Hector, T.N.Z.I. vi., 1875, p. 245. Stations 18, 19, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 30, 36, 38, 46, 49, 71, 83, 84, 88, chee This common species was freely taken, the depths ranging from 13 to 105 fathoms. Giinther states that it descends to 400 fathoms. In 1887 8S. barathri was pronounced by Giinther4? to be synonymous with this species. Being possibly unaware of this, Gill°® catalogued it as Sebastapistes barathri, and it therefore appeared in Hutton’s ‘‘Index’’ and consequently in my ‘‘ Basic list’’ also. Specimens taken on hand lines at Pitt Island, one of the Chatham Islands group, measure 398 mm. in length. In common with many other Sebastoid fishes, this species is viviparus, a fact first made known to me by Mr. Anderton. The young are very small, but are produced in large numbers. CONGIOPODUS Perry, 1871. CONGIOPODUS LEUCOPZACILUS Richardson. Pig Fis. Agriopus leucopaecilus Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1846, p. 60, pl. xxxvii., fig. 4, 5. Congiopodus leucopoecilus Gill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sei. vi., 1893, ical oben Stations 16, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24, 25, 26, 29, 30, 31, 33, 34, 36, 46, 49, 50, 51. The localities at which this species was taken are all southern ones, no examples being netted north of Pegasus Bay: it was found to be extremely common where it occurred, and was obtained at depths between 13 and 50 fathoms. The South American species C. peruvianus Cuvier and Valenciennes appears to have been first recorded for New (49) Giinther, Chall. Rep. xxii. 1887, (50) Guill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. vi. 1893, Haly/e 250 WAITE Zealand by Hutton,°! who writes: ‘‘Distinguished by having a small spine before each orbit,’’ which indeed is the only expressed difference rendered in Giinther’s work. I have compared the specimens used by Hutton with the fine series now at my com- mand, and I find them to be identical. It may be noted that small examples possess the preorbital spines, whereas larger ones do not, the spines are therefore characteristic of immaturity. I am not in a position to decide if OC. leucopaecilus is distinct from C. peruvianus; if not the latter name should be employed. It is certain, however, that we know but one species from New ~ Zealand. The Pigfish was found to be feeding largely upon a minute hermit crab, which Dr. Chilton identifies as Eupagurus stewarti Filhol; the crustacean was not extracted by the fish, but the shell of the molluse or the small mass of calcareous polyzoon in which the crab resided was swallowed whole, and the crustacean was doubtless dissolved out by the juices of the fish’s stomach. I may here refer to another extremely doubtful New Zealand member of the family. Perca cottoides Linn. (= Cottapistus cottoides) was entered as a member of our fauna on the evidence of a specimen in the Haslar collection received at the British Museum, but in giving the range of the genus (Prosopodasys) Gunther placed New Zealand within brackets evidently to express doubt. The species, however, found a place in the New Zealand lists, but in 1890, Hutton®? marked the entry with a ?, and, in a working copy which he used, I find the species scored out and Agriopus peruvianus substituted. As far as I am aware, no further specimen has been identified from New Zealand, and I think that the species may be placed with those which remain to be rediscovered. Family COTTIDA. NEOPHRYNICHTHYS Giinther, 1876. NEOPHRYNICHTHYS LATUS Hutton. TOADFISH. Psychrolutes latus Hutton, T.N.Z.1I. viii., 1876, p. 214. Neophrynichthys latus Giinther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii, 1876, -p. 396, (not P.Z:8. 1881, p. 20) plea.) Gulee US. er Mus. xi., 1888, p. 327, pl. xii. Stations 5, 28, 31, 32, 40, 43, 44. 50. This appears to be a southern species, not being taken north- ward of Pegasus Bay, though obtained from our most southerly (51) Hutton, T.N.Z.1. xxviii. 1896, p. 314. (52) id., ib. xxii. 1890, p. 277. PISCES 254 Station; it shows considerable vertical range, having been trawled between 9 and 183 fathoms. This fish formed the principal subject of the paper by Dr. Gill, above listed, but having but a single specimen, the author was unable to sacrifice it to ascertain its anatomical structure. He writes :—‘‘ We may hope that perhaps Professor Parker, to whom we are indebted for excellent memoirs on the anatomy of several fishes of his adopted home, may give himself, or depute a student to give us, some details as to the anatomy of a fish which does not appear to be excessively rare in New Zealand.’’ I was particularly unfortunate in my selection of a specimen for anatomical examination, for choosing one which was unsatisfac- tory as regards its exterior I found that the skull was broken to pieces and so crushed as to render it impossible to ascertain the original condition of the bones. Moreover the specimen was preserved in formaline, a medium which so hardens the tissues as to make dissection from bones which appear to be semi- cartilaginous, a rather difficult matter under the best conditions. I possess only one example preserved in spirits, and this I have sent to Dr. Gill with the request that he will examine it, so that we may have the benefit of his wide experience in all matters connected with the anatomy of fishes. The following are the few notes revealed by an examination of the imperfect specimen above referred to :— Beevile; 1) A selene A AZ Vo deco 20+ ©. 10-8: The vertebrze number 33, there are four gills, no slit behind the fourth, gill-rakers ten, eight being on the lower limb of the first arch, they are very small and widely spaced, the upper pharangeal teeth are two rounded masses, the lower ones are smaller and flat. Though known to attain a length of 407 mm. (= 16 inches). all the examples taken in the trawl are much smaller, and specimens 188 mm. in length have the ova fully developed. Family TRIGLIDA. The three genera of Gurnards known in New Zealand waters may be thus identified :— a. Seales very small. b. Spiny scutes at the bases of both dorsal fins. . a a Chelidonichth YS. bb. Flat scutes at base of first dorsal only ee Pterygotrigla. aa. Scales large, lateral line with 75 or fewer scales... oe oy Lepidotrigla. 252 WAITE CHELIDONICHTHYS Kaup, 1873. CHELIDONICHTHYS KUMU Lesson and Garnot. RED GURNARD. Trigla kumu Lesson and Garnot, Voy. Coquille, Poiss, 1826, p. 214, pl. xix. Chelidonichthys kumu Jord, and Evern., Rep. U.S. Fish. Comm., 1896, p. 488. Stations 25, 31, 34, 39, 42, 43, 44, 51, 53, 54, 61, 62, 64, 65, 67, 69, 70, 72, 73, 74, 76, 77, 718,80, 81, 85, 86, 87, 90, 9250s: 94, 95. This common species was first encountered off Oamaru and was thence taken generally throughout the remainder of the cruise, the depths ranging from 10 to 105 fathoms. PTERYGOTRIGLA Waite, 1899. PTERYGOTRIGLA PICTA Gunther. SPOTTED GURNARD. Plate LV. Trigla picta Giinther, Chall. Report, Shore Fishes, 1880, p. 24, pl. xa eA. Pterygotrigla andertoni Waite, Proc. N.Z. Inst., 1910, p. 26. D.vilevili, 19; Ali 1: -V. ib. Pda 3), 0, ae ee enn Vert. 10 + 16 = 26. Length of head (exclusive of spines) 2.9, height of body 3.8, length of caudal 4.8 in the total; diameter of eye 3.2, interorbital space 3.0, length of snout 2.1 in the head. Profile of snout very declivous, supraorbital edge most prominent, rising far above the contour of the head, producing a concave interorbital area; the maxillary reaches to below the anterior margin of the orbit: a single flat rostral spine on each side, a sharp spine on the temporal and another on the opercle, both directed backwards, a smaller one at the angle of the pre- opercle, a deep notch below it; a large spine on the supraclavicle directed upwards and backwards. Gill-rakers short and stout, fifteen on the first arch. Teeth.—Teeth in narrow bands in the jaws, divided on the mid line, and on the head of the vomer; none on the palatines. Fins.—The dorsal spines are strong and sharp with acute edges, the first, which stands wholly behind the head, slightly PISCES 253 exceeds the orbit in length, the third spine is the longest, but does not extend as far as the fourth or fifth when depressed; its length is nearly twice that of the orbit: the two first spines stand on a slight eminence, the others in a depression: the base of the soft dorsal is one half longer than that of the first, and its fifth or longest ray is shorter than the second spine: the anal arises in advance, and terminates posterior to the soft dorsal and its corresponding rays are lower; the pectoral is very long, reaching to below the middle of the base of the second dorsal; of the three detached rays the upper one reaches to the base of the first anal ray, or to the tip of the ventral, which fin reaches the base of the first anal ray ; caudal fin deeply cleft with pointed lobes, the outer margins of which are quite straight, the peduncle is very low, its depth being one-half the diameter of the orbit, its thickness is but slightly less; the rays leave it at a very marked angle. Armour—tThe striz on the head plates arise from certain centres and extend radially, they are especially rugose on the upper plates; the occipital plate is deeply incised, the temporal spines forming its outer border; the flattened area whence the spinous dorsal arises bears eleven rugose plates, the first is large, erescentic with straight lateral sutures, extending across, in front of the first spine; the others become successively smaller, the last pair being at the base of the sixth spine. Scales.—Seales very small, deeply imbedded, lateral line well marked, anterior portion of body, below the dorsal plates and including the lower surface, naked. Colours——General colour pink, yellow above- and white beneath; bony plates ochreaceous; fins yellow. The whole of the upper half of the head and body with black spots of different sizes and irregularly arranged; similar spots on the dorsals and caudal fins, those on the upper edge of the caudal are elongate and form a margin; the inner side of the pectora! is brown with seven black bars, these show through to the outer side, but no markings are visible when the fin is closed, the only spots then seen are those on the first ray and some smaller ones at the base of the fin, the lowest ray is without colour or marks, a few spots on the detached rays: the outer surfaces of the first three rays bear three rows of large spots; the fin is broadly margined with white. Length.—294 mm. This species, represented by several specimens, was taken in the Bay of Plenty after I left the trawler, and was sent to me by Mr. Thomas Anderton, Curator of the Portobello Marine Fish Hatchery. aie ae aN G 254 WAITE It differs from P. hemisticta in comparative proportions also in colour markings, as ascertained from the description by Jordan and Starks.°? The maxillary is much shorter, not extending beyond the anterior margin of the eye; there are more plates at the base of the first dorsal fin and the rays are relatively higher: both ventral and pectoral fins are longer and the detached rays of the pectoral (which may be ealled Chiropods) are relatively shorter. In regard to colour, the large black spot on the dorsal fin of the Japanese species is replaced with small scattered spots, not dissimilar from those on the body, the dorsal rays bear three rows of spots and the ventrals and chiropods are also spotted. Fresh specimens of P. hemisticta may exhibit markings on these fins also, as the one described was ‘‘apparently faded.’’ Judging from our examples, however, I shall be quite prepared to hear that the colouration of the specimen was not far from normal. It is unlikely that there is any agreement in the colour of the pectoral in the two species; in P. hemisticta the markings are in the form of two rows of milk white spots, while in the New Zealand form there are seven black bars. The name P. andertoni was published, the above description written, and the accompanying plate prepared before I discovered that the species was in all probability identical with Trigla picta, described from Juan Fernandez. Having communicated these facts to Mr. A. R. McCulloch, he informs me that the same species was trawled by the ‘*Endeavour’’ in Southern Austraha; the three known habitats of this handsome fish are therefore in approximately the same latitude. The genus Otohime, of which O. hemisticta is the type, is a synonym of Pterygotrigla, LEPIDOTRIGLA Giinther, 1860. a. Pectoral long, more than one-third the total length, a black mark on the first dorsal ao 38 3 oF vanessa, aa. Pectoral shorter, less than one-third the total length, dorsal without markings brachyoptera, Of the two described New Zealand species, one only was obtained. (53) Jordan and Starks, P.U.S. Nat. Mus, xxxii, 1907, p. 1382. PISCES Bo LEPIDOTRIGLA BRACHYOPTERA Hutton. GURNARD. Lepidotrigla brachyoptera Hutton, Cat. Fish. N.Z., 1872, p. 27, and eatin Bp: 5 - a _ eau a9 2k " = : ee ’ é 5 iat hee a ee ee re 2 '? + ; ey wea Ned 1 S , i ny | Ve We ANS i ae ie Oy ~~ oy r ee - 2D Shae 5 U ‘ ’ . y ‘ ‘ ‘ ‘ 1 i y ey a ! 4 yaa he a ema tS REC. CANT. MUs.] PLATE XXXV. i a 8 ee Ys, ai ‘i ie [Edgar R. Waite, del. pec. CANT. Mus.] PLATE XXXV. PO Pe oa “iti, See s iss 2 ; wee BEL Naa mel ; RO Wag rig ‘ q " % Se, : . . . @? t , 4 ~~ = ba f De : ee Pie Piatt 4 pwd r: ' { Baye p la , ‘ <2 ‘ » , b [Edgar R. Waite, del. ; . : 4 . ;" ss Pe, R Si iby - ee, i ee ae alae & Wh at “ Ri es > i ‘ ' r rieh Fe ae ah i 5 ‘ ie’ 2 t sea ‘ oe : a 1 yn Net re Ne wee’. v f , ' ry, hy . ' Ys yr a s, a i! a to rd: Chee h a | \ APA) * eee vs e a y" : ( . ‘ ‘ 5 —_— REC. CANT. MUS. ] TACT} OXGNG Xa Valin 3 an oS re Soma ote 330 se — [Edgar R. Waite, del. PLATE XXXVII. REC. CANT. MUS.] es we ] ey [Edgar R. Waite, del. Re) Poy ‘G2 ayy ie aw ty REC CANT. MUS.) PLATE XXXVIII. aad ae [Edgar R. Waite, del. _ REC. CANT. MUS.] PLATE! XXXXtx. [Edgar R. Waite, del. PLATE Xi. i RY po aa [Edgar R. Waite, del. REC. CANT. MUS. ] PLATE XI. [Edgar R. Waite, del. ay OSA DIL PLATE Mus. ] REC. CANT. [Edgar R. Waite, del. XLII. PLATE xy EE Uy [Edgar R. Waite, del. XOIMIVES PLATE CANT. MUS.] REC. Waite, del. [Edgar R. PLATE XLY. CANT. MUS.] REC. [Edgar R. Waite, del. PLATE XLVI. CANT. MUS.|] REC. R. Waite, del. [ Edgar mare Te _ en : Vinee any if Ae ; REC. CANT. Mus: ] PEATE XLVIL- [Edgar R. Waite, del. PLATE XLVIII. Mus. ] CANT. REC. del. R. Waite, [Edgar PLATE XLIX. REC. GANT. MUS.] Se de ce one L. [Hdgar REC. CANT. Mus.] PLATE Ih, [Edgar R. Waite, del. PLATE LI. MUS. | REC. CANT. del Waite, {Edgar R. PLATE IIT. Is. ] Mv ANT. 1 J REC. C Waite, del. Rk. | Edgar REC.3CANT. MUS.] PLATE LIII. [Edgar R. Waite, del. PLATE LIV. REG: CANT. MuUS-] TAY “ae ASN BRS Waite, del. [Edgar R. Merny PATH TV, CANT. Mus. ] REC. Waite, del. R. | #dgar REC. CANT. MUS.] PLATE LVI. 1. fig. 56. p: 33, fe: 7 an text: Station 4; Dredge Station B. MOLLUSCA 275 Family MYTILIDAi. MYTILUS (Linné) Bolten, 1798. Mytinus (AULACOMYA) MAGELLANICUS Lamarck. Mytilus magellanicus Lam., Anim. s. Vert., vi., 1819, p. 119. M. polyodontes Gray, Dieff. N.Z., 1848, p. 259 (not of Quoy and Gaimard). M. capensis Dunker, in Menke’s Zeitschr. f. Malak., 1846, p. 108. M. crenatus Krauss, die Stidafrik. Moll., 1848, p. 24 (not of Lamarck). Stations 3, 6, 20, 44. MODIOLUS Lamarck, 1799. MopioLus AUSTRALIS Gray. Modiola australis Gray, App. to King’s Voyage, 11., 1827, p. 477. Mytilus (Modiola) areolatus Gould, Proe. Bost, S.N.H., iii. 1850, p. 343. . Stations 6, 7, 26 or 30, 44. MODIOLARIA Beck, 1840. Mopro.aRtIA IMPACTA Hermann, 1782. Mytilus impactus Herm., Naturforscher, xvii., 1782, pl. iii., figs. 5-8. Modiola discors Lam., Anim. s. Vert., vi., 1819, p. 114 (not of Linné). Station 44. Family PECTINIDA. PECTEN Miiller, 1776. Precren (Euvoua) MEpIuS Lamarck. Pecten medius Lam., Anim. s. Vert., vi., 1819, p. 163. P. laticostatus Gray, Yate N.Z., 1835, p. 310. P. fuscus Sow., Thes. Conch. 1., p. 47, pl. xvi., figs. 118 119. P. fumatus Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii., pl. vil., fig. 32. P. fumatus albus Tate, Proc. Roy. Soe. Tasm., 1887, p. 113. P. nove-zelandie Reeve, t.c., pl. vin., fig. 36. P. filosus Reeve, t.c., pl. xi., fig. 42. P. meridionalis Tate, t.c., p. 114. Station 13. PECTEN (CHLAMYS) DICHROUS Suter. Pecten (Chlamys) dichrous Suter, Proc. Mal. Soe., vii., 1909, p. 264, pl. xi., fig. 31. Stations 20, 26; Dredge Station C. 12 276 SUTER PrecTEN (CHLAMYS) RADIATUS Hutton. Pecten radiatus Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 82. Stations 6, 12, 20, 30; Dredge Station A. Chatham Islands. PECTEN (CHLAMYS) ZELANDIAE Gray. Pecten zelandie Gray, Dieff. N.Z., 1843, p. 260. P. dieffenbachi Reeve, Conch, Icon., viii., 1852, fig. 88. P. multicostatus Reeve, t.c., fig. 173. Stations 1, 14, 20. PECTEN ZEALANDIAE, sub-sp. GEMMULATUS Reeve. Pecten gemmulatus Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii., 1852, fig. 111. P. australis Hutt., Journ. de Conch., xxvi., 1878, p. 54 (not of Sowerby). P. asperrimus Hutt., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, ix., 1885, p. 531 (not of Lamarck). Stations 5, 6, 20, 26 or 30. Family LIMIDA. LIMA (Bruguiére) Cuvier, 1798. Lima (s. str.) Lima Linné. Ostrea lima Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 699. Lima squamosa.Lam., Anim. s. Vert., vi., 1819, p. 156. L. zealandica Sow., P.Z.S., 1876, p. 754, pl. Ixxv., fig. 1. Station 26 or 30. Lima (MANTELLUM) ANGULATA Sowerby. Lima angulata Sow., P.Z.S., 1843, p. 23. L. basilanica Adams and Reeve, Voy. ‘‘Samarang,’’ 1848, p. 75, pl. XX. 1Psb: L. orientalis Adams and Reeve, t.c., p. 75, pl. xxi., fig. 7. Dredge Stations A, B, C. Lima (LIMATULA) BULLATA Born. Ostrea bullata Born, Mus. Ces. Vindobon. 1780, p. 110, pl. vi., fig. 8. O. inflata Gmelin, Syst. Nat., ed. 13, 1790, p. 3321. Lima strangei Sow., Conch. Ieon., xviii., 1873, pl. ii1., fig. 15. L. japonica Hutt., Journ. de Conch., xxvi., 1878, p. 55 (not of A. Adams). Stations 4, 26 or 30; Dredge Station A. MOLLUSCA 277 Family OSTREIDA. OSTREA Linné, 1758. OSTREA CORRUGATA Hutton. Ostrea corrugata Hutt., Cat..Tert. Moll., 1873, p. 35. O. discoidea E. A. Smith, Voy. ‘‘Erebus and Terror,’’ Moll., 1874, p. 7., pl i., fig? 15 (not of Gould). Stations 6, 9. Family PINNIDA#. ATRINA Gray, 1840. ATRINA ZELANDICA Gray. Pinna zelandica Gray, Yate, N.Z., 1835, p. 310. P, senticosa Gould, Proc. Bost., S.N.H., ii., 1850, p. 312. Station 20. Family CRASSATELLITIDA. CYAMIOMACTRA Bernard, 1897. CYAMIOMACTRA PROBLEMATICA Bernard. Cyamiomactra problematica Bernard, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat.. Paris, 1097, pol meee. Station 4; Dredge Station A. CYAMIOMACTRA PROBLEMATICA, TRUNCATA var. nov. Differs from the species in the short sub-trapezoidal form; the anterior end being short and rounded, the posterior end truncate, with a distinct angle towards the basal margin; between this and the beaks the valves show a distinct angle. It is an extreme form of the variable species, and well worthy of a varietal distinction, though intermediate forms are sometimes met with; they, however, are never so distinctly angled. Length, 4mm.; height, 3.5 mm.; diameter 2mm. Type in the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. Station 4. PERRIERINA Bernard, 1897. PERRIERINA TAXODONTA Bernard. Perricrina taxodonta Bernard, Bull. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, No. 7, 1897, p. 312, fig. 3 mm text. Station 4. bo as | (0) SUTER CUNA Hedley, 1902. CUNA CARDITELLOIDES sp. nov. Shell minute, trigonal, solid, slightly inequilateral, radially costate. Beaks contiguous, prodissoconchs minute, globose and smooth, surrounded by a narrow groove. Anterior end with the dorsal margin straight, descending, rounded towards the convex basal margin ; posterior end similar to the anterior, but the dorsal margin feebly curved and angled towards the basal margin. Lunule distinct, long, lanceolate, with a few concentric ridges. Sculpture consisting of about 15 equi-distant narrow smooth rounded radiate riblets, the interstices deep and narrower than the coste; concentric undulating growth-lines are distinct only near the base. Colour white. Interior white, porcellanous, shining. Basal margins crenate. Hinge broad; the right valve with a stout triangular cardinal tooth, sometimes bifid; left valve with two divergent cardinal teeth, the posterior usually bifid. Resilifer small. Adductor scars distinct, impressed. Pallial line simple. Length, 2.5mm.; height, 3mm.; diameter, 1.5mm. Type in the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. Dredge Station C. CunaA DELTA Tate and May. Carditella delta Tate and May, Trans. Roy. Soe. 8S. Aust., xxiv., 1900, p.. 102; Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, xxvi., 1901, p. 434, pl. xxvu., figs. 100, 101. Cuna delta, Hedley, Mem. Aust. Mus., iv., 1902, p. 316. Station 4; Dredge Station B. Family CARDITIDA. CARDITA (Bruguiére) Lamarck, 1799. CARDITA CALYCULATA Linné. Chama calyculata L., Syst. Nat., ed. 10, 1758, p. 692. Cardita aviculina Lam., Anim. s. Vert., vi., 1819, p. 26. C. excavata Desh., P.Z.S., 1852 (1854), p. 100, pl. xvii., figs. 1-3. Mytilicardia tasmanica T. Woods, Proc. Roy. Soe. Tasm., 1876, p, 16, Stations 6, 22, 26 or 30; Dredge Station B. VENERICARDIA Lamarck, 1801. VENERICARDIA (S. Str.) DIFFICILIS Deshayes. Cardita difficilis Desh., P.Z.S., 1852 (1854), p. 103, pl. xvii. hes. 16, 17, Venericardia intermedia Hutt., Cat. Tert. Moll., 1873, p. 24. Stations 2, 6, 12, 20, 22, 26 or 30. MOLLUSCA 279 VENERICARDIA (PLEUROMERIS) BOLLONSI Suter. Venericardia (Pleuromeris) bollonsi Suter, Proc. Mal. Soce., vii. ewo0T. p.-211, pl. xvi., fies. 828b. Dredge Station A. VENERICARDIA (PLEUROMERIS) ZELANDICA Deshayes. Cardita zelandica Desh., P.Z.S., 1852 (1854), p. 101 (not Venericardia zelandica Pot. and Mich., 1838, which is Chione stutchburyi Gray). C. lutea Hutt., Man. N.Z. Moll., 1880, p. 159. C. compressa Hutt., Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S. Wales, ix., 1885, p. 527 (not of Reeve). Dredge Station C. VENERICARDIA (M1ropoNtTIScUS) coRBIS Philippi. Cardita corbis Phil., Enum. Moll. Sicilx, i., 1836, p. 55. C. wudentata Basterot, reference not known to me. Stations 2, 4, 5; Dredge Stations A, B. Family CONDYLOCARDIIDA. CONDYLOCARDIA Bernard, 1897. CoNDYLOCARDIA CRASsICosTA Bernard. Condylocardia crassicosta Bernard, Journ. de Conch., xliv., 1896 (1897), Spe 175, ply, ies a. Station 4. Family DIPLODONTIDA. DIPLODONTA Bronn., 1831. DIPLODONTA GLOBULARIS Lamarck. Lucina globularis Lam., Anim. s. Vert., v., 1818, p. 544. Stations 4, 26 or 30; Dredge Station A. Family LEPTONIDA. KELLIA Turton, 1822. KELLIA SUBORBICULARIS Montagu. Mya suborbicularis Mtg., Test. Brit., 1804, pp. 39, 564, pl. xxvi., mo: (6. Kellia cycladiformis Desh., Traité Elém. de Conch., pl. x1i., figs. 6-9. Erycina rotunda Desh., P.Z.S., 1855, p. 181. Station 6. An elongately-oval variety. 280 SUTER NEOLEPTON Monterosato, 1875. NEOLEPTON ANTIPODUM FAlhol. Kellia antipodum Filh., Comptes Rend., xei., 1880, p. 1095. Neolepton antipodum Filh.: Hedley, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxviii.. 1906, p. 74, pl. 1., fig. 5. Station 4. Family TELLINIDAS. TELLINA (Linné) Lamarck, 1799. TELLINA (s. str.) URINATORIA, Sp. Nov. Shell small, thin, compressed, transversely oval, very inequi- lateral, white, convex at both ends. Beaks at about anterior third of length, acute, slghtly raised, directed forwards. Anterior end short, convex, the dorsal margin oblique, slightly rounded. Posterior end produced, rounded, the dorsal margin straight, very slowly descending; basal margin broadly convex, slightly ascending anteriorly. Sculptwre consisting of very fine and close concentric lines, crossed by microscopic radiate striz. Colour white. Interior white, polished smooth. Hinge: 2 cardinal teeth in each valve, the anterior left and posterior right stouter, triangular, cleft at the top; 2 laterals in each valve, the anterior teeth nearer the cardinals. Adductor scars unequal. Pallial sinus large, reaching the anterior adductor sear. Length, 7.5mm.; height, 5mm.; diameter, 2.3mm. Type in the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch. Dredge Station A, Family SEMELIDA. LEPTOMYA A. Adams, 1864. LEPTOMYA LINTEA Hutton. Tellina lintea Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 67. T. decussata Hutt., t.c., p. 67 (not of Lamarck). T. subovata Hutt., t.c., p. 67 (not of Sowerby). T. strangei Hutt., Journ. de Conch., xxvi., 1878, p. 47 (not of Deshayes). T. retiaria Hutt., Trans. N.Z. Inst., xvii., 1885, p. 322. Leptomya lintea Hutt.: Suter, Proc. Mal. Soe., vii., 1907, p. 218, pl. xviii., figs. 10-10e. Dredge Station C. MOLLUSCA 281 Family MACTRIDAL. MACTRA Linné, 1767. Mactra (COELOMACTRA) SCALPELLUM Reeve. Mactra scalpellum Reeve, Conch. Teon., vii., 1854, pl. xix., fig. 106. Darina pusilla Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll, 1873, p. 63. Station 4. Macrra (MactrotoMA) ELONGATA Quoy and Gaimard. Mactra elongata Q. and G., Voy. ‘‘ Astrolabe,’’ Zool., i1i., 1835, p, 518, pl lean, fies. 172: Mulinia notata Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 64. Station 3. ZENATIA Gray, 1852. ZENATIA ACINACES Quoy and Gaimard. Lutraria acinaces Q. and G., Voy. ‘‘ Astrolabe,’’ Zool., iii., 1835, p: 545, pleixxxi., figs. 5, 6. L. deshayesi Reeve, Conch. Icon., viii., 1854, pl. i., fig. 1. Zenatia solenoides Desh. P.Z.S., 1854, (1855), p. 72 (not of Lamarck). Z. cumingiana Desh., t.c., p. 72. Station 89. Family VENERIDA. MACROCALLISTA Meek, 1876. MACROCALLISTA MULTISTRIATA Sowerby. Cytherea (Callista) multistriata Sow., Thes. Conch., ii. 1851, Bp: 628; pl. exxxvi,, fic: 177: Stations 2, 4. CYTHEREA Bolten, 1798. CYTHEREA OBLONGA Hanley. Venus oblonga Hanley, in Wood’s Index Test., Suppl., 1828. Dosina zelandica Gray, Yate, N.Z., 1835, p. 309. Stations 26 or 30, 29. CYTHEREA SUBSULCATA Suter. Venus sulcata Hutt., Proce. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, (2) i 1887, p. 226 (Pliocene), not the species of 1875. Chione subsulcata Suter, Proc. Mal. Soe., vi.. 1905, p. 205. Station 20. ed 282 SUTER CHIONE Mergerle, 1811. CHIONE (CHAMELEA) CRASSA Quoy and Gaimard. Venus crassa Q. and G. Voy. ‘‘Astrolabe,’’ Zool., iii., 1835, peocospl! lxxxiv.,, figs; 718: Chione gibbosa Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 71. Stations 5, 6, 20. CHIONE (CHAMELEA) MESODESMA Quoy and Gaimard. Venus mesodesma Q. and G., Voy. ‘‘ Astrolabe,’’ Zool., 111., 1835, PD. 0d2,ply lxexiy, os, Aico! 2V. spurca Sow., P.Z.8., 1835, p. 23. Murcia scansilis Romer, Mal. Blatter, vii.., 1860, p. 161. Stations 4, 12, 26 or 30, 29; Dredge Station C. Family CARDITDA. PROTOCARDIA Beyrich, 1845. PROTOCARDIA (NEMOCARDIUM) PULCHELLA Gray. Cardium striatulum Sow., P.Z.S., 1840, p. 105 (not of Broechi). C. pulchellum Gray, Dieff, N.Z., 1843, p. 252. Stations 4, 12, 26 or 30. Family PSAMMOBIIDA. PSAMMOBIA (Lamarck) Bowdich, 1822. PSAMMOBIA (GOBRAEUS) ZELANDICA Deshayes. Psammobia zelandica Desh., P.Z.S., 1854 (1855), p. 319. P. zonalis Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 66 (not of Lamarck). Station 4. Family SAXICAVIDAL. SAXICAVA Bellevue, 1802. SAXICAVA ARCTICA Linné. Mya arctica Linné, Syst. Nat., ed. 12, 1767, p. 1113, Hiatella minuta, Gray, in Dieff. N.Z., 1843, p. 252. Saxicava australis Hutt., Man. N.Z. Moll, 1880, p. 134. Station 6; Dredge Station A. MOLLUSCA 283 PANOPEA Ménard, 1807. PANOPEA ZELANDICA Quoy and Gaimard. Panopea zelandica Q. and G., Voy. ‘‘Astrolabe,’’ Zool., iii., 1835, p. 547, pl. Ixxxiii., figs. 7-9. P. solandri Gray, Dieff. N.Z., 1848, p. 255. Stations 1, 14, 20. Family TEREDINIDA. TEREDO Linné, 1758. TEREDO (XYLOTRYA) SAULIIT Wright. Nausitora saulu Wright, Trans. Linn. Soc., xxv., 1865, p. 567, ple ixv hes: 9-15: Station 74; in a piece of timber. Family THRACIIDA. THRACIA Blainville. 1824. THRACIA VITREA Hutton. Lyonsia vitrea Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll. 1873, p. 61. Thracia granulosa Hutt., Cat. Tert. Moll., 1873. p. 19. Station 4. Family MYOCHAMIDA. MYODORA Gray, 1840. MyoporRA NOVAE-ZEALANDIAE E. A. Smith. Myodora nove-zealandie KE. A. Smith, P.Z.S., 1880, p. 584, pl. hii, fig. 5. Station 4. MyoporA SUBROSTRATA EH. A. Smith. Myodora ovata Hutt., Cat. Mar. Moll., 1873, p. 62 (not of Reeve). M. subrostrata E. A. Smith, P.Z.S., 1880, p. 584, pl. lii., fig.. 6. Station 4; Dredge Station A. Family CHAMOSTREIDA#. CHAMOSTREA F. de Roissy, 1825. CHAMOSTREA ALBIDA Lamarck. Chama albida Lam., Anim. s. Vert., vi., 1819, p. 96. Station 6. 284 SUTER BRACHIOPODA. Family THREBRATULIDA. MAGELLANIA Bayle, 1880. MAGELLANIA LENTICULARIS Deshayes. Terebratula lenticularis Desh., Revue Zool. Soc. Cuv:, 1839, Dp. 909. Waldheimia lenticularis Davidson, Trans. Linn. Soe... iv.. 1886, p. 52, pl. ix., figs. 2-13. Station 26 or 30. TEREBRATELLA Orbigny, 1847. TEREBRATELLA SANGUINEA Leach. Terebratula sanguinea Leach, Zool. Mise., 1814, p. 76, pl. xxxiii. T. cruenta Dillw., Cat. Rec. Shells, n., 1817, p. 295. Terebratella cruenta Davidson, Trans. Linn. Soce., iv., 1887, p. 87, ply mive digs: 1-8: Terebratula zelandica Desh., Revue Zool. Soe. Cuv., 1839, p. 359. T. rubra Sow., Thes. Conch., 1., 1846, p. 345, pl. Ixviii., figs. 9-11. T. evansit Davidson, P.Z.S., 1852, p. 77, pl. xiv., figs, 7-9. Stations 26 or 30, 44. TEREBRATELLA RUBICUNDA Sowerby. Terebratella sanguinea Q. and G., Voy. ‘‘ Astrolabe,’’ Zool., 111., 1834, p. 556, pl. Ixxxv., figs. 7, 8 (not of Leach). T. rubicunda Sow., P.Z.S., 1852, p. 92. Davidson, Trans. Linn. Soc., iv., 1887, p. 84, pl. xv., figs. 15-29. T. inconspicua Sow., P.Z.8., 1846, p. 93. Waltonia valenciennesii Davidson, Ann Mag. Nat. Hist. (2). v. 1350p. 4; players. al Stations 6, 9. Family RHYNCHONELLIDA. HEMITHYRIS Orbigny, 1847. HEMITHYRIS NIGRICANS Sowerby. Rhynchonella nigricans Sow., P.Z.S., 1846, p. 91, and Thes. Conch. i., 1846, p. 342, pl. Ixxi., figs. 81, 82. Davidson, Trans. Linn. Soe., iv., 1887, p. 169, pl. xxiv., figs. 16-19. Stations 6, 22. CRUSTACEA. By CuHar.eEs CuiutTon, M.A., D.Sce., F.1.S., Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand. Plate iV TLr* THE collection of Crustacea is not a particularly large one, and the species collected belong mainly to the crabs, larger shrimps, ete., to which attention was naturally mainly directed. Very few of the smaller forms were obtained, the collection containing only a very few isopods and amphipods that were gathered incidentally along with the larger forms. The lst contains 43 species divided among the groups of Crustacea as follows :— Decapoda 28, Stomatopoda 2, Amphipoda 4, Isopoda 5,Cirripedia 2. Parasitic Copepoda 2. All the specimens have been referred to species already described, but one species has only very recently been described, and another is new to the New Zealand fauna, while a new name is proposed for one preoccupied. The collection is nevertheless an interesting one in several respects, more particularly because it contains several forms gathered originally by the ‘‘Challenger’’ or by earlier collectors and not since recognised; these include one or two forms that had long been put down on the list of New Zealand Crustacea but whose right to remain on the list had been much doubted. It will be noticed that quite a large number of species belong to the Paguridw, some of them being species that have not been collected since they were first described by Filhol or Henderson. From the accounts given below it will be seen that there are one or two interesting examples of commensalism connected with some of the species. Thus Paramithrax longipes seems to be almost invariably accompanied by specimens of Balanus decorus growing on its carapace, the cirripedes being in some cases so large and numerous that they exceed in size the body of the crab itself. (See plate lvi.). * For explanation of plate see p. 312. 286 CHILTON Eupagurus stewarti seems rather peculiar in the ‘‘house’’ that it occupies. The abdomen of the hermit crab is straight, and in some eases it inhabits tubes formed of a Millepora; in other cases the hermit crab lives in a massive calcareous Polyzoon which is very much larger than the crab, so much so that it seems doubtful if the crab can drag its large solid dwelling-place about with it. (See fig. 1). In each case the erab inhabits a cylindrical cavity in the Millepora or Polyzoon, and it is not quite clear how this cavity has been formed. Professor Benham, to whom I am indebted for assistance in identifying the Millepora and Polyzoon, suggests that they may be pieces that have grown around a circular branch of seaweed and that the crab occupies the cavity formed by the subsequent decay of the seaweed. It is already known from Dr. Aleock’s investigations in Indian seas that the houses in which hermit crabs live are made of a great variety of substances, and that in some cases, as in Paguristes typica, we have a case of intimate commensalism, a sea-anemone of the genus Mamillifera settling on the hinder part of the young hermit-crab’s tail and the two animals growing up together in such a way that the spreading zoophytes form a blanket which the hermit crab can either draw completely forward over its head or throw half-back as it pleases.t For assistance in supplying information or specimens for comparison I have to thank Mr. A. Hamilton of the Dominion Museum, Professor W. B. Benham of the Otago Museum, Mr. H. Suter, Mr. G. M. Thomson, Mr. T. Anderton, and the authorities of the Portobello Fish Hatchery. To Mr. Edgar R. Waite, Curator of the Canterbury Museum, I am indebted for the opportunity of examining the specimens, and thanks are due to him for making the collection under most unfavourable conditions during the cruise, when his main energies had to be devoted to the fishes and other groups more directly of economical importance. I have not attempted to give the full synonymy of the species but have given only such references as seemed necessary in each case. 29, 30. SOD Ae CN CRUSTACEA IBT LIST OF SPECIES. BRACHYURA. Paramithrax peronii Milne-Kdwards. Paramithrax longipes G. M. Thomson, Paramithrax latreillei Miers. Acanthophrys filholi A. Milne-Edwards. Prionorhynchus edwardsu Jacquinot et Lucas. Cancer nove-zealandia (Jacquinot et Lueas). Nectocarcinus antarcticus (Jacquinot et Lucas). Ovalipes bipustulatus (Milne-EKdwards). Ommatocarcinus macgillivrayi White. Halicarcinus planatus var. tridentatus (Jacquinot et Lucas), Halhecarcinus huttoni Filhol, Elamena producta T. W. Kirk. Pinnotheres nove-zealandiw Filhol. Kbalia lavis (Bell). ANOMURA. Petrocheles spinosus Miers. Rupagurus rubricatus Wenderson. ° Eupagurus thomson: Filhol. Kupagurus stewarti Filho. EKupagurus nore nom.noy. (=f. edwardsi ¥ilhol). Paguristes barbatus (Weller). Aniculus aniculus (Fabricius). Munida gregaria (Fabricius). Galathea pusilla Wenderson. MACRURA. Jasus edwardsu (Wutton). Tbacus alticrenatus Spence Bate. Leander affinis (Milne-EKdwards ). Nauticaris marioms Spence Bate. Pontophilus australis (G, M. Thomson). STOMATOPODA. Lysiosquilla spinosa (Wood-Mason). Squilla armata Milne-Edwards. 288 CHILTON AMPHIPODA. 31. Ampelisca chiltoni Stebbing. 32. Leptamphopus novae-zealandie (G. M. Thomson). 33. Paradexamine pacifica (G. M. Thomson). 34. Phronima nove-zealandie Powell. ISOPODA. 35. Paridotea ungulata (Pallas). 36. Meinertia imbricata (Fabricius). 37. Livoneca raynaudii. Milne Edwards. 38. Exospharoma chilensis (Dana). 39. Cilicwa caniculata (G. M. Thomson)... CIRRIPEDIA. AQ. Balanus decorus Darwin. 41. Scapellum spinosum Annandale. COPEPODA PARASITICA. 42. [Lernaa lotella G. M. Thomson. 43. Chondracanthus lotelle G. M. Thomson. BRACHYURA. PARAMITHRAX PERONIT Milne-Edwards. Paramithrax peronu M-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834, p. 324. Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 5. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb. xiv., heft 5, 1901, p. 454. Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xxxvii, 1906, p. 265. Fulton and Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc. Victoria, xix., part 1, 1906, p. 16. One male specimen from Station 44, and one male and one female from Station 74. The female, though only 18mm. in leneth of carapace, bears eggs and agrees well with the characters of larger specimens, except that the spines on the ‘arapace are sharper; in large specimens they become more like tubercles. The species is common around the New Zealand coasts at moderate depths, and the surface of the carapace is always more or less covered with sponges, seaweed, ete. It extends to Australia, and Milne-Edwards gives the Indian Ocean as the locality from which his specimens came. CRUSTACEA 289 PARAMITHRAX LONGIPES G. M. Thomson. Plate LVII. ~Paramithrax longipes G. M. Thomson, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,:ser. 7, vol. x., 1902, p. 361. Numerous specimens of this species were taken at Stations 4, 5, 7, 17, 23, and 26. They agree well with the description given by Mr. G. M. Thomson, except that in most cases the carapace is more spiny than is shown in his figure. Dimensions of largest male, length of carapace 80mm., breadth 60mm.: propod of cheliped, 60mm. Nearly all the specimens have the carapace overgrown and sometimes almost completely covered with sponges, compound ascidians, Serpulw, Spirorbis, and particularly with Balanus decorus. On one small female specimen there were nine or ten specimens of Balanus decorus, the whole of them together being larger than the body of the crab; another, a male, bore five specimens of this species on its back, and numerous other examples bore one or more large specimens of Balanus decorus. It thus appears that there must be some special association between the crab and this species of cirripede. (See Pl. lvin, figs, 1, -2):3). From Station 30 I have one mutilated male specimen measuring 30mm. from the tip of the rostral spines to the posterior end of the carapace, which already has the characteristic external maxillipeds, and undoubtedly belongs to this species; the spines on it are however very much more prominent and acute than those described and figured by Mr. Thomson—his figure appears to have been taken from an old specimen in which the spines have become reduced to tubercles. In the immature specimen the four spines in the branchial region are particularly sharp and prominent, the two posterior ones being the largest, the posterior margin of the carapace is produced in the median line into a prominent spine of about the same size and there is a well-marked row of four spines anterior to this in the median line; the rostral spines project almost horizontally while in the larger specimens they are somewhat depressed towards their extremities. PARAMITHRAX LATREILLEI Miers. Paramithraz latreille: Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 6. P. barbicornis Miers, ib. p. 6 (not of Latreille). Hutton, Index Faune N.Z., 1904, p. 247. P. cristatus Filhol, Mission de Vile Campbell, 1885, p. 358, pl. xli., fig. 11. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb., xiv., heft 5, 1901, p. 454. 290 CHILTON Numerous specimens of this species were taken in set nets at the Chatham Islands, whence specimens have previously been sent to me by Miss Shand; these agree well with the descriptions given by Miers and by Filhol. Miers at first referred the species to P. barbicorms (Latreille) an Australan species, but at the same time suggested the name P. latreillei should the species prove to be distinct from the Australian one. Filhol stated that it was quite different from P. barbicornis (Latreille) and gave a fresh description of it under the name P. cristatus. He also gave a description of the true P. barbicornis (Latreille), which he considered to be so different as to form a distinct genus, and he therefore suggested for it the name Lobophrys barbicorns, under which Milne-Edwards had inscribed it in the Catalogue of the Paris Museum. Filhol gives the length of the carapace as 41mm. and the breadth 30mm. Some of the specimens obtained by the ‘‘ Nora Niven”’ are considerably larger than this, one large male having the length of carapace 60mm. and breadth 42mm. The chelipeds become disproportionately large in these large males, this specimen having the propod 42mm. long and 18mm. broad. ACANTHOPHRYS FILHOLI A. Milne-Edwards. Acanthophrys filhou A. M.-Edw., Bull. Soc. Phil., 1876, and Ann. Sci. Nat. (6) iv., 1876, art. 9, p. 4. Filhol, Mission de l’Ile Campbell, 1885, p. 365, pl. xxxix., ne: 1 and plexi he. 8: One female specimen from Station 17, one female from Station 26, and another from Station 44. The chelipeds in the female show the same crests on the carpus and are generally similar to those of the male, but are of much smaller size. All the specimens have the carapace thickly covered with sponges, compound ascidians, Serpule, ete. I have a specimen in my collection from New Brighton, given to me by Mr. H. Suter. Filhol’s specimens were from the oyster beds near Stewart Island. PRIONORHYNCHUS EDWARDSI Jacquinot et Lucas. Prionorhynchus edwardsu Jaeq. et Lue., Voy. au Pole Sud. Zool. i. “Crust, Leos: 2-6. ple dnalee Filhol, Mission de 1’Ile Campbell, 1885, p. 367, pl. xlu., figs 1 to 4. Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xv., 1892, p. 243. Hodgson, ‘‘Southern Cross’’ Crustacea, 1902, p. 230. Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, p. 608. CRUSTACEA 291 The specimens appear to agree pretty closely with the description given by Filhol. The dimensions of the largest individuals examined are :— Male—Length of carapace, 175mm. Breadth ,, % 150mm. Propod of chelipeds, length 150mm. breadth 45mm. Female—Length of carapace, 115mm. Breadth of carapace, 100mm. Propod of chelipeds, length 65mm. breadth 18mm. Filhol (p. 370) gives the length of the female as 102mm. and the breadth 114mm., thus making the breadth greater than the length; it is probable, however, that his figures have been accidentally reversed. The back of the carapace of many of the specimens was over- grown with a serpulid (probably Pomatoceros strigiceps) and with a molluse (Anomia sp.), various polyzoa, ete. Numerous specimens of this species were taken at Stations 5, 15, 17, 20, 47 and 48. The species is common at the Auckland and Campbell Islands, and at moderate depths off the south of New Zealand. According to the settlers it has only been seen once at Stewart Island; about three years ago specimens were first taken there in shallow water, and socn after they are said to have come ashore in thousands, walking about on the beaches. CANCER NOVAE-ZEALANDIAE, (Jacquinot et Lucas). Platycarcinus nove-zealandie Jacq. et Luc., Voy. au Pole Sud., iii., Crust., 1853, p. 34, pl. iu, fig. 6. Cancer nove-zealandie Lenz., Zool. Jahrb. xiv., 1901, p. 459. Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, p. 608. One immature male specimen from Station 12, six miles north-west of the Nuggets. The species is very common on New Zealand coasts. NECTOCARCINUS ANTARCTICUS (Jacquinot et Lucas). Portunus antarcticus Jacq. et Luc., Voy. au Pole Sud., iii., Crust., 1853, p. 51. Nectocarcinus antarcticus A. M.-Edw., Archiv. Mus. Hist. Nat. Slop py. 407, Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 30. Hodgson, ‘‘Southern Cross’’ Crustacea, 1902, p. 229. Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, p. 608. This species was taken at Stations 2, 5, 12, 23, 26 and 30, and at the Chatham Islands. It is known also from the Auckland Islands, and is probably common at moderate depths around the K 3 292 CHILTON southern parts of New Zealand and the islands south of New Zealand. The specimens agree well with the description given in Miers’ Catalogue. OVALIPES BIPUSTULATUS (Milne-Edwards). Ansopus trimaculata De Haan, Fauna Japon. Crust., dee. i., 1833, p. 13. Platyonychus bipustulatus M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., i., 1834 p: 401, pl. xvil., feo 7-10. Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 32, and P.Z.S. 1881, p. 68. Ovalipes bipustulatus Rathbun, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xxi., No. 7; 1898, p. 597%, and xxxvin,, 19100577. O. trimaculatus Stebbing, South African Crustacea, part ii., 1902, p. 13 (with discussion of synonymy). Doflein, Wiss. Ergebn. Deutschen Tiefsee Exped. (1898-9), 1904, p. 92,. pl. xxxii., fig. 6. Numerous specimens of this species were taken during the expedition ; one male from Station 5, and many others, male and female, from the Stations near the Chatham Islands, while. according to Mr. Waite, enormous bags were taken in Petre and Hanson Bays. (Introduction, p. 53). Thev agree well with the description given in Miers’ Catalogue. The dimensions of the largest specimen are:—Length of earapace 85mm., breadth of carapace 105mm. The species is widely distributed, being found in Austraha, and also on the coast of Chil, Cape of Good Hope, and generally throughout the Indo-Pacific region. OMMATOCARCINUS MACGILLIVRAYI White. Ommatocarcinus macgillivrayt White, Append. in Stanley, Voy. ‘‘Rattlesnake,’? ai JiSo2. 1. 393,, Dl. ove, de M.-Edw, Ann. Sci. Nat., ser. 3, Zool. xviii., 1852, p. 163. Miers, Chall. Rep., xvii., Brachyura, 1886, p. 247. Stebbing, History Recent Crustacea, 1893, p. 92. O. huttoni Filhol, Mission de 1’Ile Campbell, 1885, p. 384, pl. xhii., figs. 1 and 2. One small female specimen from Station 29; length of carapace 17mm., greatest breadth 35mm. This specimen agrees closely with the description given by Filhol. In describing his specimen Filhol discusses the question as to whether it may be the female of O. macgillivrayit White, from Australia, but on account of various differences which he points out comes to the conclusion that this can hardly. be the case. During the ‘‘Challenger’’ expedition one young male and two small egg-bearing females were taken in New Zealand seas, and these Miers referred to O. macgillivrayi. He pointed out, CRUSTACEA 293 however, that in all these specimens the chelipeds were of moderate length and not greatly elongated as in the large Australian males, the types of the species, in the British Museum; and he suggests that the differences may perhaps be found to be of specific importance. At the time he wrote he was evidently unacquainted with Filhol’s description of O. huttoni. Through the kindness of the authorities of the Portobello Fish Hatchery I have been able to examine two other female specimens and one male. In the latter the chelipeds are greatly elongated as in the Australian specimens referred to by Miers, and there can, therefore, I think, be little doubt that our New Zealand ‘species is really the same as the one found in Australian seas. In this male specimen the total width of the carapace to the tips of the lateral spines is 42mm., and the eye stalk reaches almost to the end of the spines, the chelipeds are greatly elongated, the merus being 35mm. long and the total length of the propod to the end of the fixed finger 47mm., the carpus is quite short, only 7mm. long; the merus has the under surface somewhat flattened, but otherwise is nearly cylindrical, and of approximately the same width throughout. It bears no spines, even the one on the middle of the posterior margin being quite absent, but along the lower inner angle there is a series of fairly well-marked granules, and other granules are present along the upper surface, while the other surfaces are smoother, being only minutely granulated. The propod is granulated in the same way, the granulations beg most evident along the upper surface. It is rounded in section at the proximal end but widens considerably to the bases of the fingers where it is a good deal compressed. The dactyl is granular on its upper edge; its inner edge, like that of the fixed finger, bears a number of rounded teeth of various sizes. HALICARCINUS PLANATUS Var. TRIDENTATUS (Jacquinot et Lucas). Hymenosoma tridentatum Jacq. et Luc., Voy. au Pole Sud., i11., 1853. ps OOMpl vy. Hes 2i. H. tridentatus Filhol, Mission de 1’Ile Campbell, 1885, p. 396. H. planatus, var. tridentatus Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, . 609. Pein conta specimen from the Chatham Islands appears to belong to this common species. There is also a large male specimen from Station 6, off Stewart Island. As explained under the reference last quoted, I look upon this form as a variety of the widely distributed sub-antarctic species H. planatus (Fabr.). bo ie) = CHILTON HALICARCINUS HUTTONI Filhol. Halicarcinus huttom Filhol, Mission de |’Ile Campbell, 1885, p. ago. pl. xvi, fie. 1. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb, xiv., 1901, p. 469. Two males and four females from Station 75, all small; a female bearing eggs having the carapace 6mm. broad and its length a trifle less. These specimens I refer with very little hesitation to Filhol’s species. Lenz considers this only a young form of H. planatus var. tridentatus (Jaeq. et Luc.) but some of my specimens are adult females with eggs, and they can be readily distinguished from even young forms of var. tridentatus Jaeq. et Luc. They differ in shape of the carapace which is only slightly broader than long and narrows a little towards the front, and in having the three teeth of the front more nearly on a level with the surface of the carapace though the margin of the carapace is continued across the base of the front as a somewhat indistinct line; the teeth themselves are much longer and more slender than in var. tridentatus; they are hairy towards the end and some hairs are also present on the surface of the carapace, while the legs are much more abundantly furnished with hairs than in var. tridentatus. In the males that I have been able to examine the chelipeds are much smaller and Have the hands less swollen than in var. tridentatus and the ischium bears at its distal end three fairly prominent teeth, one on the upper margin and one at each side. In the size, greater hairiness, and in the very long and slender dactyls of the ambulatory legs my specimens seem to closely resemble those from Jervis Bay which are referred by Mr. Stebbing to H. ovatus Stimpson. This and other points in connection with the N.Z Hymenosomide must however stand over for solution at some future time. E“LAMENA PRODUCTA T. W. Kirk. Elamena producta T. W. Kirk, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi., 1878, p. 395. Filhol, Mission de 1’Ile Campbell 1885, p. 404, pl. L, figs. 1 and 2. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb. xiv., heft 5, 1901, p. 469. E. kirki Filhol, loc. cit., 1885, p. 405, pl. xlvii., figs. 5-9. Two specimens, both females with eggs, from Stewart. Island. E. hirki Filhol, as deseribed and figured, differs a little in the shape of the carapace but is I think too near to be considered a separate species. H. producta appears to be a variable species, as Lenz has already pointed out. CRUSTACEA 295 PINNOTHERES NOVAE-ZEALANDIAE Filhol. Pinnotheres nove-zealandiw Filhol, Mission de 1’Ile Campbell, 1885, p.‘395, pl. xlvi., figs. 1 to 6. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb. xiv., 1901, p. 467, pl. xxxii., figs 11 to 14. One female, Station 5, three females, Station 44, one female, Station 20; specimens of a Pinnotheres were also seen at Stations 31, 36, 37, 41. Mr. Waite writes (Introduction, p. 52) ‘Almost every adult Pinna taken had its crustacean commensal Pinnotheres.’’ The specimens from Stations 5, 44 and 20, which I have been able to examine, seem undoubtedly to belong to this species. They agree generally with Filhol’s description, but, as Lenz has pointed out, his figures are not exact in all points. . The specimens also agree with the better description given by Lenz and with his figures. I have also similar specimens dredged by Captain Bollons in Manukau Harbour and another dredged by him off Cuvier Island in 32 fathoms which evidently belong to the same species. All these specimens are of somewhat large size, the largest having the carapace 13mm. long and 14mm. wide; they are thus rather larger than the specimens examined by Lenz and about the same size as the female specimens examined by Filhol. Lenz’s specimens were taken in the shells of Mytilus at French Pass; he describes two specimens taken from the same locality and also from Mytilus shells as a separate species P. schawinslandi which appears to differ from P. novae-zealandie chiefly in the shape of the carapace and especially in having the front and the eyes visible in dorsal view. I am very doubtful if the characters given by Lenz are sufficient for the establish- ment of a separate species; the shape of the carapace varies somewhat in the different specimens that I have examined, being in some more rounded than in others; the front is not visible from above in the female specimens though Filhol shows it in his figure of the female as well as in the male. If we could assume that Lenz’s specimens of P. schauinslandi were males I would have no hesitation in looking upon them as males of P. nove-zealandie, but although Lenz does not state the sex of these specimens we cannot assume that if they were males he would have overlooked the possibility of their belonging to the same species as the females from the same locality that he was referring to P. nove-zealandiw. The other characters ascribed by Lenz to P. schawinslandi in connection with the shape of the chele and of the external maxillipeds do not appear to me to be of specific importance; the line of hairs on the upper inner margin of the carpus is present in all my specimens which, as I have said, owing to the shape of the carapace, ete., must belong 296 CHILTON to P. nove-zealandiw. However, the species in this genus are distinguished by such minute points that I do not feel prepared to unite P. schawinslandi definitely with P. nova-zealandie without comparison of authentic specimens of both species. Except for their larger size I can find little or nothing in the specimens described above to distinguish them from the smaller specimens found in mussel shells between tide marks at Dunedin, Lyttelton, ete., which on the authority of Heller and Miers I have hitherto referred to P. pisum Linn. These specimens appear to agree closely with the description of P. pisum given by Bell?; in them the eyes are pigmented while in the larger specimens dredged at varying depths the eyes (in the spirit specimens) seem to be always without pigment, but I can find no other difference of any importance and the general shape of the carapace, chele, external maxillipeds, etc., seems to be closely the same in all the specimens. _ EBALIA LAEVIS (Bell). Phlyxia levis Bell, Trans. Linn. Soe. xxi., 1855, p. 305, pl. xxxiv., ina Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 56. Ebalia levis Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxviii., 1906, p. 266. One very small specimen from the Chatham Islands appears to belong to this species but it is too immature for certain determination. The species is common in New Zealand seas. ANOMURA. PETROCHELES SPINOSUS Miers. Petrocheles spinosus Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), xvii, 1876, p. 222, and. Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876,p. 61, pla, hemes G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxi., 1898, p. 192. Two specimens from Station 12 and two (females with eggs) from Station 44, all more or less imperfect. This species, as Mr. G. M. Thomson points out, occurs in many parts of New Zealand, though it is not very often met with and no addition has been made to the description given in 1876 by Miers, which was drawn up from a single much injured specimen in the British Museum. The following description may be therefore useful :— (2) Bell, British Stalk-eyed Crustacea, 1853, p. 121. CRUSTACEA 297 Carapace triangular, broader behind, depressed or slightly convex, almost entirely covered with minute short hairs; lateral margins slightly arched and bearing a series of about ten small spines varying somewhat in size; front prominent, triangular, slightly concave above, lateral margins with three or four spines, extremity rounded, also bearing a few small spines. Chelipeds elongated, somewhat pubescent, granulous above, merus with four or five prominent sharp spines on the upper inner margin; propod with a series of sharp spines and a row of hairs on the outer margin extending to the tip of the fixed finger and two rows of granules on the upper surface, inner margin also granular; dactyl with a row of granules on the upper surface, under surface hairy; fingers not quite meeting at the base when closed. Ambulatory legs with the meral joints compressed, upper margin with sharp spines and hairs. Length of carapace 8mm, greatest breadth 8mm. EUPAGURUS RUBRICATUS Henderson. Eupagurus rubricatus Henderson, Chall. Rep. Anomura, 1888, p. 69; pl. vii., fie. 4. G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xxxi., 1898, p. 180. Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust. part u., Anomura, 1505.90 L1G. E. intermedius Lenz, Zool. Jahrb. xiv., heft. 5, 1901. p. 446 pl. xxxii., figs. 8-10. The collection contained numerous specimens of this species from Stations 2, 5, 20, 22, and 89. They agree well with Henderson’s description which was drawn up from a single imperfect specimen taken by the Challenger Expedition, even the red markings he mentions on the legs are still evident in most of the specimens. The dactyls of the second and third legs are convex on the outer side while the inner surface forms a shallow groove extending along the whole length of the dactyl. The specimens are all much larger than Henderson’s type specimen, thus one of them has the following dimensions :— Length of carapace 3lmm., length of cheliped 68mm., length 3rd right leg 35mm., length of eye stalk 12mm., while another with the carapace 33mm. long has the chelipeds ana 3rd right leg still longer and the chelipeds particularly broad. E. intermedius Lenz from French Pass is, I think, undoubt- edly the same as this species. 298 CHILTON Eupagurus THOMSONI Filhol. Eupagurus thomsoni Filhol, Mission de 1’Ile Campbell, p. 423, 1885, pl. ii., fie: 6. G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxi., 1898, p. 183. Aleock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., part 11., 1905, p. 176. One specimen from Station 5 and three from Station 17, in shells of a Tusritella. These agree well with Filhol’s short description and with his figure, though the carpus of the right cheliped is hardly so spiny on its outer surface; the peculiar compressed shape of the propod of the left chela with the crests on it is very characteristic. EUPAGURUS STEWARTI Filhol. Eupagurus stewarti Filhol, Mission de 1’lle Campbell, 1885, p. 418, pl. li., fig. 3. G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xxxi., 1898, p. 180. Aleock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., part 11., 1905, p. 176. I refer to this species a few small specimens from Stations 2, 5, and 12; one from Station 79 found in a small Dentaliwm shell seems to belong here, but is too immature for certain indentifica- tion. This species seems not to be particular as to its ‘“house, ’” Fig 1. Eupagurus stewarti in calcareous polyzoon. one or two are in small J'urritella shells, several in small masses of a calcareous Polyzoon, and two in tubes formed by a Millepora; most of the specimens have the abdomen straight. CRUSTACEA 299 I have a small specimen from the Snares that I think also belongs to this species, but unfortunately both chelipeds are wanting. I was at first inclined to look upon these specimens as young forms of KH. cooku, in which the characteristic shape of the right chela with its denticulated marginal crest had not been fully developed; the specimen from Station 5 is however large enough to show this if it were going to be developed, and I have little doubt that it is correctly referred to EL. stewarti; in it there is a slight crest along the outer edge of the propod and a little along the base, but the outer surface of the propod does not show the two ridges present in HE. cookii and the outer margin is straight and not produced into a thin convex plate as in that species. Another specimen, though smaller, is a female bearing eggs, and the chelipeds show no further approach to the characters of HK. cooki than do those of the other specimens. EUPAGURUS NORAE nom. nov. Kupagurus edwardsu Filhol, Mission de |’Ile Campbell, 1885, p. 412, pl. lii., figs. 1 and 2, (name preoccupied). G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxi., 1898, p. 182, pl. xx, figs. 6 and 7. Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxviii, 1906, p. 266. E. ‘‘edwardsiv’”’ Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., part ii., 1905, open Weis One from Station 17, with carapace 18mm. long. One from Station 23, a female with eggs, carapace 20mm. long. Others from Stations 5 and 29, smaller than the above. These specimens agree well with the descriptions given by Filhol and Thomson. Alcock has pointed out that the specific name is preoccupied in this genus by #. edwardsu Dana, and I have therefore named the species norw from the first name of the trawler ‘‘Nora Niven,’’ by which the specimens now under consideration were obtained. PAGURISTES BARBATUS (Heller). Clibanarius barbatus Heller, Voy. Novara. Crust, 1865, p. 90, pl. vii., fig. 5. Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 67. Filhol, Mission de 1’Ile Campbell, 1885, p. 425. G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xxxi., 1898, p. 172. Henderson, Chall. Rep. Anomura, 1888, p. 78. Alcock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust. part ii., 1905, p. 160. 300 CHILTON Paguristes subpilosus Henderson, Chall. Rep. Anomura, 1888, p. Tipe vii hig. 2: G. M. Thomson, loc. cit., 1898, p. 187. Aleock, loc. cit., 1905, p. 156. One specimen from Station 5 and one from Station 26, the latter in a Voluta shell. These specimens agree closely with Heller’s description, and I have no doubt belong to the species deseribed by him. They also agree equally closely with the description given by Henderson for P. subpilosus, and the two species must be combined. Henderson himself had pointed out the resemblance between the two, but had not combined them as Heller described the dactyls of the ambulatory legs as scarcely shorter than the corresponding propods; as a matter of fact in the specimens before me they are, as Henderson describes them, half as long again as the propods. ANICULUS ANICULUS (Fabricius). Pagurus aniculus Fabr. Ent. Syst. i, 1793, p. 468, and Suppl: £798; p: 4u1. Aniculus typicus Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 64. Hutton, N.Z. Journ. Sci., 1., 1882, p. 264. Filhol, Mission de 1’Te Campbell, 1885, p. 424. G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxi., 1898, p. 184. A. aniculus Aleock, Cat. Indian Decap. Crust., part wu Anomura, 1905, p. 94, pl. vii, fig. 6. A. R. McCulloch, Ree. Aust. Mus. vii., 1908, p. 59. Full synonymy of this widely distributed species will be found in Aleock’s report quoted above. One fine specimen of this species, with carapace 55mm. long in the median line, was obtained at Station 5, 7.e., 50 miles east of Stewart Island. This species was put down by Heller as being found at Auckland during the ‘‘Novara’’ Expedition. No subsequent specimens however had been obtained, and in 1882 Hutton, in the work quoted above, placed it in a list of species which he thought should be struck out of the New Zealand. fauna as they had been inserted only on Heller’s authority, and were all large and conspicuous forms known mainly from warmer seas. It is interesting therefore to find this species turning up so far south as Stewart Island. The single specimen must I think undoubtedly be referred to this species, and on the whole it agrees well with Aleock’s description. I have been able to compare it with a specimen in the Canterbury Museum from ‘*Polynesia,’’ and though it differs from this and from Alcock’s description in the points mentioned below, I do not think these are sufficient for specific distinction. ? CRUSTACEA 301 The specimen is a large male with carapace 55mm. long, and therefore considerably larger than the form described by Alcock, the carapace of which was only 40mm. in length, and very much larger than the specimen in the Canterbury Muuseum. The branchial region of the carapace is quite soft and membranous and the rostrum is much less prominent, the front being merely produced a little in the middle so as to be slightly convex. The ophthalmic scales have two well marked spines at the tip and the left one has two other spines well marked and one smaller one on the outer margin, while the right one has only two on the outer margin, both less distinct than the two terminal ones. The second pair of legs is only slightly longer than the chelipeds and the third pair is somewhat longer than the second; in both the dactyl is considerably longer than the propod. The specimen in the Canterbury Museum from ‘‘Polynesia’’ undoubtedly belongs to this species as described by Alcock, and differs from the Nora Niven specimen in having the rostrum much better marked and acute, the eye stalks rather more slender, the dactyls of the legs shorter and the curved lines of setae extending more continuously across the joints of the legs, while in the Nora Niven specimen they are more broken, the specimen also is somewhat more hairy on the chelipeds and legs and the anterior part of the carapace. It is however only about one-third the size of the Nora Niven specimen, and _ the differences are perhaps due to age. MuNIDA GREGARIA (Fabricius). Galathea gregaria Kabr., Ent. Syst. 11., 1793, p. 473. G. subrugosa White, List. Crust. Brit, Mus., 1847, p. 66. Munida subrugosa Miers, Zool. Erebus and Terror, Crust, 1874, eS, pl. Wl. Les an Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi., 1879, p. 340. Henderson, Chall. Rep. Anomura, 1888, p. 124. G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxxi., 1899, p. 194. Hodgson, Southern Cross Crust., 1902, p. 232. Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst, xxxvii, 1905, p. 230, and Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, p. 612. A. M.-Edw., Mission du Cap Horn, vi., 1891, p. F. 36, pl. i, fig. 2. Grimothea gregaria, Henderson, loc. cit., 1888, p. 124. G. nove-zealandiw Filhol, Mission de l’lle Campbell, 1885, p. 426. Munida gregaria Miers, P.Z.S., 1881, p. 73. A. M.-Edvw,, Lc: p. E32; pl. 1, fig. 1. 302 CHILTON Numerous specimens of this species were taken at Stations 5, 7, 14, 21, and 26. From Station 7 there was a large number of specimens of varying sizes up to 54mm. in length. Though these were presumably brought up by the trawl in the usual way, I think from the character of them that they were not actually living on the sea bottom, for they were all perfectly clean and free from mud, and in all of them the external maxillipeds have the elongated foliaceous character that is associated with the pelagic form known as Grimothea gregaria. A considerable number of these specimens from Station 7 are mature, some of them being females bearing eggs. The following table gives the measurement of 8 of these specimens and also of 5 other specimens from Station 26, 3 being females bearing eggs. From the measurements given it will be seen that while there is considerable variety in the proportionate length of the external maxillipeds these appendages are considerably shorter in the specimens from Station 26 than in those from Station 7, although both lots contained mature females. The length of the body is measured from the tip of the rostrum to the extremity of the telson. Body. Chelipeds. Maina STATION 7. | mm. mm. | mm. 1. Female, with eggs ... | 35 39 18 2. i Re | 38 36 18 3. 2 Pa ieee me: re 230) 35 18 4 . tia sae ml PAO 40 20 5. Male BN | 33 33 15 rag glee oe ry 45 45 20 ‘Past AP 50) 58 23 tae 9S de eel 54 as 24 STATION 26. 9. Female, with eggs ... | 40 42 15 10. + Mode. 4 45 = ie ate . Oy LN eh ie = 18 12. Male xf Ne 50 a 18 it ars ., tS 51 60 19 CRUSTACEA 303 From the details given above it is seen that there are two forms differing in the length and character of the external -maxillipeds, but that each form may grow to approximately the same size and become sexually mature; it would be therefore most natural to conclude that we have to deal with two distinct species; however, as I have pointed out elsewhere, the general resemblance between the two forms is so great and the length of the external maxillipeds is subject to so much variation that I think we really have only one species of which the pelagic form (Grimothea) is primarily an immature stage but under certain conditions may remain in this stage and grow to be as large as the ordinary adult stage (Munida) and may. even become sexually mature. It is at any rate the fact that where one of these forms is found the other is also to be met with not far away. I have given above only a few measurements. but from them and from the examination of others not ineluded in the table I think it is clear the external maxillipeds decrease in length in proportion to the body in the larger forms while the chelipeds tend to become somewhat longer in proportion to the length of the body. GALATHEA PUSILLA Henderson. Galathea pusilla Henderson, Chall. Rep. Anomura, xxvii., 1308.0. 1 Spl xu, eae G. M. Thomson. Trans.' NZ: Inst., xxxi, 1899; p. 193; pk RE, ey, Grant and McCulloch, Proc. Linn. Soe. N.S.W., 1906, p. 49, Dlesiv., tigsa 5 Sal. One imperfect specimen from Station 30. The species appears to be common round the New Zealand coasts at moderate depths; it is also found off the coast of Australia, and Grant and McCulloch in the reference last quoted give a description of the adult male which had previously been undescribed. MACRURA. JASUS EDWARDS (Hutton). Palinurus edwardsii Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. vil., 1875, p. 279. Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 75. P. lalandii Miers, loc. cit., 1876, p. 74. Jasus edwardsii T. J. Parker, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xvi., 1884, p. 297, and xix., 1887, p. 150. J. lalandii (part), Ortmann, Zool. Jahrb. vi., 1891, p. 16. 304 CHILTON This species was taken at many of the Stations, being extremely common at Stations 73, 74, 75. Mr. Waite informs me that the Crayfish was trawled in immense numbers at the Chatham Islands, both in Petre and Hansen Bays; the greater proportion were returned to the water, but eleven large sacks were filled and given to the Maori and Moriori inhabitants of the islands. It is remarkable that all the specimens taken proved to be males; I observed the same thing myself during a recent visit to Dusky Sound, in December, 1908, where many specimens were taken in shallow water and all proved to be males. On the other hand, fully half the specimens obtained in July and August from the shops for dissection in the Biological Laboratory are females. This species is closely allied to J. lalandii Milne-Edwards from the Cape of Good Hope. Parker considered J. edwardsu a separate species distinguished mainly by a different pattern of the sculpturing on the abdominal segments; at the same time he pointed out that the differences were shght and _ that specimens from other localities might necessitate the merging of the two forms. Ortmann subsequently combined both J. paulensis (Heller) from St. Paul in the Indian Ocean, and J. edwardsii (Hutton) with J. lalandu (M-Edw.) (see Stebbing, South African Crustacea, part 11., p. 38). I have not been able to consult Ortmann’s paper, and in the meantime leave the species under Hutton’s name as a matter of convenience for New Zealand workers. As regards questions of distribution, it is immaterial whether we consider it a separate species or a variety of J. lalandu. IBACUS ALTICRENATUS Spence Bate. Ibaccus alticrenatus Spence Bate, Chall. Rep. Macrura, xxiv., 1888, p. 238, pl. ix., fig. 2. Several specimens from Stations 83 and 89, and one from the stomach of a Zeus at Station 30; another from Chatham Islands. It was also taken by the Challenger in New Zealand seas, and a variety has been taken off the coast of Australia. These specimens agree minutely with the description given by Spence Bate. The late Mr. F. E. Grant® described a variety of this species under the varietal name septemdentatus from specimens dredged off Port Jackson in which the distal margin of the antennae bore seven teeth. The number of teeth on this margin is however subject to variation; in one of Mr. Grant’s specimens there were six teeth on one side and seven on the other. In most of my specimens there are six teeth with a (3) Grant, Proc. Linn., Soc. N.S.W., 1905, p. 322, pl. xi., fig. 1. CRUSTACEA 305 small secondary tooth on the inner side of the innermost one; one male specimen has six on the right side and seven on the left -side, and another has eight on the right and seven on the left side. When there are only six teeth they are somewhat “distantly separated,’’ as described by Spence Bate; when the teeth are more numerous they are naturally less separated at the base. Spence Bate has pointed out that this species in general aspect agrees wth Ibacus incisus (Péron) (= J. peronw Leach). and might almost be considered a variety of that species; the differences, however, that he points out appear to be constant, and it is perhaps as well to consider it a separate species. T. incisus is found on the Australian coast, and I have specimens: from Port Phillip which clearly show the differences pointed out by Spence Bate. This writer also notes that the species approximates in appearance somewhat to Thenus orientalis, and appears to be a form nearly allied to that genus. In all cases in the report on the Challenger Macrura, Spence Bate spells the generic name Jbaccus, though, as Stebbing* has. pointed out, he has given no reason for so doing. LEANDER AFFINIS (Milne-Edwards). Palemon affinis M-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust. 11., 1837, p. 391. G. M. Thomson, Trans. Linn. Soe. (2), viii., 1903, p. 450. Filhol, Mission de 1’Ile Campbell, 1885, p. 433. Lenz, Zool. Jahrb. xiv., heft. 5, 1901, p. 435. One damaged specimen from Station 89 seems to belong to this species. Several specimens from the Chatham Islands. This is a very common species in New Zealand seas and is circumaustral in distribution. NAUTICARIS MARIONIS Spence Bate. Nauticaris marionis Spence Bate, Chall. Rep. Macrura, 1888, p. 603, pl. evin. Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, p. 614. Two females with eggs and one immature specimen from Station 30. The species is widely distributed in southern seas. (4) Stebbing, History of Recent Crustacea, 1893, p. 194. 306 CHILTON PONTOPHILUS AUSTRALIS (G. M. Thomson). Crangon australis G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xi., 1879, De oat. Pontophilus australis G. M. Thomson, Trans. Linn. Soe. (2), vill., 1903, p. 484. Several damaged specimens from Station 1 and one from Station 2. STOMATOPODA. LYSIOSQUILLA SPINOSA (Wood-Mason). Coronis spinosa Wood-Mason, Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1875, p. 232. Lysiosquilla spinosa Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., (5) v., 1880, p. 12, pl. 1., figs. 10-12, and p. 125. Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxvii., 1891, p. 62; pl. x. and xt Op. 138) ie. One imperfect specimen from Station 5; the posterior end of the abdomen is wanting but the whole dorsal surface is quite smooth and the parts that can be examined agree well with this species which is widely distributed in New Zealand seas, and has also been recorded from the Andamans. SQUILLA ARMATA Milne-Edwards. Squilla armata M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust., 11., 1837, p. 521. Gay, Hist. de Chile, Zool. i1i., Crust., 1849, p. 223. Miers, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, v., 1880, p. 25. A. M-Edw., Mission du Cap Horn, 1891, p. F. 53. Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst: xxii., 1891, p: 60, and xh; 19% p..135; fies. 1and 2, Stebbing, South African Crustacea, part 1., 1901, p. 45. Bigelow, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. xvii., 1895, p. 515. Several specimens from Station 85, found in the stomach of a Dasybatus brevicaudatus. These specimens are all of approximately the same size, the largest being about 84mm. in leneth. They agree on the whole well with the description of S. armata given by Miers, and evidently belong to the same species as two large specimens of S. armata in the Dominion Museum, with which I have been able to compare them through the kindness of Mr. A. Hamilton. They differ from these specimens only in having the median tubercles on the 4th, 5th and 6th abdominal segments obsolete and in the various carine being rather less prominent. In nearly all of them there are two or three small teeth on the posterior margin of the fifth CRUSTACEA 307 abdominal segment between the sub-median and the lateral carine. The number of teeth on the posterior margin of the terminal segment between the sub-median and the lateral spines evidently varies with the age of the specimen; in most of the Nora Niven specimens there are eleven or twelve of these teeth though in some cases only ten, while in the larger specimens in the Dominion Museum the teeth are fewer, there being only eight; in the largest specimens the teeth are rather rounded and not pointed. A. Milne-Edwards has given a fuller description of Squilla armata in the Mission du Cap Horn, and my specimens agree well with his description. He is inclined to unite with it S. gracilipes Miers® which is described as having ten teeth on the dactyls of the raptorial limbs. The number of these teeth is, as he points out, sometimes subject to very consider- able variation in the same species as I have also noted in the case of Lysiosquilla spinosa. Squilla gracilipes however also differs according to Miers’ description in having about 26 denticles between the sub-median marginal spines and about 18 on each side between these and the first lateral spines: the number of teeth between the sub-median and lateral spines doubtless varies, as I have already mentioned, according to age, but in all the adult specimens of S. armata that I have examined the margin between the sub-median spines is smooth except for the median fissure. It seems hardly likely therefore that Squila gracilipes can belong to this species. In general appearance and in the character of the posterior margin of the terminal segment S. armata shows considerable resemblance to 8S. lata Brooks from the Arafura Sea, and like that species it shows curved lines on the telson on each side of the median carina; it has, however, a well marked spine on the basal joint of the uropoda, and the teeth on the inner margin of the outer prolongation of the uropods are represented by faint serrations only instead of by sharp teeth increasing in length distally as in S. lata: that species has only seven teeth on the posterior margin between the sub-median and the lateral spines and the dactyl of the raptorial limb bears only six teeth. I had written the paragraph above before I noticed that Squilla armata had been fully redescribed by Bigelow from specimens obtained off the coast of Patagonia, and that he had also pointed out the similarity of the posterior margin of the telson to that of S. lata. (5) Miers, Survey of H.M.S. ‘“‘ Alert,’? P.Z.S., 1981, p. 75, pl. vii., fig. 8. 308 CHILTON AMPHIPODA. AMPELISCA CHILTONI Stebbing. Ampelisca chiltoni Stebbing, Chall. Rep. xxix., 1888, p. 1042. pl. ciii, and Das Tierreich Amphip., 1906, p. 102. Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xxxviii., 1906, p. 267. One specimen from Station 20. This species is found all round the New Zealand coasts at moderate depths. LEPTAMPHOPUS NOVAE ZEALANDIAB (G. M. Thomson). Pherusa nove-zealandie G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., x1., ISH9. wo: 259 splo xe die. 2, Leptamphopus nove-zealandie Stebbing, Das Tierreich Amphip., 1906, pp. 294, 727. Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, p. 621. Two specimens from Station 2. The species is widely distributed in Antarctic and Subantarctic seas. PARADEXAMINE PACIFICA (G. M. Thomson). Dexamine pacifica G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi., 1879, D250, pl. x. Bs hes 4. Paradexamine pacifica Stebbing, Das Tierreich Amphip., 1906, p. 518. Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, p. 632. One specimen from Station 2. This species is common in New Zealand seas, and is closely allied to P. fissicauda Chevreux collected by the French Antaretie Expedition, 1903-5, at Booth Wandel Island and Port Charcot. PHRONIMA NOVAE-ZEALANDIAE Powell. Phronima nove-zealandiw Powell, Trans. N.Z. Inst., vii., 1875, p. 294. Stebbing, Chall. Rep. xxix., 1888, p. 1356. Hutton, Index Faunx N.Z., 1904, p. 256. Two specimens were obtained at Stewart Island during the Expedition, both in their ‘‘Phronima-houses,’’ one being accompanied by a large number of young, about 2mm. in length. Specimens of this species are frequently washed up on New Zealand beaches. The Challenger specimen which Stebbing refers to this species was taken in the Southern Ocean lat. 50 1’ S., long. 123 4’ E., and was reported to come from a depth of CRUSTACEA 309 1800 fathoms, though considering the general habits of the species it is very doubtful if it actually came from this depth. P. nove-zealandie is very similar in structure, habits, ete., to P. sedentaria (Forskal) of the Northern Hemisphere, and may, as Stebbing suggests, prove to be identical with that species. ISOPODA. PARIDOTEA UNGULATA (Pallas). Oniscus ungulatus, Pallas, Spice. Zool. Fase. ix., 1772, p. 62, pl) mr. “fie? ae Idotea ungulata Miers, Journ. Linn. Soce., Zool., xvi., 1881, p. 52. Paridotea ungulata Stebbing, South African Crust., part 1., 1900, p. 53, and part u1., 1902, p. 56. Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z. 1906, p. 660. Several specimens of both sexes from Stewart Island. The species is a common one in southern seas. MEINERTIA IMBRICATA (Fabricius). Oniscus imbricatus Fabr., Mantissa Insectorum v., 1, 1787, p. 241. Ceratothoa banksw Miers, Cat. N.Z. Crust., 1876, p. 105. Meinertia imbricata Stebbing, South African Crustacea, part i., 1900, p. 58. Hutton, Index Faune N.Z., 1904, p. 262. Full synonymy is given by Stebbing in the reference quoted above. One adult specimen and several young of various stages were obtained during the Expedition on Trachurus picturatus. The species is known from the Indian Ocean. Java, Cape Colony, and New Zealand. LIVONECA RAYNAUDIL Milne-Edwards. Livoneca raynaudu M.-Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust. i1i., 1840, p. 262. Schiddte and Meinert, Naturhist. Tidsskr. (3), xiv., 1884, p. 367, pl. xv., figs 9-13. Whitelegge, Mem. Aust. Mus. iv., 1901, part ii., p, 236. Thielemann, Abhand. K. Bayer. Akad. d. Wissenseckh, ii. Suppl. Bd., 3 Abhand., 1910, p. 42. L. nove-zealandia Miers, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) xvii., p. 227, and Cat. N.X. Crust., 1876, p. 106, pl. iii., fig. 2. Chilton, Subant. Is. N.Z., 1909, p. 651. 310 CHILTON Several specimens taken on fish at Station 6,° off Stewart Island. The species is a common parasite on several species of fish in New Zealand seas, and is widely distributed in southern seas. Thielemann records it from Yokohama also. Though I had previously hesitated, I now think that our New Zealand species should be referred to ZL. raynaudi Milne- Edwards from the Cape of Good Hope, as has already been done by Mr. Whitelegge, Schiddte and Meinert give L. nove-zealandie as a doubtful synonym of L. raynaudii; they examined Milne- Edwards’ type specimen and included with it specimens from New Zealand and Australia. Dr. W. T. Calman of the British Museum, who has kindly looked into the question for me, informs me that the only South African specimen of the genus in the Museum is one from ‘‘Simons Bays,’’ identified (apparently by Miers) as L. nove-zealandiw; further, Dr. Calman has compared Miers’ type specimens of L. nove-zealandie with Schiodte and Meinert’s figures without detecting any obvious differences. EXOSPHAEROMA CHILENSIS (Dana). Spheroma chilensis Dana, U.S. Explor. Exped. Crust, 1853, Ds 111, ple lites Saze, Spheroma chilense Hansen, Q. Jour. Micro. Sci. xlix., 1905, p. 116. There are three specimens from the Chatham Islands which I think undoubtedly belong to this species. Dana described the species as follows :— ‘Body smooth. Abdomen with two obsolete prominences above, caudal segment short, very broadly rounded behind. Caudal stylets reaching just to line of extremity of abdomen; inner lamella arcuate on outer side, sub-acute at apex; outer, straight lanceolate, round at apex.’”” The specimens agree well with the brief description given by Dana, except that I should be inclined to describe the posterior end of the pleon as truncate with rounded angles rather than ‘‘very broadly rounded.’’ This, however, is a character that appears to vary according to the size, the posterior extremity being distinctly truncate in larger specimens while in smaller ones it could quite well be described as very broadly rounded. Though this species has not been previously recorded from New Zealand it is widely distributed on the New Zealand coasts, and I have for some time had in my collection specimens from (6) The only fishes taken at Station 6 were :—Physiculus bachus, Thyrsites atun, Clupea neopilchardus, and Pelotretis flavilatus. ED. (7) Lam indebted to Mr. Robert Hall, Curator of the Tasmanian Museum, for a copy of this description; the text of Dana’s report is not available in Christchurch. CRUSTACEA 311 Auckland, Lyttelton, and Chatham Islands. Some of those gathered at Auckland (for which I am indebted to Mr. H. Suter) had already been labelled Sphwroma chilensis by him. The first three joimts of the palp of the maxillipeds are produced into lobes on the inner side just as in Exospheroma gigas, and the species must therefore be transferred to that genus. I postpone a more detailed description of the species. On some of the specimens were found individuals of the species [ais pubescens (Dana) which is so common as a semi- parasite on FE. gigas. CILICAEA CANICULATA (G. M. Thomson). Nesa canculata G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xi., p. 234 pL. x: assfics T-Ta. G. M. Thomson and Chilton, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xviii., 1879, p. 153. Cilicea ee Hansen, ,Q. Jour. Micro. Sci. xlix., 1905, pe as. One male and eight females (or immature males) from Molyneaux Bay. 20-46 fathoms. CIRRIPEDIA. BALANus DEcoRUS Darwin. Plate LVII. Balanus decorus Darwin, Monog. Cirripedia, Balanide, 1854, p. 212, pl. i1., figs. 6a, 6b. Hutton, Trans. N.Z. Inst.. xi., 1879, p. 328. Chilton, ‘‘Subant. Is. N.Z.,’’ 1909, p. 670. Numerous specimens of various sizes were found on the carapaces of nearly all the specimens of Paramithrax longipes Thomson, with which it seems to be specially associated (see ante p. 289). Other specimens were found on a Voluta shell inhabited by the hermit crab Eupagurus rubricatus Henderson. The species is common in New Zealand seas, and is also found in Australia. SCALPELLUM sPINOSUM Annandaie. Scalpellum (Smilium) spinosum Annandale, Trans. N.Z. Inst. xliii., 1911, p. 164, with figs, 1-4. Several specimens from Station 5 forming a fine series crowing together in tufts. I had described this species as new, but I find that it is the same as one recently described by Mr. Annandale in a paper read before the Otago Institute, on the 5th July, 1910, the MS. 312 CHILTON of which I have had an opportunity of consulting. My specimens agree very closely with his description, and indeed the specific diagnosis I had drawn up contains almost. precisely the same points as those mentioned in his. Mr. Annandale had only one specimen from Nelson for examination, from the examination of the series at my disposal I had noted that the minute blunted caleareous spines on the peduncle vary con- siderably, in some specimens being distinct only towards the base, but in others equally well marked towards the distal end. Mr. Annandale says that the species closely resembles S. kampeni Annandale, which oceurs off the east coast of Sumatra at Singapore and in the Gulf of Siam. COPEPODA PARASITICA. LERNAEA LOTELLAE G. M. Thomson. Lernea lotelle G. M. Thomson, Trans. N.Z. Inst., xxii., 1890 p. 369. Hutton, Index Faune N.Z., 1904, p. 274. Two specimens from Physiculus bachus Station 75. CHONDRACANTHUS LOTELLAE G. M. Thomson. Chondracanthus lotelle G. M. Thomson, Trans, N.Z. Inst., xxii, 1890; p. 372. Hutton, Index Faune N.Z., 1904, p. 274. A few specimens labelled ‘‘Gill cavity, Red Cod (Physiculus bachus).’’ They are referred to by Mr. Waite in the ‘‘ Introdue- tion’’ (p. 52), as having been taken in Blueskin Bay, Otago. EXPLANATION OF PLATE LVIII. Fig. 1. Dorsal view of female specimen of Paramithrax longipes showing carapace covered with Balanus decorus. Fig. 2. Dorsal view of male specimen of Paramithrax longipes with carapace bearing Balanus decorus, Serpulae, éc. Fig. 3. Side view of specimen shown in fig. 1, on larger scale. NOTE.—The references to T.N.Z.I., vol. xliii., have been obtained from paged proofs, the volume not being issued at the date of publication of this work.—ED. REC. CANT. MUS. ] PLATE LVIII. [Frank Chilton, photo. Sidhe. CANTERBURY COLLEGE (University of New Zealand) RECORDS OF THE ‘(CANTERBURY MUSEUM Vol. |. No. 4. PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE BOARD OF GOVERNORS EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Curator. Mas be r} | Mj MUS ] 28th December, 1912. CHRISTCHURCH PRESS Co, LTD., PRINTERS, CHRISTCHURCH, N.Z. SS CONTENTS ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS TO THE Basic List OF THE FrsHes oF NEW ZEALAND, BY THE CURATOR .. ie a ae ve Norns on THREE NOTABLE New ZEALAND WHALES BY THE CURATOR .. Sf ae oie DESCRIPTION OF THE Maort Tomb, BY THE CURATOR AND A. HAMILTON .. es 5 ae Prates LIX.-LXIX. PAGE 313 323 329 335 ¥ ADDITIONS AND “CORRECTIONS ee BASIC isST OF TRE PlisLtas OF NEW ZEALAND By EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Curator. It is more than five years since the Basic List was published, and the following are such additions and corrections as | have met with during the course of my work. As, however, certain groups only have been studied, no completeness is aimed at, but as the present volume is being closed, it seems advisable to publish such information as has already been gleaned. The numbers prefixed to the species are those of the Basic List, and indicate that some change is made. When the specific name is changed, the original reference to the substituted name is given so as to preserve the basic character of the list (as g—Cephaloscyl- lium isabella Bonnaterre). When the genus only is changed, the original reference is not given, as it wilk be found, on consulting the list (as 22—Typhlonarke aysont Hamilton). In a few cases the change is of orthography only (as 98—Macruronus nove-zelandi@ Hector). Species additional to the list are denoted by a letter following the number (as 17a—Centrophorus plunkett Waite). The genera not being numbered, the position of a new entry is indicated by the page, its exact situation being immediately in advance of the first species bearing the name of the genus (as p. 8—Centrophorus Miller and Henle). 1 Waite, pp. 3-35 antez, 1907. 314 WAITE In the Basic List I used the names bestowed by Forster in preference to those of Bloch and Schneider, and, in doing so, generally followed authors who wrote on the subject, but, according to modern views, the latter names have priority, as they occur earlier on the page. The following extracts from Gill’s ‘“A Comparison of Anti- podal Faunas,’’? give the history of a number of the names of New Zealand Fishes, and are worthy of reproduction. ‘“ The first glimpse of the piscine fauna of New Zealand is due to Dr. John Reinhold Forster, who accompanied the celebrated Capt. Cook(e) on his second voyage, and visited New Zealand in 1773 and again in 1774. Forster made full descriptions, and his son George drew sketches of many fishes observed by him and gave them scientific names, but his own work embodying these observations remained unpublished for nearly three-quarters of a century. Meanwhile, however, Forster’s manuscripts fell into the hands of Schneider, the editor and completer of Bloch’s ‘ Systema Ichthyo- logiz,’ and the new species of fishes were incorporated in the ‘Systema’ generally with Forster’s own names, but in some cases, with new ones. ‘“Forster’s new work (Descriptiones Animalium in Itinere ad Maris Australis Terras) was not published till 1844. “Tt is to be remarked that some of the species described by Forster have each received two names, Schneider, with the propen- sity common, in his time to change a name because it did not seem to be as good a one as could be given, substituting for Forster’s one of his own which suited him better. Nevertheless Foster’s, in every case but one, was also given. Forster’s names were therefore actually published at the same time as Schneider’s and in con- nection with his (Forster’s) own descriptions. Whose names then shall be adopted, Forster’s or Schneider’s ? “Cuvier and Valenciennes sometimes adopted Forster’s, and sometimes gave new ones. Richardson also generally adopted Forster’s names, deviating from this course only in four instances. Giinther generally accepted Forster’s names, but in one instance adopted Schneider’s, and for other species took later names. 2 Gill, Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci. VI.,, 1893, p. 93. FISHES 315 “The Giintherian nomenclature was adopted by Prof. Hutton and Prof. Hector in the Catalogue of the Fishes of New Zealand. Later, Prof. Hutton revived several of Forster’s names previously generally neglected.” As Dr. Gill tells us, he abided by the Rules of the American Ornithologists’ Union ; since that time the law of absolute priority has been in vogue, but in deference to the wishes of many workers, it is now sought to secure some stability of nomenclature by fixing for all time certain names which, though admittedly not tenable under the strict priority law, have been so very generally used that no good purpose is secured by supplanting them. If censorship is ever passed on the Forster-Schneiderian names, I would use those of Forster, because, as Gill says, he was the original investigator, and, moreover, his names are in general use. In the meantime, the priority rule obtains, and certain defections in the Basic List are corrected below. It might be held that all names occurring in this connection should be credited to Schneider, but I think it may be conceded that where he adopted Forster’s names, the personal name of Forster should stand as the author of the species. It is true that the two writers placed the species in different genera (as 123—Cichla macro- ptera Bloch and Schneider ; Sctaena macroptera, Forster), but asnone of the genera is to-day admitted in connection with the species there assigned to it by either author, the question is unimportant. “Opinion, No. 5,’ expressed by the Commission of the Seventh International Zoological Congress, Boston, 1907, reads :—‘‘ A pre- Linnean name, inelegible because of its publication prior to 1758, does not become elegible simply by being cited or reprinted with its original diagnosis after 1757.” I had noted this as affecting Walbaum’s names used in the Basic List, and these names were actually later considered by the Commission, and embodied in ‘‘ Opinion, No. 21’ of the Eighth Congress, Graz, 1910; the statement being that Klein’s genera do not gain availability by reason of being quoted by Walbaum. The names of genera applied to Numbers 14, 20, and 24, are altered accordingly. 316 WAITE g. CEPHALOSCYLLIUM ISABELLA Bonnaterre. Squalus isabella Bonnaterre, Encycl. Meth. Ichth., 1788, p. 6. Family CARCHARINID. Page 7—CARCHARINUS Blainville, 1816. Io. CARCHARINUS LAMIA Rafinesque. Ir. CARCHARINUS BRACHYURUS Gtnther. Page 7—SPHYRNA Rafinesque, 1810. 14. SPHYRNA ZYGHNA Linneus. 16. OXYNOTUS CENTRINA Linneus. Squalus centrina Linnzus, Syst. Nat. ed. x., 1758, p. 233. 17. SQUALUS FERNANDINUS Molina. Squalus fernandinus Molina, Hist. Chil 1788; p..393- Page 8—CENTROPHORUS Miller and Henle, 1837. 17a. CENTROPHORUS PLUNKETI Waite. Centrophorus plunketi Waite, T.N.Z.L., xli1., 1910, p. 384. 1g. EUPROTOMICRUS BISPINATUS Quoy and Gaimard. Scymnus bispinatus Quoy and Gaimard, Voy., Uranie, Zool., 1824, Dp: LO7- Division I.—Narcobatoidei (Electric Rays). Family NARCOBATIDA.. Page 8—NARCOBATUS Blainville, 1816. 20. NARCOBATUS FAIRCHILDI Hutton. 21. A synonym of 20. Page 8—TYPHLONARKE Waite, 1909. 22. TYPHLONARKE AYSONI Hamilton. Page 9—ARHYNCHOBATIS Waite, 1gog. 23a. ARHYNCHOBATIS ASPERRIMUS Waite. Arhynchobalis asperromus Waite, Rec. Cant. Mus. I., 1909, p. 150. FISHES 317 Pamily DASVWAT IDAs: Page 9—DASYATIS Rafinesque, r8ro. 24. DASYATIS BREVICAUDATUS Hutton. Kamily AB Tes AD UDAs: Page 9—AETOBATIS Blainville, r816. 25. AETOBATIS TENUICAUDATUS Hector. 26. CALLORHYNCHUS MILI Bory. Callorynchus mili Bory, Dict. Class. d’Hist. Nat. III., 1823, p. 62. 27. CHIMERA NOV&-ZELANDIZ& Fowler. Chimera nove-zelandie Fowler, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil. Ixii., - LOI, p. Gog: ' 28. ENGRAULIS ANTIPODUM Giinther. Engraulis encrasicholus var. antipodum Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. vii., 1868, p. 386. 29. CLUPEA NEOPILCHARDUS Steindachner. Clupea neopilchardus Steindachner, Denk. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien, xii: 67Oqp. E2. Page 10—AMBLYGASTER Bleeker, 1849. 30. AMBLYGASTER ANTIPODUS Hector. 32. A synonym of 33. Page t1o—CYCLOTHONE Goode and Bean, 1895. 35. CYCLOTHONE MICRODON Giinther. Page 10X—TRIARCUS Waite, roro. 37. TRIARCUS AUSTRALIS Hector. 47. GALAXIAS ALEPIDOTUS Forster. Esox alepidotus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth. r8or, P- 395. Page 13—BATHYSAUROPSIS Regan, rort. 57. BATHYSAUROPSIS GRACILIS Giinther. 57a. CHLOROPHTHALMUS NIGRIPINNIS Gunther. Chlorophthalmus nigripinnis Gunther, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) ii., 1878, pase. 318 WAITE 59. MycTOPHUM HUMBOLDTI Risso. Gasteropelecus humboldti Risso, Ichth. Nice, 1810, p. 358. 65a. CENTRISCOPS OBLIQUUS Waite. Centriscops humerosus var. obliquus Waite, Rec., Cant. Mus. I., rg11, D. L70: Page 14—MACRORHAMPHOSUS Lacépéde, 1803. 65b. MACRORHAMPHOSUS SCOLOPAX Linneus. Balistes scolopax Linnzus, Syst. Nat. ed. x., 1758, p. 329. 66. Specimens identified from New Zealand are probably referable to 66a. 66a. SYNGNATHUS NOR Waite. Syngnathus nore Waite, Rec. Cant. Mus. I., 1911, p. 173. 71. SOLEGNATHUS SPINOSISSIMUS Gunther. Fowler (Proc. Nat. Acad. Sci. Phil. 1907, p. 426) proposes to make this species the type of a new genus—Castelnauina. Seeing that the component species of the genus Solegnathus are so closely allied, I cannot admit generic rank for this species. 7&8. ATHERINA PINGUIS Lacépéde. Atherina pinguis Lacépéde, Hist, Nat. Poiss., V. 1803, p. 371. Page 16—ERUMETOPOS Morton, 1888. 82a. EURUMETOPOS JOHNSTONII Morton. Eurumetopos johnstonii Morton, Proc. Roy. Soc. Tasm., 1887, p. 77. 84. SERIOLELLA PUNCTATA Forster. Gasterosteus punctatus Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth, TESOL) p37: 87. CENTROLOPHUS HUTTONI Waite. Centrolophus huttoni Waite, T.N.Z.I., xlil., rgr0, p. 387. goa. C@LORHYNCHUS ASPERCEPHALUS Waite. Celorhynchus aspercephalus Waite, Rec., Cant. Mus. I., ort, p. 178. g8. MACRURONUS NOV-E-ZELANDL£ Hector. 103. PHYSICULUS RHACINUS Forster. Gadum rhacinum Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth. 1801, p. 56. Page 1—AUSTROBERYX McCulloch, rort. 106. AUSTROBERYX AFFINIS Giinther. FISHES 319 Page Ig—HOPLOSTETHUS Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1829. 107. HOPLOSTETHUS ELONGATUS Gunther. 108. HOPLOSTETHUS ‘INTERMEDIUS Hector. Ir10. POLYPRION OXYGENEIOS Bloch and Schneider. Epinephelus oxygeneios Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., r8or, Pp: 30%: Page 20—MACCULLOCHIA Waite, rgro. I16. MACCULLOCHIA LABIOSA Gunther. Page 20—ZANCLISTIUS Jordan, 1907. I16a. ZANCLISTIUS ELEVATUS Ramsay and Ogilby. Histiopterus elevatus Ramsay and Ogilby, Proc. Linn. Soc. NS: Wales: (2), I, 1888, pi rgmr. Family CEPOLID:. Page 20—CEPOLA Linneus, 1766. I16b. CEPOLA AOTEA Waite. Cepola aotea Waite, Proc. N.Z.I., 1910, p. 26. I1g. LATRIS CILIARIS Forster. Sciena cslaris Forster, in Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth, 18or, Dp. 3: Page 20—DACTYLOSPARUS Gill, 1862. 123. DACTYLOSPARUS MACROPTERUS Forstet. I29a. GIRELLA CYANEA Macleay. Girella cyanea Macleay, P.L.S., N.S.W., v., 1881, p. 409. Page 21—K Y PHOSUS; Lacépéde, 1802. I29b. KYPHOSUS SYDNEYANUS Giinther. Pimelepterus sydneyanus Giinther, A.M.N.H. (5), xviii., 1886, p. 368. Page 21 UPENEICHTHYS Bleeker, 1859. 135. ASYNONYM OF 137. 136. A SYNONYM OF 138. 137. PSEUDOLABRUS MILES Bloch and Schneider. Labrus miles Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth,. r8o01, p. 264. 320 WAITE 140a. PSEUDOLABRUS PITTENSIS Waite. Pseudolabrus pittensis Waite, Proc. N.Z.1., Igto, p. 26. 146. CARANX PLATESSA Cuvier and Valenciennes. Caranx platessa Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss., ix.. HO33,, PHo4: Page 23—DECAPTERUS Bleeker, 1851. 147. DECAPTERUS KOHERU Hector. Page 23—TRACHURUS Rafinesque, 18ro. 148. TRACHURUS PICTURATUS Bowditch. Seriola picturata Bowditch, Excursion to Madeira, 1825, p. 123. 152. SCOMBER PNEUMATOPHORUS De la Roche. Scomber pneumatophorus De la Roche, Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat., xiii., 1809, p. 315. Page 24—REXEA Waite, Iorr. 15ga. REXEA FURCIFERA Waite. Rexea furcifera Waite, Proc., N.Z.I., IgII, p. 49. Page 24—BENTHODESMUS Goode and Bean, 188r. 161. BENTHODESMUS ELONGATUS Clarke. 171. DIRETMUS ARGENTEUS Johnson. Diretmus argenteus Johnson, Proc. Zool. Soc., 1863, p. 403. Page 26—OREOSOMA Cuvier and Valenciennes, 1829. 172a. OREOSOMA ATLANTICUM Cuvier and Valenciennes. Oreosoma atlanticum Cuvier and Valenciennes, Hist. Nat. Poiss. iv., 1820, pe 515: 176. BRACHYPLEURA NOVE-ZELANDLE Giinther. 177. AMMOTRETIS NUDIPINNIS Waite. Ammotretis nudipinnis Waite, Proc. N.Z.1., IgII, p. 50. Page 20—PELOTRETIS Waite, rort. 178a. PELOTRETIS FLAVILATUS Waite. Pelotretis flavilatus Waite, Proc. N.Z.I., 1gII, p. 50. FISHES 321 180. RHOMBOSOLEA MILLARI Waite. -Rhombosolea millarit Waite, Rec. Cant. Mus. I., rgII, p. 205. 184. PELTORHAMPHUS NOV#-ZEELANDI® Giimther. Paze 282—ECHENEIS Linneus, 1758. 189. ECHENEIS BRACHYPTERA Lowe. Page 283—HELICOLENUS Goode and Bean, 1895. 190. HELICOLENUS PERCOIDES Richardson. 19r..A SYNONYM OF I9g0. 194. DOUBTFULLY NEW ZEALAND. 195. PROBABLY A SYNONYM OF 106. Page 29.—PTERYGOTRIGLA Waite, 1899. 198a. PTERYGOTRIGLA PICTA Gunther. Trigla picta Giinther, Chall. Rep. Shore Fishes, 1880, p. 24. 206. NOTOTHENIA MACROCEPHALA Gunther. Notothenia macrocephala Giinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. II., 1860, Dp: 262 207. A SYNONYM OF 206 (emend). 208. NOTOTHENIA CORIICEPS Richardson. Notothenia corticeps Richardson, Voy. Ereb. and Terr., 1844, p. 5. 209. A SYNONYM OF 200 (emend). 211. A SYNONYM OF 210. 214. KATHETOSTOMA GIGANTEUM Haast. Kathetostoma giganteum Haast, T.N.Z.1., v., 1873, p. 274. 216. GENIAGNUS MONOPTERYGIUS Bloch and Schneider. Uranoscopus monopterygius Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth., 1801, p. 49. 322 WAITE Page 30—GNATHAGNUS Gill, r86r. 216a. GNAYHAGNUS INNOTABILIS Waite. Gnathagnus innotabilis Waite, Rec. Aust. Mus. v., 1904, p. 238. 217. HEMEROCETES MONOPTERYGIUS Bloch and Schneider Callionymus monopterygius Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth. r8or, pe aE. 217a. HEMEROC@TES MICROPS Waite. Hemerocetes microps Waite, Rec. Cant. Mus. I., rgrI, p. 247. 223. ACANTHOCLINUS QUADRIDACTYLUS Bloch and Schneider. Blennius quadridactylus Bloch and Schneider, Syst. Ichth. 18or, Dp. 277 To be placed as 113a. Page 33—SACCARIUS Giinther, 186r. 245a. SACCARIUS LINEATUS Gunther. Saccarius lineatus Glinther, Cat. Fish. Brit. Mus. i1., 1861, p. 183. Page 34 -PSEUDOMONACANTHUS Bleeker, 1866. 246. PSEUDOMONACANTHUS SCABER Forster. 240a. PSEUDOMONACANTHUS CONVENIROSTRIS Gitinther. Monacanthus convexirostris Giinther, Cat. Fish, Brit. Mus. vii, 870, Par24o- 247. OSTRACION FORNASINI Bianconi. Ostracion fornasini Bianconi, Nuov. Ann. Sci. Nat. v., 1846, pp, I13-II5. 248. SPHEROIDES RICHEI Freminville. Tetrodon richei Freminville, Nouv. Bull. Philom. i., 1813, p. 250. NOTES: ON: THREE NOTABLE NEW ZEALAND WHALES. By EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., Curator.* Plates LIX.-LXITI. THE OKARITO WHALE (Balenoptera sibbaldi). Plates LSE Xt On February 17th, 1908, news was received in Christchurch that a huge whale 99 feet in length had been found lying dead on the ocean beach near Okarito, on the West Coast of the South Island. It was described as being so high that a man on horse-back could not see over it. Allowance being made for the usual exaggerated reports, it would still seem likely that the whale was a large one so accompanied by our taxidermist, I at once started for the scene. We arrived at Hokitika by the usual course, train and coach, but our subsequent experiences with horses, crossing rivers, swollen with heavy and continuous rain, need not be detailed. Havi ing negotiated the 83 miles from Hokitika, we arrived at Okarito on February 22nd, five days after the news was received. The whale was lying six and a-half miles to the northward of the town, near a promontory known as Commissioners’ Point, and by the time ! we arrived the body had flattened down considerably, so that it presented the appearance shown in the photograph (plate LX.). In order to ascertain the length of the carcase a stake was placed in the sand at the end of the snout and another in the notch of the tail, and the distance between them showed the animal to be 87 feet in length, the precise figure obtained by Mr. J. W. Thomson, the harbour master, who had made a careful independent measurement. The dimension of 99 feet originally taken was measured over the curves of the back. It proved to be a cow whale and was lying on its back, parallel to the coast line and almost straight, so that in taking dimensions, no allowances had to be made. ‘The tail which was lying flat on the sand measured 21 feet across the flukes (plate LXI.). There was no difficulty in identifying the whale, the absence of teeth, the many grooves on throat and belly (plate LXI.) and the relatively small paddles coupled with the large size and elongate shape, at once fixed the species as the Blue Whale. The following additional notes are culled from an article written for the Weekly Press on my return :-— * Reprinted from ‘‘ Guide to the Whales and Dolphins of New Zealand.” 324 W AITE ‘Having breasted Commissioner’s Point we looked down to the beach and there saw what resembled a large vessel bottom upwards. This was the whale. No words of mine can convey the slightest idea of the enormous mass spread before us. You may step out 87 feet but you cannot realise the bulk of the creature. The men who claimed the carcase had cut away some of the blubber, and the escaping oil saturated the sand all around. The effect of this was very noticeable on the would-be breakers ; far from the vicinity of the whale they were smoothed down and an attempt to wash the hands in the sea seemed only to add a little more oil to them. The whale had been lying dead on the beach for two weeks when we first saw it—so there was another noticeable and memorable feature in connection with it. I cannot say at what distance the odour of dead whale was apparent, but it was confidently predicted that both my taxidermist and myself would lose our breakfasts as others had done, but we proved to be superior to such a trifle. “The next and subsequent days were spent alongside the whale, and much labour was expended in trying to reduce the bulk ot the creature. Attention was especially directed to cutting away the flesh on the lower jaw and the beach was strewn with masses each as large as an ox, and then but half, or less, had been removed. Having worked down to the palate we found that the whalebone was missing. My opinion is that the whale had been dead some time before it was cast on to the beach and that as the flesh rotted away, the baleen was washed out. This was a sad loss to the men, for they had an offer of £100 for the whalebone alone. Large scars on the body showed where barnacles had been but the animals had all dropped off when the host died. The question was raised as to how the huge creature met its death, and the only answer seems to be—old age. It is, of course possible that the baleen had dropped out much as old people lose their teeth, and that the whale died of starvation. I should imagine, however, that the whalebone was lost after death. “T had hoped to secure the skeleton of the whale for the Museum, but, under the circumstances, this proved to be, at the time, impossible. Whale’s flesh is exceedingly tough and abso- lutely no tools were to be obtained, excepting an old hay knife, which, however, did remarkably good service. It could be used but by one man at a time, and several would be required for earnest work. Then there was the labour question. Very few men were available and as they were earning good wages at the flax and timber mills, there was evident disinclination to leave such work to cut up whale notwithstanding an offer of advance in wages.” That the skeleton was ultimately secured for the Museum is a matter of history. As a result of many representations made to my friend, Mr. Edgar F. Stead, he formed a small syndicate, and in WHALES 325 July, 1908, five months after I first saw the carcase, rescued the bones and successfully delivered them at the Museum. The work ‘proved to be a very arduous and disagreeable task, and altogether occupied four weeks. £400 was paid for the skeleton landed at the Museum, of this sum one-half was raised by public subscription. The skeleton was mounted by the Museum staff and now presents the appearance shown on plate LIX., which is reproduced from a Sequent series of photographs. The following are some of the principal dimensions taken either from the carcase or the skeleton. Total length 87 ft. Length of head 21 ft. Greatest width of skull roft. 8in. Direct length of lower jaw 2oft. 8in. Greatest width across mandibles Ioft. roin. Length of paddle, r1{t gin. Width of tail flukes 21 ft. Length of sternum rft. roin. Breadth of sternum 2it. Breadth of scapular 5ft. 6in. Width of 15th dorsal vertebra 5ft. 2in. Number of vertebree— Cervical 7 (all free): Dorsal 15. Lumbar 14. Caudal 28. Total, 64. Number of ribs 15 pairs. The first 20 caudal vertebre possess chevron bones. Zoologists differ as to the number of ribs possessed by the Blue Whale, some giving 15 and others 16 pairs. While the Okarito whale has the lower number, it is significant that the sixteenth dorsal vertebra has an articular surface, so that did we not know that all the ribs were secured and preserved, we should, by exami- nation of the vertebre pronounce the number to be 16 pairs. Attention may be drawn to the small bones suspended beneath the lumbar region ; they arein no way attached tothe axial skeleton but’ during life were imbedded in the flesh, and represent all that remains of the hind limbs, with which the ancestors of whales were no doubt furnished. They are thus vestigial bones, the larger of which probably represent the ischia—one of the bones of the pelvis— while the smaller bones, no larger than a walnut, are probably referable to the rudiments of a hind limb. It is noteworthy that whereas some of the bones of the whale as for example those of the lower jaw, are composed of very hard 326 WAITE and dense bone, the texture of these vestigial bones is spongy and they can easily be pierced with a pin. It is not possible to give the weight of the entire skeleton, but it has been estimated at 9 tons. Some of the bones were weighed for freight purposes, the cranium, exclusive of the maxillz, nasal bones, etc., weighed r ton 9 cwt., and the lower jaws together, r ton 5 cwt. The baleen cannot be described, for, as before-mentioned, it had been lost out of the mouth, but it would be very similar to that shown on plate LX., which represents two pieces from another blue whale, stranded at Motanau, which I afterwards examined, the piece on the right of the picture shows the baleen as seen from the outside; the inner side of the plates is hidden by the hair-like fringes seen in the piece on the left. The longest plates measure less than three feet and the whale was 56 feet in length. THE ALLANDALE WHALE. (Mesoplodon layardt'. Plate EX. On March 22nd, 1912, Mr. James Davenport, of Lyttelton, informed me that a ‘‘ Bottle-nosed Whale,” 20 feet in length, had been stranded at Allandale in front of his house and was then alive. On arriving at Allandale, somewhat later, I found the “animal to be a Strap-toothed Whale. Mr. Davenport told me that the whale was first seen by him at 7 o'clock in the morning and it was then in difficulties, the rapidly falling tide cutting off its retreat to deeper water and leaving it stranded on the mudflat. By this time Mr. Davenport was abreast of the whale and as soon as it saw him and realised its predicament it emitted a series of roars, the noise being similar to that of asealion. Ziphiioid whales are known to possess a voice, one species roaring like a bull another lowing like a cow while a third is described as sobbing. In its fury to free itself, the whale lashed the water into foam, and scoured out a deep hole in the mud, in which it lay when I first sawit. At this time the water was about 12 inches in depth, but it rapidly receded leaving the unfortunate animal in a pool of water in which it lived for aconsiderable time. As the tide again rose we were in readiness with a motor boat and tackle and were pleased to find that the carcase floated, for my experience with some of the dolphins is that they sink when shot. The towage to Lyttelton was safely accom- plished, the proceedings greatly interesting numbers of dog fishes which were kept at a reasonable distance to prevent mutilation of the carcase. WHALES 327 The colouration is striking, being black and yellowish grey, the two being sharply defined. Generally speaking the front portion is grey, and the hinder portion black, but the dis- position of the colours requires to be more fully described. The - grey area extends from the snout to a point in advance of the dorsal fin, occupying more than half the depth of the body, but it rises to include an area around the pectoral fin, which is black. The continuity of the colour on the fore part of the body is interrupted by a black cap which extends from the thicker part of the upper beak, so as to include the portion against which the tooth rests to the blow hole, whence it passes widely round the eye, thence forward below, reaching the chin groove as anarrow band. The anal region lies in a grey area, and the tip of the tail flukes is yellowish. The whale was a male and the following are some of the measure- ments taken :— Total length, 18 feet 3 inches. Girth 11 feet. Vertical depth of body 3 feet ro inches. Width of tail flukes 4 feet ro inches. Snout to blowhole 2 feet 5 inches. Width of blowhole 54 inches. Blowhole to dorsal fin 8 feet 8 inches. Length of dorsal 1 foot 6 inches. Height of dorsal 1 foot r inch. Dorsal fin to tail 7 feet 8 inches. Snout to pectoral fin 514 inches. Length of pectoral 2 feet 1} inches. Length of eye 1? inches ; depth of eye I inch. Snout to throat grooves I foot 3 inches ;_ length of each groove 113 inches. The blowhole is crescentic with the concavity forward. The throat has one pair of grooves which are close together in front, but very divergent behind. The specimen was cast at the Museum and the coloured cast is hung on the south wall of the New Zealand gallery, this illus- trates the appearance of a whale as in life, and shows well the position of the peculiar teeth in relation to the head (plate LXII.). The complete skeleton in the lower gallery and a skull in a bay in the same room show the bony characters. From the latter it will be seen that the teeth arise from near the middle of the lower jaw, erow backwards, and meet over the upper beak so as to very materially interfere with its action ; it thus becomes a question as to how an animal which can scarcely open its mouth is able to feed. At the summit of each tooth will be noticed the small enamel tip, the use of which can scarcely be conjectured. 328 WAITE This species is well represented in the Museum ; in addition to the cast, a complete skeleton (Waipara Beach, 16th March, 1874), a skull, showing the two teeth meeting over the upper jaw (Great Barrier Island) and ear bones being exhibited. PELORUS) JACK (Grampus griseus). Plate 1st: One commonly hears the remark that “‘ Pelorus Jack is the only ‘fish’ protected by Act of Parliament,” (Order-in-Council), and while the better informed are aware that it is not a fish, but a dolphin of some kind, considerable discussion has taken place as to the identification of the animal. In the “‘ Animals of New Zealand, 1904,” it is identified with the Beluga or White Whale, and this latter species has been regarded as a New Zealand animal on the identification of an imperfect skull. The White Whale is an arctic form and is distinguished by the absence of a fin on the back. All photographs of Pelorus Jack (Kaikai-a-waro of the Maories) show that it possesses a very high dorsal fin (plate LXIII.), and from aconsideration of several photo- graphs which I have seen, I am quite in agreement with the opinion expressed by the Rev. D. C. Bates of Wellington, that “Jack” is none other than a Grampus, but of course nothing short of an actual examination of the animal can definitely settle the question. Pelorus Jack is protected for the term of its natural life, and it would be a fortuitious circumstance if its body was afterwards recovered. Passengers on the vessels negotiating French Pass are much disappointed if “‘ Jack”’ does not appear, he usually swims tothe vessel, and plays around the bows for some time, finally leaving it to repeat the manceuvre when the next vessel comes along. The general colour of the animal is grey, curiously marked with scratch-like lines, which are probably caused by the cuttle fishes which form the staple food of the Grampus. The Curator acknowledges, with many thanks, the kindness of the following firms in permitting use of the below mentioned copyright pictures in illustration of the book :— Skeleton of the Okarito Whale, Christchurch Press Co. Cast of the Allandale Whale, Lyttelton Times Co. Photograph of Pelorus Jack, Sharland & Co., Ltd. iS) iS) Ne) DESCRIPTION OF THE: MAORI! TOMB By the CURATOR and A. HAMILTON, Director Dominion Museum, Wellington.* Plates LX fVi—LXIX. So assiduously have dealers and collectors exploited the art treasures of the Maori that it is worthy of note when any old object is to-day met with outside our Museums. The introduction of European tools has produced a similar effect on the Maori as among other people: work is more rapidly, and possibly therefore, less carefully executed; and the old tra- ditions of their carvings has been so far departed from, that we are led to ask if the why and wherefore have not also been forgotten. I once asked a Maori carver why he represented his figures as having four fingers and a thumb on each hand, whereas the old carvers chiselled three fingers only. He replied, in effect, that when using a steel chisel there was little extra trouble in carving two additional digits, whereas with a greenstone tool the cutting of two more fingers took too much time. Either he did not know the tradition relating to the three-fingered hand, or, what is more likely, did not fear more nearly approaching the representation of the human form than his ancestors had dared to. Of the relics which remain’in different parts of the country probably a considerable proportion owe their preservation to the circumstance that they are ¢afu or sacred, and consequently are retained long after everything else has gone. One such object has quite recently been added to the Maori collection in this Museum and as a prelude to the description of this Pou-Pou, or tomb the following is culled from a newspaper account, which gave me the first intimation that a collector had secured the carvings and offered the same for sale. The word Pou means a carved slab but the combination Pou-Pou is here to be read as applying to the whole structure :— “For many years past, in the Maori village at Maketu, the visitor has been enabled to admire one of the best samples of Maori architecture in existence, in the shape of a Pou-Pou, or carved burial tomb. The tomb was in the form of a house, and having given sanctuary for generations to the remains of the principal chiefs of that locality, was held strictly tabooed by all, and no one, with the * Reprinted from ‘‘Guide to the Maori Tomb.” 330 WAITE. exception of the heads of the tribe, was allowed to come near this veritable house of the dead unless under the most extenuating circumstances. The curio collector looked on the tomb with longing eye, and offered the guardians all sorts of fancy prices for it, but the belief that the dead and gone ancestors would rise in their wrath and cause both destruction and bloodshed in the tribe were their resting-place disturbed, compelled the superstitious natives to warn the enterprising pakehas away. Thus year after year the famous Pou-Pou remained untouched. At the beginning of 1908, a local collector in the person of Mr. S. Dannefaerd endeavoured to secure the tomb, despite the reluctance of the owners to turn their valuable possession into some form of ready capital. After some trouble the head chief, one Kihiharoa, accepted a price submitted, and the negotiations were then closed. But, whether as penance for his action or otherwise is not clear, Kihiharoa joined his ancestors some days afterwards, and was duly interred in the Pou-Pou. “Four years later the tomb was taken to pieces and carted to Okere, whence it was brought by launch into Rotorua. “ The carving isin an excellent state of preservation, and despite the fact that the tomb must have stood for something like a century has not suffered from its exposure to wind and rain. Mr. Danne- faerd informed our representative that the Pou-Pou was the best of three known to be standing in the Dominion.”’ We are told that the tomb must have stood for something like a century and while the carvings have suffered little from exposure to wind and rain, the slabs have undoubtedly fallen as a result of the rotting of the portion in the earth, possibly more than once, with the result that the lower part of the carvings themselves have suffered, while in any case it would be merely a question of measur- able time when the whole structure was destroyed. There should, therefore, be some satisfaction in knowing that the life of the Pou- Pou has been preserved for a very long period indeed. With the money obtained by the sale of the carvings the Maories intend to erect a larger, if more modern edifice and will thus be able to include the whole of their graves within one enclosure, an arrangement which I am given to understand, meets with the approval of the whole tribe. The tomb as erected formed a rectangular house-like structure but Mr. Hamilton suggests that the carvings may originally have been used in a large house, and this view is certainly true of some of the slabs, for their uncarved side is notched for the reception of the foot of the rafter. As other slabs do not possess this notch they may have been specially carved to complete the tomb which would account for the fact noted by Mr. Hamilton that all are not of the same style, and were no doubt executed by different workmen at different periods. If some of the slabs were originally used for MAORI TOMB. 331 a large house they must be of even older date than the tomb, and the circumstance of there having being protected within a house (the carvings being inside the houses, in the nature of panels) would account for their good state of preservation, the lower portion excepted. The carvings were placed on three sides of the tomb only, namely one end forming a gable and two sides. Mr. Hamilton speaks of the carved gable end as the back of the house, but in the present popular account it will be more convenient to write of it as the front, as indeed all laymen would. There may have been no roof originally or the structure may have been thatched with toetoe (Arunda consficua). If so, how- ever, sawn planks had been substituted at a later date, as shown - on plate LXIV., from which it will be seen that the whole was sur- rounded with a modern fence and outlying posts. The slabs as originally hewn would be from 18 inches to 2 feet longer than at present for they have completely rotted off at ground level ; some of the lower scroll work has also suffered. The central slab of the gable end has rotted less, a considerable portion of the lower part still remaining. It is evident that, in the course of time, the slabs must have fallen and been erected with portion of the carving sunk below the level of the ground, hence the loss of this part by decay. It would also appear that some structural alteration was made at that time, for rebates have been cut in the edges of some of the slabs, to receive battens of wood which concealed the juncture as may be seen in two of the pictures (plates LNVI. and LNVIII.). It is, however, unlikely that anything of the kind formed part of the original design as the rebatting process has destroyed part of the carving itself. The Fou-Pou as re-erected in the Museum occupies a space about 84 feet by 5 feet while the height to the eaves is 5 feet 5 inches the pitch of the roof being 2 feet 3 inches higher. The gable end (plate LXV.) is formed of three slabs, the central one being carved to represent the figure as seen from the front, and the ortes on each side as in profile looking outwards. The two sides of the structure are each formed of four slabs, all of which are illustrated (plates LAN VI.-LNIX.?. We do not know it the bones of the Ancestor were buried within the Pou-Pou or if they were hidden elsewhere as described by Mr. Hamilton in case of the chief Te Heu Heu. The following description of the carvings has been very kindly supplied by Mr. Hamilton, who is a recognised authority on Maori Art, but as his descriptions were compiled from photographs, I have supplied (within brackets) minor details such as size and condition which could only be ascertained from an examination of the carved slabs themselves. With the exceptions noted, all the slabs are approximately 5ft. 4in. in height. HAMILTON. Oo Oo No DESCRIPTION OF THE CARVINGS. These carved totara slabs have for years stood at Maketu indicating the resting place of one of their leading men. This kind of burial tomb is of comparatively modern origin ; as in the olden days when war parties were on the warpath more care was taken to conceal the last resting place of the bundle of scraped and prepared bones which was the end of all brave men or those of high rank. If the bones were not hidden it would be possible for the enemy to deeply insult their opponents by making fish-hooks or other things from a bone of their ancestor. The so-called civilisation of this country has rendered it possible to bury the body in the earth in some prominent position, and either to build a small house over it, to erect a number of carved slabs round it, or in more recent times to build a regular monument of brick, stone or marble above it. * A reference to the old memorial cenotaphs in Angas will show that a row of wooden slabs, carved or painted, was erected and decorated in the same way as a war canoe with white feathers and a fence placed round it. Sometimes these were very elaborate and in the Dominion Museum there are the carvings belonging to the tomb memorial of Te Heu Heu. The memorial was erected with others at Poukawa, but the bones were carefully concealed at Ton- gariro. There were other tombs standing until recently at Ruato with several of the large carved slabs round the fence. As a rule these enclosures were not roofed in. The slabs do not show any sign of holes for the flaxlashing, tying them on to any frame work, but judging by the original photograph the edges were covered by a broad batten which should have been tied over the joins, and the ties ornamented with white albatross feathers as at page 102 “ Maori Art.” The slabs forming the present specimens are apparently of Arawa workmanship and may very well have been intended for a large house or houses. No. 1—The central board of the back of the building is in perfect preservation and presents a figure with a MERE and a Het T1Kk1 suspended sideways. Beneath the figure is an interlaced group of Manaias. Strangely enough the ceno- taph of carved slabs could only be known as a Tiki, there is no other term that would apply toit. The Maori would also apply the word Tiki to a solitary carved post set up to mark the temporary resting-place of a corpse and I know of no other word that could be cor- rectly applied. (The central slab is oft. high overall, and the width of 1, 2 and 3 combined is 5ft.) Nos. 2 and 3 are evidently a pair carved to suit the gable shaped form of the intended building. They both represent the human figure in a sideways position, and No. 3 has never No. No. No. MAORI TOMB. 323 been finished, like so much of the Maori carving. The base of this slab is filled up with numerous wriggling manaias. (The outer edge of No. 2 has eight rough holes pierced in it, and we find eight similar holes in the left edge of No. galso. These two slabs could not be in juxta- position but may have formed part of the same original structure, the slabs of which were probably lashed together with flax.) . 4 is rather a different type and is decayed to the level of the hands. The tiwhana mark on one side is not carved and the carving above seems to be done with some irregularity, probably purposely. (The tiwhana mark is the tattooed lines over the eyebrows. Width of slab 301n.) . 5 is much decayed at the base but has been well carved. The figure is apparently carrying something in the right hand, which may be an unfinished flute. (25in. wide and 5in. thick). . 6 has a short head well carved and two fine Manaias on the thighs, the lower probably representing a waist mat or belt. (Width 22in.) . 7 1s a fine well-carved slab somewhat decayed at the bottom. The body is covered with a pattern of diamond shaped panels frequently found in carvings from Rotorua and the neighbourhood. (Width 231n.) 8—A fine slab, but the lower part much decayed. As in No. 4 small marks are inserted to fill in the spaces above the shoulders and two manaias above the head. (Width 301n.). . 9 differs from the others, and was probably carved at the same time as Nos. 2 and 3. The body pattern is quite different from those used generally. The hands are decorated with manaias as in many of the more finely carved pare or door ornaments. (Width 26in.. This slab has holes bored on its left edge, see Note under No. 2). 10 is a Slab on which the figure of the Ancestor is well defined and carefully carried out, and is almost perfect. The figure is treated as a WHEKU and in common with the others the shoulders, thighs and knees are ornamented with variously designed spirals of more or less intersected patterns. (Width 2t1in.). II is decayed at the base, but is otherwise in good condition. It is cut out of a piece of honey-combed totara for which the Maoris had a fancy, at any rate they did not reject it. The figure carries a mere. (Width 2tin.). ee | ae a i a Be * is Ad i + f ¢. ‘ 5 + . au . The Christchurch Press Company Limited. Printers. N.Z._ NN nee “te \9$0666 0608673'% eh he Maser MUS? t's Rec. Cant. Mus.) , mx. THE OKARITO WHALE ON THE BEACH. Edgar R. Waite. photo. BALEEN OF THE MOTONAU WHALE. Ree. Cant. Mis.) TSele Edgar R. Waite, photo BELLY OF THE OKARITO WHALE. — > ; q | vi eo —qatie Wea Vow Mra . : a” qt * on ~ aL. - . a, = ‘ ‘ j= = =_ 7 et . 7 > 4 - : \ ] . + ( - “fs! > Rn | ne = a aye fa LXIT “ Lyttelton Times,’ (Leslie Hinge), photo. ¥ ; \ i a] a OF ; i a ib Rec. Cant. Mus.] LXIT * Lyttelton Times,” (Leslie Hinge), photo. CAST OF THE ALLANDALE WHALE. ee a ae Te Sr ee a } a * DIT 0D 2 punjanys + 4ysraddoD « WOVE SAMOTHd err | * uss WIS De qioz.oud TWIXT ALY Id (snr qung ‘aay 0Joyd SSalq YOANYIYSIAUD “AIXT WLV'Id] CST “JU “ay [PLATE LXV. Mus] Cant, Ree, Edgar R. Waite. photo, ae : ae - } ee ‘ aF = ah — oe hae nate 3 ee rt ag Ss 4 LXVI. LPLATE ( Mus.J Cant. Rec. Edgar R. Waite, photo. rene mice pore Pm een ose ee een i 1 ¥y epee gia co © ; en ats [PLATE LXVII. Cant. Mus.) Ree. Edgar R. Waite, photo. [PLATE LXVIII, Cant. Mus,] Rev. “ ry Ree. Cant. Mus.) [PLATE LXIX, Edgar Rh. Waite, photo. - me o es. ‘Wi